LC Columns and Accessories Catalog 2014-2015

Thermo Scientific
Chromatography Columns
and Consumables 2014-2015
Your world of
chromatography
predictability
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
LC Columns and Accessories
4
As a leader in LC column technology including silica, polymer and porous graphitic
carbon manufacturing, bonded phase production and column packing for over
35 years, you can rely on the quality of Thermo Scientific HPLC products. Here we
showcase our latest and most comprehensive range of innovative columns, accessories
and equipment for fast LC, analytical HPLC and biomolecule separations.
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-001
Column Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-002
Column Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-016
Columns for Fast and Analytical LC . . 4-022
Columns for Biomolecules . . . . . . . 4-110
LC Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158
LC Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-186
LC Reagents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-193
LC and LC-MS Instrument Parts . . 4-209
Technical Information. . . . . . . . . . . 4-231
Featured Products
Accucore Columns
Syncronis Columns
Hypersil GOLD Columns
Ultimate core performance speed and selectivity combined
Consistent, reproducible separations,
column after column, time after time
Outstanding peak shape for
your separations
PAGE 4-042
PAGE 4-074
PAGE 4-024
MAbPac Columns
Acclaim PepMap Columns
Viper Connectors
Unrivalled resolution and efficiency
in the analysis of protein variants
The standard for peptide
separations in proteomics
Simple, dead volume free plumbing
of HPLC and UHPLC systems
PAGE 4-126
PAGE 4-149
LC Columns and Accessories
Section Contents
PAGE 4-158
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-001
LC Columns and Accessories
LC Column Selection
Information in the following section will help you make an informed decision on the
appropriate HPLC column for your application, based on stationary phase use, analyte
properties, LC-MS requirements or USP specifications. You will also find a useful table
of Thermo Scientific phases with specifications, as well as recommended Thermo
Scientific alternatives for other popular columns.
Refer to the Advanced User Graphic (AUG) on the
corresponding product page (illustrated to the right)
for more help and information on general purpose
column selection.
The AUG will show you Hydrophobicity which gives
the relative retention on the column. Generally, the
higher the hydrophobicity, the greater the retention
of neutral compounds and the higher the organic
content in the mobile phase. A lower value indicates
a need for higher aqueous mobile phases to achieve
comparable retention and resolution. The
recommended pH Range for the column is illustrated,
outside of which column lifetimes will diminish.
The Pore Size is shown, with larger pore size columns
being more applicable to larger analytes such as
proteins or peptides. The percentage Carbon Load
is related to the hydrophobicity. Below the icon, you
will see the particle sizes available, as well as the
USP code. These graphics are designed to allow you
to quickly compare the main characteristics of multiple
stationary phases, allowing you to choose quickly the
most appropriate stationary phase for your analysis.
For additional help in column selection, please
see the back cover to contact our expert Technical
Support and tap into our expertise to help make
the best choice for your application.
Hydrophobicity
Low
High
pH Range
0
2 to 8
14
Pore Size
0
80Å
300
Carbon Load (%)
0
5
Particle Size 2.6µm
25
USP L11
Advanced User Graphic (AUG)
Common HPLC Phases and Their Uses
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Common
Name
4-002
Alternative
Name
Functional
Group
Normal
Phase
Reverse Ion
HILIC
Phase
Exchange
•
•
Application
Silica
Silica
-OH
C1
SAS
-(CH3) 3
•
Least retentive of all alkyl group bonded phases for non-polar solutes.
Typically used for moderately polar and multi-functional compounds.
C4
Butyl
-C 4H9
•
Shorter retention than C8, C18. Separation of peptides and proteins.
C8
MOS
-C 8H17
•
Less retentive than C18; normally used for small peptides and
proteins, pharmaceuticals, steroids, environmental samples.
C18
ODS
-C18H37
•
Most retentive of the alkyl-bonded phases. Used widely for
pharmaceuticals, steroids, fatty acids, phthalates, environmental etc.
Cyano
CPS, CN
-(CH2) 3CN
•
•
Unique selectivity for polar compounds, more suitable than base
silica for normal phase gradient separations. When used in reversed
phase, the selectivity is different to that of the C8 and C18 phases.
Useful for a wide range of pharmaceutical applications and for
mixtures of very different solutes.
•
•
Amino
HILIC: Carbohydrate analysis and other polar compounds.
Weak anion exchange: anions and organic acids.
Normal Phase: Alternative selectivity to silica. Good for aromatics.
APS
-(CH2) 3NH2
-(CH3)C 6H5
•
Aromatic compounds and moderately polar compounds.
PFP
-C 6F 5
•
Extra selectivity and retention for halogenated, polar compounds
and isomers.
Phenyl
Pentafluorophenyl
Non-polar and moderately polar organic compounds.
Diol
-(CH 2) 2O
CH 2 (CH 2 OH) 2
•
•
•
•
SCX
Strong Cation
Exchanger
-RSO3H-
•
SAX
Strong Anion
Exchanger
-RN+(CH3) 3
•
AX
Anion Exchanger
Polyethyleneimine
(PEI)
-(CH2CH2NH-)n
Porous
graphitic
carbon
PGC
100% carbon
•
•
•
•
Reversed Phase: Proteins, peptides.
Normal Phase: Similar selectivity to silica, but less polar.
Organic bases.
Organic acids, nucleotides and nucleosides.
Organic acids, nucleotides and oligonucleotides.
Particularly useful for the separation of highly polar compounds that
are difficult to retain using conventional silica based columns;
separation of structurally similar compounds (e.g., isomers,
diastereoisomers).
Before beginning a new analysis, consider the physical and chemical properties of the analyte(s), the mode of analysis and how the
analyte(s) will interact with the surface of the chromatographic phase. To aid column selection, the following guide may be useful.
Non-polar
Analyte
Solubilty
Analyte Chemical Properties
Acidic
pKa > 2
Non-polar
Mode of Separation
Recommended Phase
Anion exchange / Reversed-phase mixed mode
Reversed phase
Polar
solvents
Moderately-polar
Reversed phase
Reversed phase
Basic
pKa < 10
Cation exchange / Reversed-phase mixed mode
4-069
Acclaim Trinity P1
4-091
Accucore C18
4-045
Accucore RP-MS
4-044
Accucore C8
4-046
Accucore C30
4-052
Accucore Phenyl-Hexyl
4-049
Acclaim 120 C18
4-061
Acclaim 120 C8
4-062
Acclaim C30
4-064
Acclaim Phenyl-1
4-063
Hypersil GOLD
4-026
Hypersil GOLD C8
4-027
Hypersil GOLD C4
4-028
Syncronis C18
4-075
Syncronis C8
4-076
Accucore aQ
4-047
Accucore Polar Premium
4-048
Accucore PFP
4-051
Accucore Phenyl-X
4-050
Acclaim PolarAdvantage
4-065
Acclaim PolarAdvantage II
4-066
Hypersil GOLD aQ
4-029
Hypersil GOLD PFP
4-030
Hypersil GOLD Phenyl
4-031
Syncronis aQ
4-077
Syncronis Phenyl
4-078
Accucore C18
4-045
Accucore RP-MS
4-044
Accucore C8
4-046
Accucore C30
4-052
Accucore Phenyl-Hexyl
4-049
Acclaim 120 C18
4-061
Acclaim 120 C8
4-062
Acclaim C30
4-064
Acclaim Phenyl-1
4-063
Hypersil GOLD
4-026
Hypersil GOLD C8
4-027
Hypersil GOLD C4
4-028
Syncronis C18
4-075
Syncronis C8
4-076
Acclaim Mixed-Mode WCX-1
4-070
Acclaim Trinity P1
4-091
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Column Selection
Neutral
Acclaim Mixed-Mode WAX-1
LC Columns and Accessories >>
HPLC Stationary Phase Column Selection
4-003
LC Columns and Accessories
HPLC Stationary Phase Column Selection continued
Polar
Analyte
Solubilty
Analyte Chemical Properties
Mode of Separation
Polar retention effect on graphite
Anion exchange
Acidic
pKa < 2
HILIC
Polar retention effect on graphite
Polar
solvents
Neutral
HILIC
Polar retention effect on graphite
Cation exchange
Basic
pKa > 10
HILIC
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Non-polar
solvents
4-004
Normal phase
Recommended Phase
Hypercarb
4-084
Hypersil GOLD AX
4-034
Hypersil GOLD SAX
4-035
Accucore Urea-HILIC
4-054
Accucore 150-Amide-HILIC
4-146
Acclaim HILIC-10
4-067
Syncronis HILIC
4-081
Hypercarb
4-084
Accucore HILIC
4-053
Acclaim Mixed-Mode HILIC-1
4-068
Acclaim Mixed-Mode WAX-1
4-069
Acclaim Mixed-Mode WCX-1
4-070
Acclaim Trinity P1
4-091
Hypersil GOLD Amino
4-033
Hypersil GOLD HILIC
4-037
Syncronis Amino
4-079
Syncronis HILIC
4-081
Hypercarb
4-084
Acclaim Mixed-Mode WCX-1
4-070
Acclaim Trinity P1
4-091
Accucore Urea-HILIC
4-054
Accucore 150-Amide-HILIC
4-146
Acclaim HILIC-10
4-067
Syncronis HILIC
4-081
Hypersil GOLD Amino
4-033
Hypersil GOLD CN
4-032
Hypersil GOLD Silica
4-036
Syncronis Amino
4-079
Syncronis Silica
4-080
The above table recommends columns for the separation of small molecule analytes. Column recommendations for the
separation of biomolecules can be found in the table on page 4-111
The Thermo Scientific range offers a broad array of column designs and stationary phases optimized for
LC-MS applications. Use the following table to help you choose your column format to best meet your
application needs. A variety of HPLC column hardware configurations are available, designed to give superior
results for high speed, high sensitivity, high efficiency and convenience. A wide range of particle and
monolithic stationary phases allows choices for optimized selectivity.
Column Hardware Selection for LC-MS
LC-MS Application
High throughput analysis
Column Hardware Design
Javelin HTS columns
High sensitivity analysis
Acclaim PepMap nano, capillary
and micro columns
EASY-Spray columns
Proteomics analysis
Acclaim PepMap nano columns,
Accucore nano columns, nanoViper
PepSwift monolithic columns
Various HPLC columns, throughout this LC section, can also be used for LC-MS application. Typical flow rates and MS source
compatibility for these columns are shown in the table on the next page
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Column Selection
Acclaim PepMap nano columns,
classic
EASY-Column
Description
Direct-connection columns
Slim design, 20mm length, 1mm to 4.6mm ID
Nano, capillary and micro columns 0.075mm to 1mm ID; 50 to 250mm length
nanoViper format offers fingertight dead volume free connection to 1000 bar
Combined column/emitter design with nanoViper connection.
Heated flexible silica columns 50µm and 75µm ID; 150 to 500mm length
nanoViper offers fingertight dead volume free connection to 1000 bar
Flexible silica columns 50μm and 75μm ID; 50 to 500mm length
Trap column 20mm x 100μm ID
Flexible silica columns 50μm and 75μm ID; 50 to 500mm length
Trap column 20mm x 100μm ID
Flexible silica columns 100mm x 75μm
Trap column 20mm x 100μm ID
Flexible fused silica columns, nanoViper connections
100µm to 500µm ID, 50 to 250mm length
Trap columns 5mm x 200µm ID
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Column Format Selection for LC-MS
4-005
LC Columns and Accessories
Column Selection for LC-MS continued
Packed column selection for LC-MS
Analyte
Molecular
Weight
Sample
Polarity
Interface Relative
Ionization Sensitivity
Low
Column ID
(mm)
Flow Rate
(µL/min)
Low
4.6, 4.0, 3.0
2000 – 200
High
2.1, 1.0
200 – 50
Low
4.6, 4.0, 3.0
2000 – 200
High
2.1, 1.0
200 – 50
Low
2.1, 1.0
200 – 50
1.0 – 0.3
50 – 5
Acclaim PepMap (RSLC) capillary and micro
0.2 – 0.05
2 – 0.2
EASY-Spray column, EASY-Column, Acclaim PepMap (RSLC) nano, Accucore nano
2.1, 1.0
200 – 50
1.0 – 0.3
50 – 5
Acclaim PepMap (RSLC) capillary and micro
0.2 – 0.05
2 – 0.2
EASY-Spray column, EASY-Column, Acclaim PepMap (RSLC) nano, Accucore nano
2.1, 1.0
200 – 50
1.0 – 0.3
50 – 5
Acclaim PepMap (RSLC) capillary and micro
0.2 – 0.05
2 – 0.2
EASY-Spray column, EASY-Column, Acclaim PepMap (RSLC) nano, Accucore nano
APCI
APCI
< 1000 Da
Medium
ESI
High
High
(or ionizable)
Low
ESI
High
Low
> 1000 Da
Column Hardware
ESI
High
Javelin HTS, Analytical
Analytical, Javelin HTS
Javelin HTS, Analytical
Analytical, Javelin HTS
Analytical, Javelin HTS
Analytical, Javelin HTS
Analytical, Javelin HTS
Monolith columns for LC-MS
Analyte Molecular Weight
Column ID (mm)
Flow Rate (µL/min)
< 1000 Da
0.1, 0.2, 0.5
0.7 – 25
PepSwift Monolith
> 1000 Da
1.0
40 – 200
ProSwift Monolith
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
ProSwift is also available in larger IDs for high throughput applications.
4-006
Column Hardware
Description
Octadecyl silane (C18) chemically bonded to porous
or ceramic microparticles, 1.5 to 10μm in diameter,
or a monolithic rod
L3
Porous silica particles, 1.5 to 10μm in diameter,
or a monolithic rod
L7
Octyl silane chemically bonded to totally
or superficially porous silica particles,
1.5 to 10μm in diameter, or a monolithic rod
L8
An essentially monomolecular layer of
aminopropylsilane chemically bonded to totally
porous silica gel support, 1.5 to 10μm in diameter
Nitrile groups chemically bonded to porous silica
particles, 1.5 to 10μm in diameter
Phenyl groups chemically bonded to porous silica
particles, 1.5 to 10μm in diameter
L10
L11
L13
Trimethylsilane chemically bonded to porous silica
particles, 3 to 10μm in diameter
L14
Silica gel having a chemically bonded, strongly basic
quaternary ammonium anion exchange coating,
5 to 10μm in diameter
Hexylsilane (C6) chemically bonded to totally porous
silica particles, 3 to 10μm in diameter
L15
Recommended Phase
Acclaim 120 C18
Acclaim 300 C18
Accucore C18
Accucore aQ
Accucore 150-C18
Accucore XL C18
BioBasic 18
Hypersil GOLD
Hypersil GOLD aQ
Acclaim PepMap 100 C18
Syncronis C18
Syncronis aQ
Accucore HILIC
Hypersil GOLD Silica
Syncronis Silica
Acclaim 120 C8
Accucore C8
Accucore XL C8
BioBasic 8
Hypersil GOLD C8
Acclaim PepMap 100 C8
Syncronis C8
Hypersil GOLD Amino
Syncronis Amino
Page
4-061
4-142
4-045
4-047
4-144
4-056
4-140
4-026
4-029
4-149
4-075
4-077
4-053
4-036
4-080
4-061
4-046
4-057
4-140
4-027
4-150
4-076
4-033
4-079
Hypersil GOLD CN
4-032
Accucore Phenyl-Hexyl
Hypersil GOLD Phenyl
Syncronis Phenyl
BETASIL C1
Hypersil SAS
Hypersil GOLD SAX
Hypersil SAX
4-049
4-031
4-078
Inquire
4-107
4-035
4-109
BETASIL C6
Inquire
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Column Selection
USP Code
L1
LC Columns and Accessories >>
HPLC Column Selection by U.S. Pharmacopeia Specifications*
4-007
LC Columns and Accessories
HPLC Column Selection by U.S. Pharmacopeia Specifications* continued
USP Code
L17
L19
L20
L26
L33
L34
L43
L46
L50
L52
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
L58
4-008
L59
L60
L62
L78
Description
Strong cation exchange resin consisting of sulfonated
cross-linked styrene-divinylbenzene copolymer in the
hydrogen form, 6 to 12μm in diameter
Strong cation exchange resin consisting of sulfonated
cross-linked styrene-divinylbenzene copolymer in the
calcium form, about 9μm in diameter
Recommended Phase
HyperREZ XP Carbohydrate H +
HyperREZ XP Organic Acids
Page
4-156
4-156
HyperREZ XP Carbohydrate
Ca2+
HyperREZ XP Sugar Alcohols
BETASIL Diol
4-156
Dihydroxypropane groups chemically bonded to
porous silica or hybrid particles, 1.5 to 10μm
in diameter
Butyl silane chemically bonded to totally porous silica Accucore 150-C4
particles, 1.5 to 10μm in diameter
BioBasic 4
Hypersil GOLD C4
Acclaim PepMap 300 C4
Packing having the capacity to separate dextrans
BioBasic SEC 120
by molecular size over a range of 4,000 to 500,000
BioBasic SEC 300
daltons. It is spherical, silica-based, and processed
BioBasic SEC 1000
to provide pH stability
MAbPac SEC-1
Strong cation exchange resin consisting of sulfonated HyperREZ XP Carbohydrate Pb2+
cross-linked styrene-divinylbenzene copolymer in the
lead form, 7 to 9μm in diameter
Pentafluorophenyl groups chemically bonded to silica Accucore PFP
particles by a propyl spacer, 1.5 to 10μm in diameter Hypersil GOLD PFP
Polystyrene/divinylbenzene substrate agglomerated OmniPac PAX-100
with quaternary amine functionalized latex beads
about 9 to 11um in diameter
Multifunction resin with reverse-phase retention and OmniPac PAX-500
strong anion-exchange functionalities. The resin
consists of ethylvinylbenzene, 55% cross-linked with
divinylbenzene copolymer, 3 to 15µm in diameter, and
a surface area of not less than 350m2 per g.
Substrate is coated with quaternary ammonium
functionalized latex particles consisting of styrene
cross-linked with divinylbenzene
A strong cation exchange resin made of porous silica BioBasic SCX
with sulfopropyl groups 5 to 10μm in diameter
Strong cation exchange resin consisting of sulfonated HyperREZ XP Carbohydrate Na+
cross-linked styrene-divinylbenzene copolymer in the
sodium form, about 6 to 30μm in diameter
Packing for the size exclusion separation of proteins BioBasic SEC 300 (5μm)
(separation by molecular weight) over the range of
MAbPac SEC-1
5 to 7,000 kDa. The packing is spherical, 1.5 to 10um,
silica or hybrid packing with a hydrophilic coating
Spherical, porous silica gel, 10μm or less in diameter, Acclaim PolarAdvantage
the surface of which has been covalently modified
Acclaim PolarAdvantage II
with alkyl amide groups and endcapped
Accucore Polar Premium
C30 silane bonded phase on a fully porous spherical Acclaim C30
silica, 3 to 15µm in diameter
Accucore C30
A silane ligand that consists of both reversed-phase Acclaim Mixed-Mode WAX-1
(an alkyl chain longer than C8) and anion-exchange
(primary, secondary, tertiary or quaternary amino
groups) functional groups chemically bonded to
porous or non-porous or ceramic micro-particles,
1.0 to 50μm in diameter or a monolithic rod
4-156
Inquire
4-145
4-140
4-028
4-149
4-139
4-139
4-139
4-129
4-156
4-051
4-030
4-103
4-103
4-141
4-156
4-139
4-129
4-065
4-066
4-048
4-064
4-052
4-069
*These are the recommended Thermo Scientific HPLC columns for various USP categories although other columns
for each category are also available.
The tables below list Thermo Scientific HPLC sorbents offered for small molecules separations.
For Thermo Scientific phases for the separations of biomolecules see page 4-112.
Please also refer to the Advanced User Graphic (AUG) for each HPLC phase on the pages indicated.
Phase
Particle Type
Pore
Nominal Surface %
Endcapping
Carbon
Size (Å) Area (m2/g)
USP
Code
Phase
Code
Page
2.2, 3, 5
3
2.2, 3, 5
3
3, 5
2.2, 3, 5
2.2, 3, 5
3
3
3
3
3
3, 5
3, 5
3, 5
3, 5
3, 5
3, 5
3, 5
2.2
5, 7
120
300
120
120
200
120
120
120
300
300
300
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
300
300
100
300
300
200
300
300
300
100
100
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
1000
18
8
11
13
13
16
16
8
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Proprietary
Yes
Yes
Yes
Proprietary
Proprietary
Proprietary
Proprietary
Proprietary
Proprietary
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
L1
L1
L7
L11
L62
L60
L60
–
–
–
–
–
–
L78
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
4-061
4-142
4-062
4-063
4-064
4-065
4-066
4-067
4-091
4-092
4-099
4-068
4-069
4-070
4-093
4-094
4-095
4-097
4-100
4-101
4-088
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
80
80
80
80
150
80
80
80
150
80
80
130
130
130
130
90
130
130
130
90
130
130
7
9
5
9
8
5
6
5
5
–
–
Yes
Yes
Yes
Polar
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
L1
L7
L1
L60
L11
–
L43
L62
L3
–
176
171
172
173
280
179
279
174
278
175
277
4-044
4-045
4-046
4-047
4-048
4-049
4-050
4-051
4-052
4-053
4-054
4
4
80
80
90
90
7
4
Yes
Yes
L1
L7
741
742
4-056
4-057
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Column Selection
Acclaim Phases
120 C18
Spherical, fully porous silica
300 C18
Spherical, fully porous silica
120 C8
Spherical, fully porous silica
Phenyl-1
Spherical, fully porous silica
C30
Spherical, fully porous silica
PA
Spherical, fully porous silica
PA II
Spherical, fully porous silica
HILIC-10
Spherical, fully porous silica
Trinity P1
Nano polymer silica hybrid
Trinity P2
Nano polymer silica hybrid
Trinity Q1
Nano polymer silica hybrid
Mixed Mode HILIC-1 Spherical, fully porous silica
Mixed Mode WAX-1 Spherical, fully porous silica
Mixed Mode WCX-1 Spherical, fully porous silica
Organic Acid
Spherical, fully porous silica
Surfactant
Spherical, fully porous silica
Surfactant Plus
Spherical, fully porous silica
Explosives
Spherical, fully porous silica
Carbamate
Spherical, fully porous silica
Carbonyl C18
Spherical, fully porous silica
SEC
Spherical, resin
Accucore Phases
RP-MS
Spherical, solid core silica
C18
Spherical, solid core silica
C8
Spherical, solid core silica
aQ
Spherical, solid core silica
Polar Premium
Spherical, solid core silica
Phenyl-Hexyl
Spherical, solid core silica
Phenyl-X
Spherical, solid core silica
PFP
Spherical, solid core silica
C30
Spherical, solid core silica
HILIC
Spherical, solid core silica
Urea-HILIC
Spherical, solid core silica
Accucore XL Phases
C18
Spherical, solid core silica
C8
Spherical, solid core silica
Particle Size
(µm)
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Thermo Scientific HPLC Phases
4-009
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
4-010
Thermo Scientific HPLC Phases continued
Phase
Particle Type
Hypercarb Phase
Hypercarb
Spherical, porous graphitic carbon
Hypersil Phases
ODS (C18)
Spherical, fully porous silica
ODS-2 (C18)
Spherical, fully porous silica
MOS (C8)
Spherical, fully porous silica
MOS-2 (C8)
Spherical, fully porous silica
SAS (C1)
Spherical, fully porous silica
Phenyl
Spherical, fully porous silica
Phenyl-2
Spherical, fully porous silica
CPS
Spherical, fully porous silica
CPS-2
Spherical, fully porous silica
APS-2
Spherical, fully porous silica
Silica
Spherical, fully porous silica
SAX
Spherical, fully porous silica
Hypersil BDS Phases
C18
Spherical, fully porous silica
C8
Spherical, fully porous silica
Phenyl
Spherical, fully porous silica
Cyano
Spherical, fully porous silica
Hypersil GOLD Phases
C18 selectivity
Spherical, fully porous silica
C8
Spherical, fully porous silica
C4
Spherical, fully porous silica
aQ
Spherical, fully porous silica
PFP
Spherical, fully porous silica
Phenyl
Spherical, fully porous silica
CN (Cyano)
Spherical, fully porous silica
Amino
Spherical, fully porous silica
AX
Spherical, fully porous silica
SAX
Spherical, fully porous silica
Silica
Spherical, fully porous silica
HILIC
Spherical, fully porous silica
Hypersil Green Phase
PAH
Spherical, fully porous silica
Syncronis Phases
C18
Spherical, fully porous silica
C8
Spherical, fully porous silica
aQ
Spherical, fully porous silica
Phenyl
Spherical, fully porous silica
Amino
Spherical, fully porous silica
Silica
Spherical, fully porous silica
HILIC
Spherical, fully porous silica
Particle Size
(µm)
Pore
Nominal Surface %
Endcapping
Carbon
Size (Å) Area (m2/g)
USP
Code
Phase
Code
Page
3, 5
250
120
100
–
–
350
4-084
3, 5
3, 5
3, 5
5
5
5
5
3, 5
5
3, 5
3, 5
5
120
80
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
170
220
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
10
11
6.5
6.5
2.5
5
5
4
4
1.9
–
2.5
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
–
Yes
L1
L1
L7
L7
L13
L11
L11
L10
L10
L8
L3
L14
301
316
302
303
305
309
319
308
318
307
300
341
4-106
4-107
4-107
4-107
4-107
4-108
4-108
4-108
4-108
4-108
4-109
4-109
2.4, 3, 5
2.4, 3, 5
3, 5
3, 5
130
130
130
130
170
170
170
170
11
7
5
4
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
L1
L7
L11
L10
281
282
289
288
4-105
4-105
4-105
4-105
1.9, 3, 5, 12
1.9, 3, 5
1.9, 3, 5
1.9, 3, 5
1.9, 3, 5
1.9, 3, 5
1.9, 3, 5
1.9, 3, 5
1.9, 3, 5
1.9, 3, 5
1.9, 3, 5
1.9, 3, 5
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
10
8
5
12
8
8.5
4
2
6
2.5
–
6
Yes
Yes
Yes
Polar
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
–
No
L1
L7
L26
L1
L43
L11
L10
L8
–
L14
L3
–
250
252
255
253
254
259
258
257
261
263
251
265
4-026
4-027
4-028
4-029
4-030
4-031
4-032
4-033
4-034
4-035
4-036
4-037
3, 5
120
170
13.5
Yes
–
311
4-102
1.7, 3, 5
1.7, 3, 5
1.7, 3, 5
1.7, 3, 5
1.7, 3, 5
1.7, 3, 5
1.7, 3, 5
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
320
320
320
320
320
320
320
16
10
19
11
4
–
5
Yes
Yes
Polar
Yes
Yes
–
–
L1
L7
L1
L11
L8
L3
–
971
972
973
979
977
970
975
4-075
4-076
4-077
4-078
4-079
4-080
4-081
To find a suitable Thermo Scientific alternative
to another manufacturer’s columns, refer to the
selection guide below. The Thermo Scientific
alternative phases are selected based on a
combination of physical and chemical
similarities as well as mode of retention.
These alternatives are not guaranteed to
The following table is not complete in terms
of manufacturer or products offered. Although
every effort is made to ensure that the product
information provided is as accurate as possible,
some errors may occur in collation and transcription.
We cannot accept any responsibility for the use
of the following information.
Manufacturer
ACT
ACT
ACT
ACT
ACT
ACT
ACT
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
Phenomenex
Phenomenex
Phenomenex
Phenomenex
Grace
Grace
Grace
Grace
Grace
Grace
Bio-Rad
Bio-Rad
Bio-Rad
Bio-Rad
Bio-Rad
Bio-Rad
Phenomenex
Supelco
Supelco
Supelco
Supelco
Supelco
Supelco
Supelco
Pore Size (Å)
100
100
100
100
300
300
300
130
100
130
130
130
100
100
200
200
200
190
100
100
190
190
190
–
–
–
–
–
–
125
100
100
90
90
90
90
90
Area (m2/g)
300
300
300
300
100
100
100
185
230
185
185
185
230
200
25
25
25
200
450
450
200
200
200
–
–
–
–
–
–
320
450
450
150
150
150
150
150
% Carbon
15.5
9
9.5
14
9
5
2.6
–
15
18
13
15
11
–
–
–
–
12
20
24
8
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
15
25
15
–
–
–
–
–
Recommended Thermo Scientific Alternative
Syncronis C18
Syncronis C8
Syncronis Phenyl
Syncronis aQ
BioBasic 18
BioBasic 8
BioBasic 4
Hypersil GOLD Silica (1.9µm)
Hypersil GOLD (1.9µm)
Hypersil GOLD (1.9µm)
Hypersil GOLD C8 (1.9µm)
Hypersil GOLD Phenyl (1.9µm)
Hypersil GOLD aQ (1.9µm)
Accucore 150-C18
Accucore 150-C18
Accuccore 150-C4
Accuccore 150-C4
Hypersil GOLD
Hypersil GOLD aQ
Syncronis C18
Hypersil GOLD C8
Hypersil GOLD CN
Hypersil GOLD Silica
HyperREZ XP Carbohydrate Ca2+
HyperREZ XP Carbohydrate H+
HyperREZ XP Carbohydrate Ca2+
HyperREZ XP Carbohydrate H+
HyperREZ XP Carbohydrate Na+
HyperREZ XP Carbohydrate Pb2+
Hypersil GOLD aQ
Syncronis C18
Syncronis C8
Accucore C18
Accucore C8
Accucore PFP
Accucore HILIC
Accucore Phenyl-Hexyl
Page
4-075
4-076
4-078
4-077
4-140
4-140
4-140
4-036
4-026
4-026
4-027
4-031
4-029
4-144
4-144
4-145
4-145
4-026
4-029
4-075
4-027
4-032
4-036
4-156
4-156
4-156
4-156
4-156
4-156
4-029
4-075
4-076
4-045
4-046
4-051
4-053
4-049
Supelco
90
150
–
Accucore Polar Premium
4-048
Supelco
160
80
–
Accucore 150-C18
4-144
Supelco
100
450
19
Syncronis Phenyl
4-078
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Column Selection
Phase
ACE C18
ACE C8
ACE Phenyl
ACE AQ
ACE C18-300
ACE C8-300
ACE C4-300
ACQUITY UPLC ™ BEH HILIC
ACQUITY UPLC HSS C18
ACQUITY UPLC BEH C18
ACQUITY UPLC BEH C8
ACQUITY UPLC BEH Phenyl
ACQUITY UPLC HSS T3
Aeris PEPTIDE XB-C18
Aeris WIDEPORE XB-C18
Aeris WIDEPORE XB-C8
Aeris WIDEPORE XB-C4
Alltima™ HP C18
Alltima HP C18 AQ
Alltima HP C18 HiLoad
Alltima HP C8
Alltima HP CN
Alltima HP Silica
Aminex™ HPX42C
Aminex HPX72S
Aminex HPX87C
Aminex HPX87H
Aminex HPX87N
Aminex HPX87P
AQUA™ C18
Ascentis™ C18
Ascentis C8
Ascentis Express C18
Ascentis Express C8
Ascentis Express F5
Ascentis Express HILIC
Ascentis Express
Phenyl-Hexyl
Ascentis Express
RP-Amide
Ascentis Express Peptide
ES-C18
Ascentis Phenyl
provide the same retention or selectivity, but
should be suitably similar in character to allow
a similar or improved separation to be achieved
with some method optimization. The user should
refer to the individual phase information to
ensure that the characteristics of the alternative
match the requirements of their separation.
LC Columns and Accessories >>
HPLC Column Selection by Manufacturer
4-011
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
4-012
HPLC Column Selection by Manufacturer continued
Phase
Atlantis™ dC18
Atlantis T3
Atlantis HILIC Silica
Atlantis dC18
Capcell Core C18
Capcell Pak C18 AQ
Cortecs C18
Cortecs C18+
Cortecs HILIC
Discovery™ BIO Wide Pore C18
Discovery BIO Wide Pore C8
Discovery C18
Discovery C8
Discovery Cyano
Gemini ™ C18
Halo C18
Halo C8
Halo HILIC
Halo PFP
Halo Phenyl-Hexyl
Halo RP-Amide
HALO Peptide ES-C18
Inertsil™ C4
Inertsil C8
Inertsil ODS3V
Inertsil Phenyl
Inertsil Silica
J’Sphere M80
Jupiter™ C18
Jupiter C4
Kinetex C18
Kinetex C8
Kinetex HILIC
Kinetex PFP
Kinetex Phenyl-Hexyl
Kinetex XB-C18
Kromasil C18
Kromasil C4
Kromasil Silica
LiChrospher™ CN
LiChrospher Diol
LiChrospher NH 2
LiChrospher RP 18
LiChrospher RP-18e
LiChrospher RP-8
LiChrospher RP-8e
Luna™ C18 (2)
Luna C8 (2)
Luna CN
Luna HILIC
Luna NH2
Luna PFP (2)
Manufacturer
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
Shiseido
Shiseido
Waters
Waters
Waters
Supelco
Supelco
Supelco
Supelco
Supelco
Phenomenex
AMT
AMT
AMT
AMT
AMT
AMT
AMT
GL Sciences
GL Sciences
GL Sciences
GL Sciences
GL Sciences
YMC
Phenomenex
Phenomenex
Phenomenex
Phenomenex
Phenomenex
Phenomenex
Phenomenex
Phenomenex
Akzo-Nobel
Akzo-Nobel
Akzo-Nobel
Merck
Merck
Merck
Merck
Merck
Merck
Merck
Phenomenex
Phenomenex
Phenomenex
Phenomenex
Phenomenex
Phenomenex
Pore Size (Å)
100
100
100
100
90
120
90
90
90
300
300
180
180
180
110
90
90
90
90
90
90
160
150
150
100
150
150
80
300
300
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
200
100
100
Area (m2/g)
330
300
300
330
150
300
100
100
100
–
–
200
200
200
375
150
150
150
150
150
150
80
320
320
450
320
320
–
170
170
–
–
–
–
–
–
340
340
340
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
400
400
400
200
400
400
% Carbon
12
14
–
12
7
11
6.6
5.7
–
–
–
14
–
–
14
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
8
11
15
10
–
14
13
5
12
10
–
9
–
12
19
8
–
7
–
5
21
22
13
13
18
14
–
5.7
10
5.7
Recommended Thermo Scientific Alternative
Acclaim Polar Advantage II
Hypersil GOLD
Hypersil GOLD Silica
Hypersil GOLD aQ
Accucore C18
Acclaim Polar Advantage II
Accucore C18
Accucore Polar Premium
Accucore HILIC
BioBasic 18
BioBasic 8
Hypersil GOLD
Hypersil GOLD C8
Hypersil GOLD CN
Hypersil GOLD
Accucore C18
Accucore C8
Accucore HILIC
Accucore PFP
Accucore Phenyl-Hexyl
Accucore Polar Premium
Accucore 150-C18
Hypersil GOLD C4
Syncronis C8
Syncronis C18
Syncronis Phenyl
Syncronis Silica
Acclaim PolarAdvantage II
BioBasic 18
BioBasic C4
Accucore C18
Accucore C8
Accucore HILIC
Accucore PFP
Accucore Phenyl-Hexyl
Accucore C18
Syncronis C18
Hypersil GOLD C4
Syncronis Silica
Hypersil GOLD CN
BETASIL Diol
Syncronis Amino
Syncronis C18
Syncronis C18
Syncronis C8
Syncronis C8
Syncronis C18
Syncronis C8
Hypersil GOLD CN
BETASIL Diol
Syncronis Amino
Hypersil GOLD PFP
Page
4-066
4-026
4-036
4-029
4-045
4-066
4-045
4-048
4-053
4-140
4-140
4-026
4-027
4-032
4-026
4-045
4-046
4-053
4-051
4-049
4-048
4-144
4-028
4-076
4-075
4-078
4-080
4-066
4-140
4-140
4-045
4-046
4-053
4-051
4-049
4-045
4-075
4-028
4-080
4-032
Inquire
4-079
4-075
4-075
4-076
4-076
4-075
4-076
4-032
Inquire
4-079
4-030
Pore Size (Å)
100
100
125
125
125
125
60
60
60
60
60
110
110
110
110
90
90
90
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
300
300
300
300
300
120
120
120
120
140
140
140
140
140
120
120
120
120
120
100
300
120
120
120
120
Area (m2/g)
400
400
330
330
330
330
120
120
120
120
120
340
340
340
340
130
130
130
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
350
100
100
100
100
100
170
170
170
170
–
–
–
–
–
170
170
170
170
170
–
–
120
120
120
130
% Carbon
–
–
10
–
4
–
7
–
–
5
–
18
18
7
14
7.5
4.5
3
17
24
–
9
–
–
4
–
7
10
7
–
–
–
–
2
10
4
5
11
11
6
4
5
–
2
5
3
–
20
2
8
5
7.5
–
Recommended Thermo Scientific Alternative
BioBasic SCX
Syncronis Silica
Hypersil GOLD
Hypersil GOLD CN
Hypersil APS-2
Hypersil GOLD Phenyl
Hypersil GOLD
Hypersil GOLD C8
Hypersil GOLD CN
Hypersil GOLD Phenyl
Hypersil GOLD Silica
Syncronis C18
Syncronis C18
Hypersil GOLD CN
Syncronis aQ
Accucore C18
Accucore Phenyl-Hexyl
Accucore PFP
Syncronis C18
Syncronis C18
Syncronis Phenyl
Syncronis C8
Hypersil GOLD CN
Hypersil SAX
Syncronis Amino
BETASIL Diol
BioBasic SCX
Hypersil GOLD SAX
BioBasic 18
BioBasic 4
BioBasic Phenyl
BioBasic 8
BioBasic CN
Hypersil SAS
Hypersil GOLD
Hypersil GOLD C4
Hypersil GOLD CN
Hypersil GOLD
Hypersil GOLD (1.9µm)
Hypersil GOLD C8
Hypersil GOLD CN
Hypersil GOLD Phenyl
Hypersil GOLD
Hypersil GOLD Amino
Hypersil GOLD Phenyl
Hypersil GOLD SAX
Hypersil GOLD Silica
Syncronis C18
BioBasic 4
Accucore C18
Accucore C8
Accucore C18
Accucore aQ
Page
4-141
4-080
4-026
4-032
4-108
4-031
4-026
4-027
4-032
4-031
4-036
4-075
4-075
4-032
4-077
4-045
4-049
4-051
4-075
4-075
4-078
4-076
4-032
4-109
4-079
Inquire
4-141
4-035
4-140
4-140
Inquire
4-140
Inquire
4-107
4-026
4-028
4-032
4-026
4-026
4-027
4-032
4-031
4-026
4-033
4-031
4-035
4-036
4-075
4-140
4-045
4-046
4-045
4-047
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Column Selection
Manufacturer
Phenomenex
Phenomenex
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
Macherey-Nagel
Macherey-Nagel
Macherey-Nagel
Macherey-Nagel
Macherey-Nagel
Macherey-Nagel
Macherey-Nagel
Macherey-Nagel
Macherey-Nagel
Macherey-Nagel
Macherey-Nagel
Macherey-Nagel
Macherey-Nagel
Macherey-Nagel
Macherey-Nagel
Macherey-Nagel
Macherey-Nagel
Macherey-Nagel
Macherey-Nagel
Macherey-Nagel
Macherey-Nagel
Macherey-Nagel
Restek
Restek
Restek
Restek
Restek
Restek
Restek
Restek
Restek
Restek
Restek
Restek
Restek
Restek
Restek
Restek
Agilent
Agilent
Agilent
Agilent
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Phase
Luna SCX
Luna Silica (2)
µBondapak™ C18
µBondapak CN
µBondapak NH2
µBondapak Phenyl
Nova-Pak™ (HR) C18
Nova-Pak C8
Nova-Pak CN
Nova-Pak Phenyl
Nova-Pak Silica
NUCLEODUR ™ C18 EC
NUCLEODUR C18 Gravity
NUCLEODUR CN
NUCLEODUR Pyramid
Nucleoshell™ RP 18
Nucleoshell Phenyl-Hexyl
Nucleoshell PFP
Nucleosil™ 100 C18
Nucleosil 100 C18 AB
Nucleosil 100 C 6 H 5
Nucleosil 100 C8
Nucleosil 100 CN
Nucleosil 100 N(CH 3) 2
Nucleosil 100 NH2
Nucleosil 100 OH
Nucleosil 100 SA
Nucleosil 100 SB
Nucleosil 300 C18
Nucleosil 300 C4
Nucleosil 300 C 6 H 5
Nucleosil 300 C8
Nucleosil 300 CN
Pinnacle™ C1
Pinnacle C18
Pinnacle C4
Pinnacle CN
Pinnacle DB C18
Pinnacle DB C18 1.9µm
Pinnacle DB C8
Pinnacle DB Cyano
Pinnacle DB Phenyl
Pinnacle IBD
Pinnacle NH 2
Pinnacle Phenyl
Pinnacle SAX
Pinnacle Silica
Pinnacle Ultra C18
Pinnacle Wide Pore C4
Poroshell™ 120 EC-C18
Poroshell 120 EC-C8
Poroshell 120 SB-C18
Poroshell 120 SB-Aq
4-013
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
4-014
HPLC Column Selection by Manufacturer continued
Phase
Poroshell 120 Phenyl-Hexyl
Poroshell 120 Bonus-RP
Poroshell SB-C18
Poroshell Extend-C18
Poroshell 300 SB-C8
Poroshell 300 SB-C3
Primesep™
Prodigy™ C8
Prodigy ODS2
Prodigy ODS-3
Prodigy ODS-3V
Prodigy Phenyl-3
Purospher™ RP-18
Purospher STAR-8e
Purospher STAR RP-18e
Waters™ Spherisorb™ C1
Waters Spherisorb C6
Waters Spherisorb C8
Waters Spherisorb CN
Waters Spherisorb NH2
Waters Spherisorb ODS1
Waters Spherisorb ODS2
Waters Spherisorb ODSB
Waters Spherisorb Phenyl
Waters Spherisorb SAX
Waters Spherisorb SCX
Waters Spherisorb W (silica)
SunFire™ C18
SunFire C8
SunShell™ C18
SunShell C8
SunShell PFP
Supelcosil™ LC-1
Supelcosil LC-18
Supelcosil LC-18DB
Supelcosil LC-8
Supelcosil LC-CN
Supelcosil LC-NH2
Supelcosil LC-Si
Symmetry™ C18
Symmetry C8
Synergi™ Hydro-RP
TSKgel™ G2000SW (incl XL)
TSKgel Octyl-80TS
TSKgel ODS-120A
TSKgel ODS-120T
TSKgel ODS-80TM
TSKgel Super Octyl
TSKgel Super ODS
TSKgel Super Phenyl
TSKgel SuperSW3000
Manufacturer
Agilent
Agilent
Agilent
Agilent
Agilent
Agilent
SieLC
Phenomenex
Phenomenex
Phenomenex
Phenomenex
Phenomenex
Merck
Merck
Merck
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
ChromaNik
ChromaNik
ChromaNik
Supelco
Supelco
Supelco
Supelco
Supelco
Supelco
Supelco
Waters
Waters
Phenomenex
Tosoh
Tosoh
Tosoh
Tosoh
Tosoh
Tosoh
Tosoh
Tosoh
Tosoh
Pore Size (Å)
120
120
300
300
300
300
–
150
150
100
100
100
60
120
120
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
90
90
90
90
90
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
100
100
80
125
80
120
120
80
110
110
110
250
Area (m2/g)
130
130
45
45
45
45
–
310
310
450
450
450
500
300
300
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
340
340
150
150
150
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
335
335
475
–
200
200
200
200
–
–
–
–
% Carbon
9
9.5
2.8
4
1.5
1.1
–
13
18
16
16
10
–
–
–
2
5
6
3
2
6
12
12
3
–
–
–
16
16
7
4.5
4.5
–
11
11
–
–
–
–
19
12
19
–
11
22
22
15
5
8
3
–
Recommended Thermo Scientific Alternative
Accucore Phenyl-Hexyl
Accucore Polar Premium
Accucore 150-C18
Accucore 150-C18
Accucore 150-C4
Accucore 150-C4
Acclaim Mixed-Mode Columns
Syncronis C8
Syncronis C18
Syncronis C18
Hypersil GOLD
Syncronis Phenyl
Hypersil GOLD
Hypersil GOLD C8
Hypersil GOLD
Hypersil SAS
BETASIL C6
Hypersil GOLD C8
Hypersil GOLD CN
Hypersil APS-2
Hypersil GOLD
Hypersil GOLD
Hypersil GOLD
Hypersil GOLD Phenyl
Hypersil SAX
BioBasic SCX
Hypersil GOLD Silica
Syncronis C18
Syncronis C8
Accucore C18
Accucore C8
Accucore PFP
Hypersil SAS
Hypersil GOLD
Hypersil GOLD
Hypersil GOLD C8
Hypersil GOLD CN
Hypersil GOLD Amino
Hypersil GOLD Silica
Syncronis C18
Syncronis C8
Syncronis aQ
BioBasic SEC 120
Hypersil GOLD C8
Hypersil GOLD
Syncronis C18
Hypersil GOLD
Hypersil GOLD C8
Hypersil GOLD
Hypersil GOLD Phenyl
BioBasic SEC 300
Page
4-049
4-048
4-144
4-144
4-145
4-145
4-068
4-076
4-075
4-075
4-026
4-078
4-026
4-027
4-026
4-107
Inquire
4-027
4-032
4-108
4-026
4-026
4-026
4-031
4-109
4-141
4-036
4-075
4-076
4-045
4-046
4-051
4-107
4-026
4-026
4-027
4-032
4-033
4-036
4-075
4-076
4-077
4-139
4-027
4-026
4-075
4-026
4-027
4-026
4-031
4-139
Pore Size (Å)
90
90
Area (m2/g)
–
250
% Carbon
–
–
Recommended Thermo Scientific Alternative Page
Hypersil GOLD
4-026
Hypersil GOLD
4-026
Grace
Grace
Grace
Grace
Grace
Grace
300
300
300
300
300
300
–
–
–
–
–
70
–
–
–
–
–
–
BioBasic 18
BioBasic 18
BioBasic 8
BioBasic 4
BioBasic 18
BioBasic 18
4-140
4-140
4-140
4-140
4-140
4-140
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
Waters
YMC
YMC
YMC
YMC
YMC
YMC
YMC
YMC
YMC
YMC
YMC
YMC
YMC
Agilent
Agilent
Agilent
Agilent
Agilent
Agilent
Agilent
Agilent
–
–
130
–
125
125
–
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
300
120
120
120
120
80
80
80
95
95
95
95
80
–
–
185
–
180
180
–
300
300
300
300
–
300
300
150
300
350
–
300
180
180
180
160
160
160
160
180
–
–
–
–
16
12
–
7
10
7
–
–
16
17
6
9
16
–
4
10
8
8
8
6
8
6
10
Hypersil GOLD
Hypersil GOLD C8
Hypersil GOLD Silica
Hypersil GOLD Phenyl
Hypersil GOLD
Hypersil GOLD C8
Hypersil GOLD C8
HyPURITY C4
Acclaim C8
Hypersil GOLD CN
BETASIL Diol
Hypersil GOLD Amino
Syncronis aQ
Syncronis C18
BioBasic 18
Syncronis Phenyl
Syncronis C18
Syncronis Silica
BETASIL C1
Hypersil GOLD
Hypersil GOLD C8
Hypersil GOLD Phenyl
Hypersil GOLD
Hypersil GOLD C8
Hypersil GOLD (1.9µm)
Hypersil GOLD C8 (1.9µm)
Hypersil GOLD (1.9µm)
4-026
4-027
4-036
4-031
4-026
4-027
4-027
4-109
4-062
4-032
Inquire
4-033
4-077
4-075
4-140
4-078
4-075
4-080
Inquire
4-026
4-027
4-031
4-026
4-027
4-026
4-027
4-026
Agilent
80
180
7.5
Hypersil GOLD C8 (1.9µm)
4-027
Agilent
Agilent
Agilent
Agilent
Agilent
Agilent
Agilent
Agilent
80
80
80
300
80
300
80
80
180
180
180
45
180
45
180
180
4
–
10
3
6
2
4
6
Hypersil GOLD CN (1.9µm)
Hypersil GOLD aQ
Hypersil GOLD
BioBasic 18
Hypersil GOLD C8
BioBasic 8
Hypersil GOLD CN
Hypersil GOLD Phenyl
4-032
4-029
4-026
4-140
4-027
4-140
4-032
4-031
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Column Selection
Manufacturer
Grace
Grace
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Phase
Vydac™ 201SP C18
Vydac 201SP Selectapore
90M C18
Vydac 201TP C18
Vydac 202TP C18
Vydac 208TP C8
Vydac 214TP
Vydac 218TP
Vydac 218WP Selectapore
300M C18
XBridge™ C18
XBridge C8
XBridge HILIC
XBridge Phenyl
XTerra™ MS C18
XTerra MS C8
YMCbasic™
YMC-Pack™ C4
YMC-Pack C8
YMC-Pack CN
YMC-Pack Diol
YMC-Pack NH 2
YMC-Pack ODS AQ
YMC-Pack ODS-A
YMC-Pack ODS-A
YMC-Pack Phenyl
YMC-Pack Pro C18
YMC-Pack Silica
YMC-Pack TMS (C1)
Zorbax™ Eclipse XDB C18
Zorbax Eclipse XDB C8
Zorbax Eclipse XDB Phenyl
Zorbax Eclipse Plus C18
Zorbax Eclipse Plus C8
Zorbax RRHT Eclipse Plus C18
Zorbax RRHT Eclipse Plus C8
Zorbax RRHT Eclipse
XDB-C18
Zorbax RRHT Eclipse
XDB-C8
Zorbax RRHT SB-CN
Zorbax SB Aq
Zorbax SB C18
Zorbax SB C18
Zorbax SB C8
Zorbax SB C8
Zorbax SB CN
Zorbax SB Phenyl
4-015
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific LC Columns
Column Protection
Extend column lifetime and improve performance
• Guards and filters to protect your analytical column
• Economical extension of column lifetime
• Multiple formats for optimum performance and efficiency
• Drop-in designs for quick and easy guard and filter replacement
• UHPLC Filter cartridges and holder to protect Hypersil GOLD 1.9µm columns
To extend the lifetime and performance of
your analytical and preparative columns, we
recommend that they be protected from
contamination by sample and solvent debris
and interferences from the sample matrix. The
most cost-effective and efficient way of trapping
these unwanted system components is by
use of a filter or packed guards. Column
performance should not be affected by adding
a guard or filter unit to the HPLC system. The
chromatogram shown demonstrates how the
column’s chromatographic performance is
unaffected by the addition of a guard unit
during the analysis of procainamides.
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Guard and Filter Selection
4-016
Guard columns are positioned between the
injector and the analytical column, removing
strongly adsorbed sample components before
the sample reaches the analytical column. The
simple rule of thumb in guard selection is to
choose one that matches your analytical column.
The internal diameters should match as closely
as possible, and the packing material should
Interferences
be the same particle size and chemistry as the
analytical column. If a guard cartridge system
is used, the replacement of the packed cartridges
should be simple and fast.
Analytes: Procainamides
Without a guard
With C18 guard
Pre-column filters are positioned between the
solvent inlet filter and the column inlet. They
are designed to trap particulate matter from
the fluid path. They do not remove sample
interferences or contaminants that are
dissolved in the fluid path. These units are
designed to be wholly disposable or have
replaceable filters in a re-useable holder.
Replaceable 0.2µm Thermo Scientific UHLPC
filter cartridges protect Hypersil GOLD 1.9µm
and Syncronis 1.7µm columns against
particles, enhancing column lifetime. Its low
dead volume design maintains chromatographic
performance without degrading peak shape and
causes minimal efficiency loss through
dispersion. The UHPLC filter adds a minimal
increase in backpressure, so can be fitted
to any length column.
Peak resolution and shape are unaffected by the addition
of a guard column
Use a pre-column guard to trap
any remaining interferences
Isolate interferences or analytes using SPE
and/or
Sample
Successful,
Reproducible
Analysis
Particulates and Interferences
and/or
Particulates
Choosing a guard or filter based on sample make-up
Filter Sample through a 0.45 µm filter
Use a pre-column filter
to trap particulates
Drop-in guard cartridges offer convenience, economy and effective protection
for extending column lifetime
• The 10mm design offers maximum protection with minimal increase in retention
• Fit Thermo Scientific™ UNIGUARD™ direct connection and stand alone holders
Drop-in Guard Cartridges Ordering Guide
1.0mm ID
2.1mm ID
3.0mm ID
4.0/4.6mm ID
Quantity
25003-011001
25005-011001
25003-012101
25005-012101
25003-013001
25005-013001
25003-014001
25005-014001
4 Pack
4 Pack
25203-011001
25205-011001
25203-012101
25205-012101
25203-013001
25205-013001
25203-014001
25205-014001
4 Pack
4 Pack
25303-011001
25305-011001
25303-012101
25305-012101
25303-013001
25305-013001
25303-014001
25305-014001
4 Pack
4 Pack
25403-011001
25405-011001
25403-012101
25405-012101
25403-013001
25405-013001
25403-014001
25405-014001
4 Pack
4 Pack
25803-011001
25805-011001
25803-012101
25805-012101
25803-013001
25805-013001
25803-014001
25805-014001
4 Pack
4 Pack
25903-011001
25905-011001
25903-012101
25905-012101
25903-013001
25905-013001
25903-014001
25905-014001
4 Pack
4 Pack
–
74104-012101
74104-013001
74104-014001
4 Pack
–
74204-012101
74204-013001
74204-014001
4 Pack
–
97105-012101
97105-013001
97105-014001
4 Pack
–
97205-012101
97205-013001
97205-014001
4 Pack
–
97305-012101
97305-013001
97305-014001
4 Pack
–
97905-012101
97905-013001
97905-014001
4 Pack
35003-011001
35005-011001
35003-012101
35005-012101
35003-013001
35005-013001
35003-014001
35005-014001
2 Pack
2 Pack
Column Protection
Particle Size (µm)
Length (mm)
Hypersil GOLD
3
10
5
10
Hypersil GOLD C8
3
10
5
10
Hypersil GOLD aQ
3
10
5
10
Hypersil GOLD PFP
3
10
5
10
Hypersil GOLD CN
3
10
5
10
Hypersil GOLD Phenyl
3
10
5
10
Accucore XL C18
4
10
Accucore XL C8
4
10
Syncronis C18
5
10
Syncronis C8
5
10
Syncronis aQ
5
10
Syncronis Phenyl
5
10
Hypercarb
3
10
5
10
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Drop-in Guard Cartridges
This table provides a sample of the guard cartridges for the most popular Thermo Scientific HPLC stationary phases. Drop-in guard cartridges are available in
other Thermo Scientific phases. For information on guard cartridges for other Thermo Scientific phases, please consult the appropriate section of the catalogue
or contact Customer Services for more information.
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-017
LC Columns and Accessories
Defender Guard Cartridges
Thermo Scientific™ Defender™ Guard Cartridges have been designed specifically
to work with high speed, high efficiency separations.
Accucore Defender Guard Cartridges (4/pk) Ordering Guide
Description
Accucore RP-MS
Accucore C18
Accucore C8
Accucore aQ
Accucore Polar Premium
Accucore Phenyl-Hexyl
Accucore Phenyl-X
Particle
Size (µm)
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
Length
(mm)
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
2.1mm ID
17626-012105
17126-012105
17226-012105
17326-012105
28026-012105
17926-012105
27926-012105
Particle
Size (µm)
Accucore PFP
2.6
Accucore C30
2.6
Accucore HILIC
2.6
Accucore Urea-HILIC
2.6
Accucore 150-C18
2.6
Accucore 150-C4
2.6
Accucore 150-Amide-HILIC 2.6
Description
Length
(mm)
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
2.1mm ID
17426-012105
27826-012105
17526-012105
27726-012105
16126-012105
16526-012105
16726-012105
Other guard column dimension are available in some Accucore phases. Please call your local Customer Service for more information.
UNIGUARD Direct-Connection Guard Cartridge Holders
Reusable, stainless steel guard cartridge holders that match directly to the analytical column inlet –
eliminating requirement for extra fittings
• With PEEK 1/16in male outlet that fits most columns
• 1/16in female inlet can be used with various standard fittings
UNIGUARD Direct-Connection Guard Cartridge Holders Ordering Guide
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Description
UNIGUARD Drop-In /Defender
Guard Cartridge Holder
Standard Replacement Tip
Waters Columns Replacement Tip
4-018
1.0mm ID
851-00
2.1mm ID
852-00
3.0mm ID
852-00
4.0/4.6mm ID
850-00
Quantity
1 Each
850-RT
850-WT
850-RT
850-WT
850-RT
850-WT
850-RT
850-WT
1 Each
1 Each
Thermo Scientific™ Acclaim™ Guard Cartridges are available in the same packing and internal diameters
as the Acclaim analytical column chemistries. A re-usable holder allows for easy cartridge replacement;
extending the life of the analytical column.
Acclaim Guard Cartridges Ordering Guide
Acclaim Guard Cartridge Ordering Guide (2/pk)
Particle Size
(µm)
5
Length
(mm)
10
ID
(mm)
2.1
3.0
4.6
120 C18
120 C8
069689
071981
069695
069688
071979
069696
Polar
Advantage
069691
071983
069698
Polar
Advantage II
069692
071985
069699
C30
075722
075721
075720
Mixed-Mode
HILIC-1
069694
071913
069706
Mixed-Mode
WAX-1
069686
071909
069704
Mixed-Mode
WCX-1
085455
071911
069705
Acclaim Guard Cartridge Ordering Guide (2/pk) continued
Description
Length
(mm)
10
10
2.1mm ID
3.0mm ID
4.6mm ID
079934
074263
071974
074261
071973
074262
Acclaim Specialty Column Guard Cartridge Ordering Guide (2/pk)
Description
Acclaim Trinity P1
Acclaim Trinity P2
Acclaim Trinity Q1
Acclaim Organic Acid
Acclaim Surfactant Plus
Acclaim Surfactant
Acclaim Explosives E1
Acclaim Explosives E2
Acclaim Carbamate
Acclaim Carbonyl C18
Particle Size
(µm)
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Length
(mm)
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
2.1mm ID
3.0mm ID
4.6mm ID
071391
085435
079719
–
082773
069693
–
–
072930
079012
071390
085436
079720
071987
078959
071991
–
071989
072929
079013
–
–
–
069700
078960
069701
069702
069703
072928
079014
Column Protection
Phenyl-1
HILIC-10
Particle Size
(µm)
3
5
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Acclaim Guards Cartridges
Acclaim Guard Holder Ordering Guide
Format
Acclaim Guard Cartridge Holder V-2
Acclaim Guard Kit (Holder and coupler) V-2
Guard to Analytical Column Coupler V-2
Cat. No.
069580
069707
074188
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-019
LC Columns and Accessories
Javelin Direct-Connection Column Filters
One-piece filter protects HPLC systems
• Direct-connection design for maximum efficiency
• Replace entire disposable filter unit for easy changes
• Recommended for use as dedicated filters for a column rather than the HPLC system
• 1/16in CPI tip attaches directly to HPLC column inlet without tubing or wrenches
• 0.5µm porosity
Javelin Direct-Connection Column Filter Ordering Guide
Description
Javelin Column Filter
2.1mm ID
88200
3.0mm ID
88700
4.0/4.6mm ID
88400
Quantity
4 Pack
Cat. No
60140-412
Quantity
10 Pack
ColumnSaver Precolumn Filters
Filter mesh size 2μm
ColumnSaver Precolumn Filters Ordering Guide
Filter Mesh Size (µm)
2
UNIFILTER Direct-Connection HPLC Filter Systems
Quickly replaced for minimal down time
• Replaceable 0.5µm drop-in filter enhances column lifetime and improved performance
• Holder attached directly to the inlet of your analytical system for maximum convenience
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
UNIFILTER Direct-Connection HPLC Filter Systems Ordering Guide
4-020
Description
UNIFILTER Direct Connection Holder
Replacement Filter, 0.5µm
Replacement Filter, 0.5µm
Replacement Tip, CPI, Standard
Replacement Tip, Waters End-fitting
2.1/3.0mm ID
27002
22016
22017
850-RT
850-WT
4.0/4.6mm ID
27000
22150
22155
850-RT
850-WT
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
5 Pack
1 Each
1 Each
UHPLC Filter
Column protection for Hypersil GOLD 1.9µm and Syncronis 1.7µm columns
without compromising performance
• Low volume filter cartridge design
• Maintain peak shape
• Minimal efficiency loss through dispersion
UHPLC Filter Ordering Guide
Description
UHPLC Direct Connect Filter Holder
2.1mm ID Replacement Filter Cartridge, 0.2μm
1.0mm ID Replacement Filter Cartridge, 0.2μm
Cat. No.
27006
22180
22185
Quantity
1 Each
5 Pack
5 Pack
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Notes
Column Protection
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-021
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific Columns
for Fast and Analytical HPLC
The Thermo Scientific LC column portfolio offers a comprehensive range of high quality options
for fast and analytical HPLC.
The table below shows our major column families with details of relative hydrophobicity, key attributes and how the attributes
are achieved. Use this table and the information in the subsequent catalogue pages to find the best Thermo Scientific LC columns
for your separation needs.
Hydrophobicity
Key Attribute
Accucore Columns
Page 4-042
Achieved through
• 2.6 and 4µm solid core
Ultimate
Performance
silica particles
• Core Enhanced
Technology
Low
Hypersil GOLD Columns
Page 4-024
• 1.9, 3, 5 and 12µm
Selectivity &
Peak Shape
Acclaim Columns
Page 4-060
Medium/High
Traditional,
Speciality &
Application Specific
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Syncronis Columns
Page 4-074
4-022
Hypercarb Columns
Page 4-084
Very High
• 2.2, 3 and 5µm ultra-pure
silica particles
• Innovative and unique
bonded phases
• 1.7, 3 and 5µm high
Ruggedness &
Reproducibility
High
ultra-high purity silica
particles
• Wide range of
conventional phases
Extended
Separation
Capabilities
surface area silica
particles
• Dense bonding, double
endcapping, rigorous
testing
• 3 and 5µm 100% porous
graphitic carbon particles
• Polar retention effect
on graphite (PREG)
Increasing Impedan
5µm
Accucore 2.6µm
Effect of particle size and type
An alternative to small diameter particles
is the Core Enhanced Technology used in
Accucore HPLC columns. As shown in the
impedance plot below, Accucore columns
45,000
generate higher efficiencies in shorter times
than columns packed with 5µm or 3µm particles
Increasing Efficiency
and does so at low backpressures.
15,000
15
3µm
u opt
5
1.9µm
u opt
1
2
3
u (mm/s)
4
N2
Ε Impedance
ΔP Backpressure
4,500
t0 Retention time of unretained peak
Ν Efficiency
η Mobile phase viscosity
Impedance Plot
5µm
Accucore 2.6µm
E=
1,500
6
5
3µm
45,000
Pt0
N2
4,500
Increasing Efficiency
Increasing Flow Rate
Speed and Resolution
Peak Capacity
Miniaturization
The general chromatographic resolution
equation shows that resolution is directly
proportional to efficiency. High efficiencies
across a wider range of linear velocities mean
that shorter columns and/or faster flow rates
can be used to increase the speed of
separations without sacrificing resolution.
As an alternative to speeding up analysis the
excellent resolution offered by high efficiency
columns can also be used to improve complex
separations through an increase in peak
capacity – the number of peaks that can be
separated in a given gradient time.
The sensitivity formula also shows that peak
concentration can be increased through the
use of shorter columns and more importantly,
with narrower column internal diameters.
The resolution equation also shows that a
wide range of different bonded phases, each
offering a different selectivity, is a useful way
to improve resolution.
RS = 1 (α − 1) N k'
1 + k'
4 α
α Selectivity
N Efficiency
k’ Capacity factor
Poor Resolution
nc = 1 +
nc
tg
W
(t )
g
W
Peak capacity
Gradient time
When transferring a method to a different
column geometry adjustments must be made
to the following parameters:
•
Flow Rate
•
Injection Volume
•
Gradient Profile
A convenient method transfer tool is available
at the Chromatography Resource Center
(www.thermoscientific.com/crc).
Peak width (10% height)
Sensitivity
Optimization
According to the formula shown below, sensitivity
is increased in high efficiency separations by
increasing the concentration of the peak and
thus the detector signal to noise ratio.
In order to preserve high efficiency, and
therefore resolution and sensitivity, the HPLC
system in use should be optimized to reduce
any potential causes of peak broadening.
See page 4-231 for details of this optimization.
cmax∝
N Vi
L dc2 (1 + k' )
Columns for Analytical LC
0
Pt0
5µm
u opt
10
E=
Increasing Impedance
Advantage of Small Particles
H (µm)
Increasing Column Efficiency N)
It is now well established that columns packed
with smaller diameter particles generate higher
1,500
efficiencies over
a wider range of flow rates
than larger particle columns – as shown in
the plot below.
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Principles of Fast LC
cmax Concentration at peak apex
N Efficiency
Vi Injection volume
L Column length
dc Column internal diameter
k’ Capacity factor
Good Resolution
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-023
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific Hypersil GOLD HPLC Columns
Outstanding peak shape for your separations
• Excellent peak symmetry
• Narrow peaks for outstanding efficiency
• Increased sensitivity and improved resolution
• Variety of chemistries
• 1.9 to 12µm particles
Thermo Scientific™ Hypersil GOLD™ columns
are exceptionally reproducible for reliable
chromatography, column after column. This
allows the user to be confident that assays
developed with Hypersil GOLD columns will be
robust and stable for the life of the assay, making
them an ideal choice for new method development.
Built on more than 35 years of experience in
product development and manufacturing of
HPLC media and columns, we successfully
continue to extend the capabilities of this
state-of-the-art family of columns, designed
for improved chromatography. Hypersil GOLD
columns are manufactured in ISO 9001:2008
accredited laboratories under strict protocols
using a robust manufacturing procedure and
extensive quality control testing.
Improved Selectivity, Resolution
and Productivity
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Hypersil GOLD columns are available in an
array of chemistries to optimize separations
and maximize productivity:
4-024
•
Hypersil GOLD offers outstanding peak shape
using generic gradients with C18 selectivity
•
Hypersil GOLD C8 offers similar selectivity
but with less retention
•
Hypersil GOLD aQ can be used for
challenging reverse phase separations
employing highly aqueous mobile phases
•
Hypersil GOLD PFP can offer alternative
selectivity in reverse phase applications
•
Hypersil GOLD Phenyl offers alternative
selectivity and is particularly suitable for
aromatic and moderately polar compounds
•
Hypersil GOLD CN can be used for both
reversed and normal phase separations
•
Hypersil GOLD C4 has short alkyl chain
length, low hydrophobicity column for less
retention
•
Hypersil GOLD Amino demonstrates
excellent chromatographic properties in
three modes: weak anion exchange,
reversed phase and normal phase.
•
Hypersil GOLD AX can be used to
separate proteins, peptides, other anionic
species and polar molecules
•
Hypersil GOLD SAX is a highly stable
silica-based quarternary amine strong anion
exchange column, designed for aqueous
mobile phase
•
Hypersil GOLD Silica is a powerful and
efficient tool in the chromatography of
non-polar and moderately polar organic
compounds by normal phase
•
Hypersil GOLD HILIC columns retain polar
analytes that are problematic using reversed
phase columns
These chemistries offer alternative
selectivities in the same column family,
providing enhanced retention or changes in
elution order for flexibility in method
development. Each phase is made with the
same care and attention to quality that
defines all Thermo Scientific columns.
Hypersil GOLD, 5µm, 150 x 4.6mm
Mobile Phase:
Gradient:
Flow Rate:
Detection:
Temperature:
Sample:
A: H2O + 0.1% Formic acid
B: MeOH + 0.1% Formic acid
20 to 50% B in 15 min
1mL/min
UV at 280nm
25°C
1. Catechin
2. Epigallocatechin Gallate
3. Epicatechin
4. Gallocatechin Gallate
5. Epicatechin Gallate
6. Catechin Gallate
11
0
7
5
8
300
9
10
Competitor
18 column
5
10
15
20
7
3
2
1
0
5
8
6
5
10
9
100
10
Hypersil GOLD
column
15
Competitor 1
200
25
11
4
Competitor 2
20
25
The improved peak symmetry provides additional
peak height to increase sensitivity of analysis of
trace components.
Resolution of analytes is improved using a Hypersil GOLD column.
Data courtesy of M. Euerby, AstraZeneca, Charnwood, UK.
Solutions for High Throughput Screening,
Capillary to Preparative Analysis
Improved Sensitivity
Good peak shape means greater sensitivity.
When peaks exhibit tailing, peak height is
reduced causing the sensitivity of the analysis
to be compromised. The more symmetrical the
chromatographic peaks, the more confidence
you derive from your data. Using Hypersil GOLD
columns, peak height is enhanced and peak
integration calculations are optimized.
2
3
H250-001
4
5
1
7
Robust assay development requires a clear
definition of resolution expectations. Narrow
symmetrical chromatographic peaks ensure
that optimum resolution is achieved. Obtaining
narrow peak widths is especially challenging
for basic pharmaceutical compounds. The figure
above shows how Hypersil GOLD columns provide
excellent resolution between critical pairs, aiding
in separation of closely related species.
Excellent reproducibility is illustrated with the
percent carbon on the Hypersil GOLD media
pH Stability
Hypersil GOLD columns are well suited to
extended pH applications. Hypersil GOLD
columns have been shown to produce robust
assays at high pH. At low pH, excellent column
stability and reproducibility are illustrated.
Dimensions:
5µm, 150 x 4.6mm
Part Number:
Mobile Phase:
25005-154630
A: 0.1% ammonia pH 10.6
B: MeOH + 0.1% ammonia
5 – 100% B in 15 min
1.0mL/min
10µL
UV at 254nm
30°C
Gradient:
Flow:
Injection:
Detection:
Temperature:
6
Enhanced Resolution
Columns for Analytical LC
Hypersil GOLD columns are available in particle
sizes and column designs to meet all separation
needs, including improved resolution, enhanced
sensitivity and faster analyses. From 1.9µm
to 12µm particles, Hypersil GOLD columns offer
chromatographic solutions with consistent
separations and performance. Specialized
hardware includes Thermo Scientific™ KAPPA™
capillary columns, PicoFrit™ and IntegraFrit
nanobore columns, Thermo Scientific™ Javelin™
HTS direct-connection columns and
Thermo Scientific™ DASH™ HTS columns,
designed for high throughput screening.
Enhanced peak height can be particularly critical
when low concentrations of an analyte are present,
for example in an impurity assay. The increase
in sensitivity gained with the Hypersil GOLD
columns over competitor C18 columns is
illustrated above.
LC Columns and Accessories >>
6
3
2
1
Hypersil GOLD
Signal
4
Stability of Hypersil GOLD columns at low pH.
No loss of retention after 28L of mobile phase in
19.5 days of analysis.
1. Uracil
2. Acetaminophen
3. N-Acetyl procainamide
4. n-Propionyl procainamide
5. Oxazepam
6. Diazepam
7. Diisopropylphthalate
8. Di-n-propylphthalate
8
High pH stability assay (pH 10.6) of Hypersil GOLD columns
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-025
Hydrophobicity
Endcapped, ultrapure, silica-based columns with exceptional peak
shape and resolution for HPLC and LC/MS
pH Range
• Significant reduction in peak tailing while retaining C18 selectivity
• Excellent resolution, efficiency and sensitivity
300
Particle Size 1.9μm, 3μm, 5μm, 12μm
USP L1
H2O / MeCN β-blockers
+0.1%foric grad 15 to 100%
1min; 0.5ml/min; 30C; 1.9um Gold 20x2.1mm 550C; 3.5kV; 20V
Seven
in 1inminute
100
SM: 7G
6
NL:
1.02E5
Base Peak
MS
Blockers24
90
80
70
60
7
1
Gradient:
Flow rate:
Temperature:
Detection:
System:
Analytes:
5
50
4
40
2
10
0
0.0
0.1
Column: 1.9µm Hypersil GOLD 20 x 2.1mm
Part Number: 25002-022130
Mobile phase:
3
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
Minutes
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
H250-101
14
175
0
RT: 0.00 - 1.00
1 to 11
Pore Size
Carbon Load (%)
• Confidence in the accuracy and quality of analytical data
20
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
High
0
30
4-026
Low
0
Relative Abundance
LC Columns and Accessories
Hypersil GOLD
A – H 2O+0.1%formic acid
B – MeCN+0.1%formic acid
15 to 100% B in 1min
0.5ml/min
30°C
+ESI
Thermo Scientific™Surveyor™ MSQ
1. Atenolol
2. Nadolol
3. Pindolol
4. Timolol
5. Metoprolol
6. Oxprenolol
7. Propanolol
10
25
Hydrophobicity
Recommended for analytes with medium hydrophobicity or when a
less hydrophobic phase is required to obtain optimum retention
pH Range
Low
High
0
2 to 9
14
Pore Size
• Similar selectivity to C18 columns but with reduced retention
• Lower hydrophobicity, allowing compounds to elute quicker
0
175
300
Carbon Load (%)
• Faster separations
• Excellent peak shape
0
• High efficiency
Particle Size 1.9μm, 3μm, 5μm
8
25
USP L7
• Outstanding sensitivity
β-carotene
1
600
Column: Hypersil GOLD C8, 5µm, 150 x 4.6mm
Part Number: 25205-154630
400
mAU
300
MeOH
1.5mL/min
25°C
UV @ 450 nm
1. Lutein
2. Lycopene
3. β-Carotene
200
2
3
100
0
0
1
2
3
Minutes
4
5
6
7
H252-009
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Columns for Analytical LC
Mobile phase:
Flow rate:
Temperature:
Detection:
Analytes:
500
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Hypersil GOLD C8
4-027
LC Columns and Accessories
Hypersil GOLD C4
Hydrophobicity
Lower hydrophobicity than C18 or C8 recommended for very
hydrophobic analytes
pH Range
2 to 8
• Lower hydrophobicity
• Faster separations
0
175
• High efficiency
0
• Outstanding sensitivity
Particle Size 1.9μm, 3μm, 5μm
5
Fatty acids
Column: Hypersil GOLD C4 1.9µm, 100 x 2.1mm
Part Number: 25502-102130
1
Mobile phase:
Flow rate:
Temperature:
Detection:
Injection volume:
Sample:
160
mAU
2
40
0
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
300
Carbon Load (%)
• Excellent peak shape
200
14
Pore Size
80
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
High
0
120
4-028
Low
0.8
1.0
Minutes
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
H255-002
H 2O / MeCN (20:80)
0.55mL/min
30°C
200 nm
1µL
1. Linolenic acid
2. Linoleic acid
25
USP L26
Hydrophobicity
Hypersil GOLD aQ polar endcapped C18 columns provide a controlled
interaction mechanism by which polar analytes can be retained
and resolved
Low
High
pH Range
0
2 to 9
14
Pore Size
• Polar endcapped C18 phase for alternative selectivity
0
175
300
Carbon Load (%)
• Retention and resolution of polar analytes
• Excellent peak shape
0
• Stable in 100% aqueous mobile phases
Particle Size 1.9μm, 3μm, 5μm
12
25
USP L1
Water soluble vitamins
1200
2
Column: Hypersil GOLD aQ, 5µm, 150 x 4.6mm
Part Number: 25305-154630
3
8
6
1000
Mobile phase:
Gradient:
Flow Rate:
Detection:
Sample:
800
1
mAU
400
4
200
7
5
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Minutes
9
10
11
12
13
14
H253-003
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Columns for Analytical LC
600
A: 50 mM KH 2 PO 4, pH 3.5
B: MeOH
0 – 100% B in 15 min
1mL/min
UV @ 205nm
1. Vitamin B1 (thiamine)
2. Vitamin B6 (pyridoxine)
3. Vitamin B3 (nicotinamide)
4. Vitamin B5 (pantothenic acid)
5. Folic Acid
6. Vitamin B12 (cyanocobalamin)
7. Vitamin H (biotin)
8. Vitamin B2 (riboflavin)
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Hypersil GOLD aQ
4-029
LC Columns and Accessories
Hypersil GOLD PFP
Hydrophobicity
Introduction of a fluorine group into the stationary phase causes
significant changes in solute-stationary phase interaction
pH Range
• The fluorine atoms around the phenyl ring enhance pi-pi interactions
• Alternative selectivity to C18
Carbon Load (%)
with aromatic molecules
0
• Selectivity for non-halogenated polar compounds
Polyphenols
uAU
2
NL:
6.87E4
Channel A
UV
HGOLDPF
PPP3
Column: Hypersil GOLD PFP 1.9µm, 50 x 2.1mm
Part Number: 25402-052130
Mobile phase:
Flow rate:
Temperature:
Detection:
Injection Volume:
Sample:
3
40000
30000
20000
4
1
10000
0
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
Minutes
2.5
3.0
3.5
H254-012
0.1% Acetic Acid
0.5mL/min
25°C
UV @ 280nm (2µL Flow Cell)
0.5µL
1. Pyrogallol
2. Hydroquinone
3. Resorcinol
4. Phenol
14
175
8
Particle Size 1.9μm, 3μm, 5μm
• Excellent peak shape and sensitivity
70000
2 to 8
0
• Extra retention for halogenated species
50000
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
High
0
Pore Size
60000
4-030
Low
300
25
USP L43
Hydrophobicity
Contains a C4 linker which allows for superior alignment of the
phenyl ring with aromatic molecules
pH Range
Low
High
0
2 to 8
14
Pore Size
• Enhanced pi-pi interactions with aromatics
• Moderate hydrophobicity
0
175
300
Carbon Load (%)
• Outstanding peak shape and sensitivity
0
8
Particle Size 1.9μm, 3μm, 5μm
25
USP L11
Antidepressants
100
1
3
80
mAU
Column: Hypersil GOLD Phenyl
1.9µm, 50 x 2.1mm
Part Number: 25902-052130
Mobile phase:
5
60
6
2
40
imp
0
0.0
1.0
2.0
Minutes
3.0
4.0
H259-006
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Columns for Analytical LC
7 8
4
20
A – 0.1% Formic acid
B – 0.1% Formic acid in MeCN
Gradient: 10 – 60% B in 3.4mins, 60 - 90% B in 0.24 min
Flow rate:
0.5mL/min
Temperature:
60°C
Injection Volume: 0.7µL
Detection:
UV @ 225 and 254 nm
Analytes:
1. Uracil
2. Acetaminophen
3. p-Hydroxybenzoic acid
4. o-Hydroxybenzoic acid
5. Oxazepam
6. Diazepam
7. Di-isopropyl phthalate
8. Di-n-propyl phthalate
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Hypersil GOLD Phenyl
4-031
LC Columns and Accessories
Hypersil GOLD CN
Hydrophobicity
Hypersil GOLD CN columns can be used for both normal phase and
reversed phase separations
pH Range
2 to 8
• Excellent peak shape
0
175
• Less retention for faster analysis
0
4
Particle Size 1.9μm, 3μm, 5μm
Organic acids
Column: Hypersil GOLD CN, 5µm, 150 x 4.6mm
Part Number: 25805-154630
5
70
Mobile Phase:
mVolts
Isocratic:
Flow Rate:
Temperature:
Detection:
Sample:
4
3
2
55
50
0.0
2.5
5.0
300
Carbon Load (%)
• Outstanding senstivity
60
14
Pore Size
• Provide alternative selectivity with lower hydrophobicity
1
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
High
0
65
4-032
Low
7.5
10.0
Minutes
12.5
15.0
17.5
H258-002
A: 25 mM KH 2 PO 4 pH2
B: MeOH
95% A: 5% B
1.5mL/min
25°C
UV @ 230nm
1. 4-Fluorobenzoic
2. o-Toluic Acid
3. p-Toluic Acid
4. 2,4,6-Trimethylbenzoic Acid
5. 2,5-Dimethylbenzoic Acid
25
USP L10
Hydrophobicity
A high performance aminopropyl phase that gives excellent
chromatographic properties in three modes: weak anion exchange,
reversed phase and normal phase
Low
High
pH Range
0
2 to 8
14
Pore Size
• Retains anions and organic acids in weak anion exchange
0
175
300
Carbon Load (%)
• Excellent for carbohydrate analysis in reversed phase
• Alternative selectivity to silica columns in normal phase chromatography
0
• Outstanding peak shape and sensitivity
Particle Size 1.9μm, 3μm, 5μm
2
25
USP L8
Sugars
14
Column: Hypersil GOLD Amino, 5µm, 150 x 4.6mm
Part Number: 25705-154630
1
12
uRIU
8
3
6
2
4
4
2
5
MeCN/Water (80:20)
1.2mL/min
35°C
RI
20 µL
1. Fructose
2. Glucose
3. Sucrose
4. Maltose
5. Lactose
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
Minutes
12
14
16
18
20
H257-001
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Columns for Analytical LC
Mobile Phase:
Flow Rate:
Temperature:
Detection:
Injection volume:
Sample:
10
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Hypersil GOLD Amino
4-033
LC Columns and Accessories
Hypersil GOLD AX
Hydrophobicity
A novel polymeric amine ligand bonded to highly pure base
deactivated silica
pH Range
2 to 8
• Suitable for HILIC retention and separation of highly polar molecules
• Higher efficiency than polymer based ion exchange columns
• Outstanding peak shape and selectivity
0
175
0
6
Vitamin C
Column: Hypersil GOLD AX, 5µm, 100 x 4.6mm
Part Number: 26105-104630
Mobile Phase:
80
Flow Rate:
Temperature:
Detection:
Injection volume:
mAU
20
0
0
5
10
15
Minutes
20
25
H261-002
300
Carbon Load (%)
Particle Size 1.9μm, 3μm, 5μm
100
14
Pore Size
• Weak anion exchange phase for multiple charged species
40
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
High
0
60
4-034
Low
100 mM Ammonium Acetate pH 6.8/
MeCN (30:70)
0.5mL/min
30°C
UV @ 240nm
50µL
25
Hydrophobicity
A highly stable quaternary amine strong anion exchange column for
aqueous and low pH mobile phases
pH Range
Low
High
0
2 to 8
14
Pore Size
• High stability to aqueous and low pH mobile phases
• Ideally suited to the analysis of smaller organic molecules including
nucleotides and organic acids
• Outstanding peak shape and sensitivity
0
175
300
Carbon Load (%)
0
2.5
Particle Size 1.9μm, 3μm, 5μm
25
USP L14
Monophosphates
Column: Hypersil GOLD SAX, 5µm, 150 x 4.6mm
Part Number: 26105-154630
200
175
Mobile Phase:
Flow Rate:
Temperature:
Detection:
Injection volume:
150
125
Columns for Analytical LC
100
Aqueous KH 2 PO 4 (50 mM, pH 3)
1.0mL min-1
40°C
UV @ 254nm
10µL
mAU
75
50
25
0
0
1
2
3
4
Minutes
5
6
7
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Hypersil GOLD SAX
8
H263-001
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-035
Hydrophobicity
Unbonded, highly pure base deactivated silica media that is the
backbone of the Hypersil GOLD range of columns
pH Range
Low
0
High
2 to 8
• Outstanding peak shape and senstivity
0
Particle Size 1.9μm, 3μm, 5μm
Steroids
Column: Hypersil GOLD Silica, 5µm, 150 x 4.6mm
Part Number: 25105-154630
90
80
Mobile Phase:
Flow Rate:
Temperature:
Detection:
Injection volume:
Sample:
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
19:1 (v/v) n-C6H14/EtOH
1.5mL min-1
30°C
UV @ 254nm
5µL
1. Progesterone
2. 21-Hydroxyprogesterone-21-acetate
3. 17-a-Hydroxyprogesterone
4. Cortisone
5. 11-a-Hydroxyprogesterone
6. Corticosterone
7. Hydrocortisone
0
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
0
4-036
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Minutes
9
10
14
Pore Size
• Highly pure base deactivated silica media
mVolts
LC Columns and Accessories
Hypersil GOLD Silica
11
12
13
14 15
H251-002
The Hypersil GOLD web page contains
the latest news, applications and
downloads for the Hypersil GOLD HPLC
column range. Visit:
www.thermoscientific.com/hypersilgold
175
300
USP L3
Hydrophobicity
Hypersil GOLD HILIC retains and separates polar analytes that are
problematic using reversed phase columns
pH Range
Low
High
0
2 to 8
14
Pore Size
• Alternative selectivity to C18
• Improved sensitivity for MS detection
0
175
300
Carbon Load (%)
• Alternative to ion-pair or derivatisation
• Outstanding peak shape and selectivity
0
25
6
Particle Size 1.9μm, 3μm, 5μm
USP L14
Urea
Column: Hypersil GOLD HILIC, 5µm, 150 x 4.6mm
Part Number: 26505-154630
100
Mobile Phase:
Flow Rate:
Temperature:
Detection:
Injection volume:
Sample:
60
40
H 2 O/MeCN (10:90)
+ 0.1% formic adic
0.6mL/min
30°C
+ESI
1µL (made up in mobile phase)
1. Urea
Columns for Analytical LC
Relative Abundance
80
20
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
Minutes
6
7
8
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Hypersil GOLD HILIC
9
10
H265-005
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-037
LC Columns and Accessories
Hypersil GOLD Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
1.9
Format
UHPLC Column
Length (mm)
20
30
50
100
3
Drop-in Guard (4/pk)
150
200
10
HPLC Column
30
50
100
150
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
5
4-038
Drop-in Guard (4/pk)
10
HPLC Column
30
50
100
150
250
ID (mm)
2.1
1.0
2.1
1.0
2.1
3.0
4.6
1.0
2.1
3.0
2.1
2.1
1.0
2.1
3.0
4.0/4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.0
4.6
1.0
2.1
3.0
4.0
4.6
1.0
2.1
3.0
4.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.0/4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.0
4.6
GOLD
25002-022130
25002-031030
25002-032130
25002-051030
25002-052130
25002-053030
25002-054630
25002-101030
25002-102130
25002-103030
25002-152130
25002-202130
25003-011001
25003-012101
25003-013001
25003-014001
25003-032130
25003-033030
25003-034630
25003-052130
25003-053030
25003-054030
25003-054630
25003-101030
25003-102130
25003-103030
25003-104030
25003-104630
25003-151030
25003-152130
25003-153030
25003-154030
25003-154630
25005-012101
25005-013001
25005-014001
25005-032130
25005-033030
25005-034630
25005-052130
25005-053030
25005-054630
25005-102130
25005-103030
25005-104630
25005-152130
25005-153030
25005-154030
25005-154630
25005-252130
25005-253030
25005-254030
25005-254630
C8
25202-022130
–
25202-032130
25202-051030
25202-052130
25202-053030
25202-054630
25202-101030
25202-102130
25202-103030
25202-152130
25202-202130
25203-011001
25203-012101
25203-013001
25203-014001
25203-032130
25203-033030
25203-034630
25203-052130
25203-053030
25203-054030
25203-054630
25203-101030
25203-102130
25203-103030
25203-104030
25203-104630
25203-151030
25203-152130
25203-153030
25203-154030
25203-154630
25205-012101
25205-013001
25205-014001
–
–
–
25205-052130
25205-053030
25205-054630
25205-102130
25205-103030
25205-104630
25205-152130
25205-153030
25205-154030
25205-154630
25205-252130
25205-253030
25205-254030
25205-254630
aQ
25302-022130
–
25302-032130
25302-051030
25302-052130
25302-053030
25302-054630
25302-101030
25302-102130
25302-103030
25302-152130
25302-202130
25303-011001
25303-012101
25303-013001
25303-014001
25303-032130
25303-033030
25303-034630
25303-052130
25303-053030
25303-054030
25303-054630
25303-101030
25303-102130
25303-103030
25303-104030
25303-104630
25303-151030
25303-152130
25303-153030
25303-154030
25303-154630
25305-012101
25305-013001
25305-014001
–
–
–
25305-052130
25305-053030
25305-054630
25305-102130
25305-103030
25305-104630
25305-152130
25305-153030
25305-154030
25305-154630
25305-252130
25305-253030
25305-254030
25305-254630
PFP
25402-022130
–
25402-032130
25402-051030
25402-052130
25402-053030
25402-054630
25402-101030
25402-102130
25402-103030
25402-152130
25402-202130
25403-011001
25403-012101
25403-013001
25403-014001
25403-032130
25403-033030
25403-034630
25403-052130
25403-053030
25403-054030
25403-054630
25403-101030
25403-102130
25403-103030
25403-104030
25403-104630
25403-151030
25403-152130
25403-153030
25403-154030
25403-154630
25405-012101
25405-013001
25405-014001
–
–
–
25405-052130
25405-053030
25405-054630
25405-102130
25405-103030
25405-104630
25405-152130
25405-153030
25405-154030
25405-154630
25405-252130
25405-253030
25405-254030
25405-254630
CN
–
–
–
–
25802-052130
–
–
–
25802-102130
–
25802-152130
25802-202130
25803-011001
25803-012101
25803-013001
25803-014001
25803-032130
–
25803-034630
25803-052130
–
–
–
–
25803-102130
25803-103030
–
25803-104630
25803-151030
25803-152130
25803-153030
–
25803-154630
25805-012101
25805-013001
25805-014001
–
–
–
25805-052130
–
25805-054630
25805-102130
25805-103030
25805-104630
25805-152130
–
–
25805-154630
25805-252130
25805-253030
25805-254030
25805-254630
Amino
–
–
–
–
25702-052130
–
–
–
25702-102130
–
25702-152130
25702-202130
25703-011001
25703-012101
25703-013001
25703-014001
25703-032130
–
25703-034630
25703-052130
–
–
–
–
25703-102130
25703-103030
–
25703-104630
25703-151030
25703-152130
25703-153030
–
25703-154630
25705-012101
25705-013001
25705-014001
–
–
–
25705-052130
–
25705-054630
25705-102130
25705-103030
25705-104630
25705-152130
–
–
25705-154630
25705-252130
25705-253030
25705-254030
25705-254630
AX
–
–
–
–
26102-052130
–
–
–
26102-102130
–
26102-152130
26102-202130
26103-011001
26103-012101
26103-013001
26103-014001
26103-032130
–
26103-034630
26103-052130
–
–
–
–
26103-102130
26103-103030
–
26103-104630
26103-151030
26103-152130
26103-153030
–
26103-154630
26105-012101
26105-013001
26105-014001
–
–
–
26105-052130
–
26105-054630
26105-102130
26105-103030
26105-104630
26105-152130
–
–
26105-154630
26105-252130
26105-253030
26105-254030
26105-254630
SAX
–
–
–
–
26302-052130
–
–
–
26302-102130
–
26302-152130
26302-202130
26303-011001
26303-012101
26303-013001
26303-014001
26303-032130
–
26303-034630
26303-052130
–
–
–
–
26303-102130
26303-103030
–
26303-104630
26303-151030
26303-152130
26303-153030
–
26303-154630
26305-012101
26305-013001
26305-014001
–
–
–
26305-052130
–
26305-054630
26305-102130
26305-103030
26305-104630
26305-152130
–
–
26305-154630
26305-252130
26305-253030
26305-254030
26305-254630
Silica
–
–
–
–
25102-052130
–
–
–
25102-102130
–
25102-152130
25102-202130
25103-011001
25103-012101
25103-013001
25103-014001
25103-032130
–
25103-034630
25103-052130
–
–
–
–
25103-102130
25103-103030
–
25103-104630
25103-151030
25103-152130
25103-153030
–
25103-154630
25105-012101
25105-013001
25105-014001
–
–
–
25105-052130
–
25105-054630
25105-102130
25105-103030
25105-104630
25105-152130
–
–
25105-154630
25105-252130
25105-253030
25105-254030
25105-254630
HILIC
–
–
–
–
26502-052130
–
–
–
26502-102130
–
26502-152130
26502-202130
26503-011001
26503-012101
26503-013001
26503-014001
26503-032130
–
26503-034630
26503-052130
–
–
–
–
26503-102130
26503-103030
–
26503-104630
26503-151030
26503-152130
26503-153030
–
26503-154630
26505-012101
26505-013001
26505-014001
–
–
–
26505-052130
–
26505-054630
26505-102130
26505-103030
26505-104630
26505-152130
–
–
26505-154630
26505-252130
26505-253030
26505-254030
26505-254630
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Columns for Analytical LC
Phenyl
–
–
–
–
25902-052130
–
–
–
25902-102130
–
25902-152130
25902-202130
25903-011001
25903-012101
25903-013001
25903-014001
25903-032130
–
25903-034630
25903-052130
–
–
–
–
25903-102130
25903-103030
–
25903-104630
25903-151030
25903-152130
25903-153030
–
25903-154630
25905-012101
25905-013001
25905-014001
–
–
–
25905-052130
–
25905-054630
25905-102130
25905-103030
25905-104630
25905-152130
–
–
25905-154630
25905-252130
25905-253030
25905-254030
25905-254630
LC Columns and Accessories >>
C4
–
–
–
–
25502-052130
–
–
–
25502-102130
–
25502-152130
25502-202130
25503-011001
25503-012101
25503-013001
25503-014001
25503-032130
–
25503-034630
25503-052130
–
–
–
–
25503-102130
25503-103030
–
25503-104630
25503-151030
25503-152130
25503-153030
–
25503-154630
25505-012101
25505-013001
25505-014001
–
–
–
25505-052130
–
25505-054630
25505-102130
25505-103030
25505-104630
25505-152130
–
–
25505-154630
25505-252130
25505-253030
25505-254030
25505-254630
4-039
LC Columns and Accessories
Hypersil GOLD Ordering Guide continued
Format
UNIGUARD Guard Cartridge Holder
Length (mm)
10
ID (mm)
1.0
2.1
3.0
4.0/4.6
Cat. No.
851-00
852-00
852-00
850-00
Particle Size (µm)
1.9
Format
Javelin HTS
Column (3/pk)
Javelin HTS
Column (3/pk)
Length (mm)
10
ID (mm)
2.1
GOLD
25002-012135
20
4.0
25005-024035
Format
Length (mm)
10
ID (mm)
10
20
10
21
30
50
10
21
30
50
10
21
30
50
10
21
30
50
10
20
10
21
30
50
10
21
30
50
10
21
30
50
10
21
30
50
GOLD
25005-019023
25005-019223
25005-059070
25005-059270
25005-059370
25005-059570
25005-109070
25005-109270
25005-109370
25005-109570
25005-159070
25005-159270
25005-159370
25005-159570
25005-259070
25005-259270
25005-259370
25005-259570
25012-019023
25012-019223
25012-059070
25012-059270
25012-059370
25012-059570
25012-109070
25012-109270
25012-109370
25012-109570
25012-159070
25012-159270
25012-159370
25012-159570
25012-259070
25012-259270
25012-259370
25012-259570
ID (mm)
10
20
Cat. No.
C-1000
854-00
5
Particle Size (µm)
5
Preparative Guard
Cartridge (3/pk)
Preparative HPLC
Column
50
100
150
250
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
12
4-040
Preparative Guard
Cartridge (3/pk)
10
Preparative HPLC
Column
50
100
150
250
Format
Preparative Guard Cartridge Holder
Length (mm)
10
aQ
25305-019023
25305-019223
25305-059070
25305-059270
25305-059370
25305-059570
25305-109070
25305-109270
25305-109370
25305-109570
25305-159070
25305-159270
25305-159370
25305-159570
25305-259070
25305-259270
25305-259370
25305-259570
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
PFP
25405-019023
25405-019223
25405-059070
25405-059270
25405-059370
25405-059570
25405-109070
25405-109270
25405-109370
25405-109570
25405-159070
25405-159270
25405-159370
25405-159570
25405-259070
25405-259270
25405-259370
25405-259570
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Notes
Columns for Analytical LC
4-041
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific Accucore HPLC Columns
Ultimate Core Performance – Speed and Selectivity Combined
Founded on state-of-the-art Core Enhanced
Technology™ and utilizing vast experience in
phase bonding and packing, Thermo Scientific™
Accucore™ HPLC columns provide a unique
chromatography solution to enhance laboratory
workflow and efficiency. Available in a wide
range of stationary phase selectivities
and compatible with almost any instrument,
these columns provide an excellent return
on investment.
Containing solid core particles, which are
engineered to a diameter of 2.6μm and a very
narrow particle size distribution; Accucore HPLC
columns allows high speed, high resolution
separation, with back pressures significantly
lower than those associated with UHPLC. Eleven
different stationary phases bonded using advanced
technology and packed with highly controlled
automated processes result in highly reproducible,
rugged columns that offer a wide range of
selectivities to meet all your separation needs.
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
The key components of Core Enhanced Technology
4-042
Solid Core Particles
With a solid central core and porous outer
layer, these particles generate high speed,
high resolution separations without
excessive backpressure
Tight Control of Particle Diameter
Enhanced selection process keeps particle
size distribution to a minimum and produces
high efficiency columns
Automated Packing Process
Enhanced automated procedures ensure
that all columns are packed with the
highest quality
Advanced Bonding Technology
Optimized phase bonding creates a series
of high coverage, robust phases
View product information
and application notes
The Accucore web page contains the
latest news, applications and downloads
for the Accucore HPLC column range.
Visit it at:
www.thermoscientific.com/accucore
Pressure
Pressure(bar)
(bar)
HH
Decreasing Efficiency
fully porous,
porous, 5µm
5µm
fully
fully porous,
porous, 3µm
3µm
fully
fully porous,
porous, <2µm
<2µm
fully
Accucore RP-MS
RP-MS 2.6µm
2.6µm
Accucore
2.0
2.0
4.0
4.0
1000
1000
900
900
800
800
700
700
600
600
500
500
Typical HPLC Pressure Limit
Typical HPLC Pressure Limit
400
400
300
300
200
200
100
100
0
0 0
200
0
200
(mm/s)
µµ (mm/s)
6.0
6.0
8.0
8.0
10.0
10.0
Accucore HPLC columns are more
efficient than 5μm and 3μm columns.
fully porous,
porous, 5µm
5µm
fully
fully porous,
porous, 3µm
3µm
fully
fully porous,
porous, <2µm
<2µm
fully
Accucore RP-MS
RP-MS 2.6µm
2.6µm
Accucore
Column dimensions:
dimensions: 100
100 xx 2.1mn
2.1mn
Column
400
400
600
600
Flow
Flow Rate
Rate (µL/min)
(µL/min)
800
800
1000
1000
Accucore HPLC columns achieve this
efficiency without excessive backpressure
Columns for Analytical LC
Increasing Pressure
LC Columns and Accessories >>
18.0
18.0
16.0
16.0
14.0
14.0
12.0
12.0
10.0
10.0
8.0
8.0
6.0
6.0
4.0
4.0
2.0
2.0
0.0
0.0 0.0
0.0
Accucore 2.6µm HPLC Columns Optimum Conditions and Ratings
Column ID (mm)
2.1
3.0
4.6
Optimum Flow Rate
400µL/min
800µL/min
1800µL/min
Maximum Inj. Volume
1µL
3µL
5µL
Backpressure Rating
1000 bar
1000 bar
1000 bar
Temperature Rating
70°C
70°C
70°C
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-043
LC Columns and Accessories
Accucore RP-MS
Hydrophobicity
• Optimized for MS detection
Low
High
pH Range
• Excellent peak shapes
• Excellent combination of speed and efficiency
0
2 to 9
Accucore RP-MS uses an optimized alkyl chain length for more effective coverage of
the silica surface. This coverage results in a significant reduction in non-hydrophobic
interactions and thus highly efficient peaks with very low tailing.
0
0
Particle Size 2.6µm
The selectivity offered by Accucore RP-MS matches that of C18 columns.
Bases
Accucore RP-MS 2.6µm, 50mm x 2.1mm
4
Mobile phase:
2
200
Flow rate:
Temperature:
Detection:
Injection volume:
Back pressure:
Analytes:
mAU
160
1
120
3
5
80
6
65% Methanol / 35% 25mM
Potassium Phosphate pH7.0
500µL/min
30°C
UV at 215nm
1µL
232 bar
1.Uracil
2. Propranolol
3. Butylparaben
4. Naphthalene
5. Acenaphthene
6. Amitriptyline
40
Tf = 1.27
0
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
Minutes
2.0
2.5
3.0
Testosterones
2
600
Accucore RP-MS 2.6µm, 100mm x 2.1mm
Mobile phase:
Flow rate:
Temperature:
Detection:
Injection volume:
Analytes:
1
3
500
4-044
mAU
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
400
300
200
100
0
0
0.5
1
1.5
Minutes
2
2.5
300
80Å
Carbon Load (%)
RP-MS offers slightly lower retention than C18 and this combined with high efficiencies
and low peak tailing make this the phase of choice for use with MS detection.
240
14
Pore Size
60:40 (v/v) Water / Acetonitrile
0.6mL/min
40°C
UV at 254nm
1µL
1. 11-Ketotestosterone
2. 19-Nortestosterone (Nandrolone)
3. Epitestosterone
7
25
Hydrophobicity
• Optimum retention of non-polar compounds
Low
High
pH Range
• Hydrophobic interaction mechanism
• Separates a broad range of analytes
0
1 to 11
14
Pore Size
The carbon loading of Accucore C18 phase provides high retention of non-polar
analytes via a predominantly hydrophobic interaction mechanism.
The highly retentive nature of Accucore C18 phase means that it can be used
to separate a broad range of analytes.
0
80Å
300
Carbon Load (%)
0
Particle Size 2.6µm
9
25
USP L1
Triazines
100
Accucore C18 2.6µm, 50mm x 2.1mm
Mobile phase:
Gradient:
3
mAU
80
2
4
60
40
5
20
0
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
Minutes
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Columns for Analytical LC
Flow rate:
Temperature:
Detection:
Injection volume:
Backpressure:
Analytes:
6
1
A – Water ; B – Acetonitrile
Time (min) %B
1.0
35
2.5
70
600µL/min
25°C
UV at 280nm
2µL
298 bar
1. Simazine
2. Simetryn
3. Atrazine
4. Ametryn
5. Propazine
6. Prometryn
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Accucore C18
4-045
LC Columns and Accessories
Hydrophobicity
Accucore C8
Hydrophobicity
Low
High
• Lower
retention
pHhydrophobic
Range
Low
• Complementary steric selectivity to C18
9
0
• Low levels
of secondary2 tointeractions
Pore Size
• Recommended for moderately polar analytes
0
14
0
300
80 Å
14
Particle Size 2.6µm
300
80 Å
Carbon Load (%)
Accucore
C8 HPLC
offer lower hydrophobic retention than columns packed
Carbon
Loadcolumns
(%)
with longer alkyl chain length material, such as C18, and are therefore
recommended
for analytes
with medium hydrophobicity or when25a less hydrophobic
5
0
phase provides optimum retention.
0
5
25
Particle Size 2.6µm
USP L7
USP L7
The low levels of secondary interactions demonstrated in the phase characterization
are the result of excellent bonded phase coverage and allow users of Accucore C8
HPLC columns to benefit from excellent peak shapes.
Testosterone
Testosterone
Column:
100
Colum
90
Mobil
80
Mobil
Accucore C8
C8 2.6
µm, 5050x 2.1
mm
Accucore
2.6μm,
x 2.1mm
40
Injection:
30
Detection:
Gradie
Relative Abundance
50
80
Relative Abundance
100
70
Mobile phase A: Mobile
waterphase
+ 0.1%
acid+ 0.1% formic acid
A:formic
water
60 phase B: acetonitrile + 0.1% formic acid
Mobile phase B: Mobile
acetonitrile + 0.1% formic acid
Gradient:
5–95 % B in 0.8 minutes
50
Gradient:
5–95 % B in 0.8 minutes
Flow:
1500 μL/min
40
Temperature:
60
°C
Flow:
1500 µL/min
30
Injection:
5μL
Temperature:
60 °C
20
Detection:
ESI-MS/MS%RSD Peak area
90
70
60
20
Retention
time (tR /min)
0
ESI-MS/MS
0.0 %RSD tR0.2
0.4
%RSD Area
0
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Minutes
Tempe
Injecti
Detec
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
3.01 Minutes
0.73
%RSD tR
0.22
%RSD Area
3.01
Data from six injections.
22
22
0.73
0.6
0.22
Retention time (tR /min)
Data from six injections.
1.4
Flow:
5 µL
10
10
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
2 to 9
0
Pore Size
Testosterone
4-046
High
pH Range
Data
Hydrophobicity
• Retention and resolution of polar analytes
Low
• Polar endcapped C18 stationary phase for alternative selectivity
• Ideal for highly aqueous mobile phases
High
pH Range
0
2 to 9
14
Pore Size
The polar functional group used to endcap Accucore aQ phase provides an
additional controlled interaction mechanism by which polar compounds can be
retained and resolved, making Accucore aQ phase ideal for the quantitative
analysis of trace levels of polar analytes.
The wettability of reversed phase media can be increased by the introduction of
polar functional groups. The polar endcapping of Accucore aQ media also makes it
usable in 100% aqueous mobile phases without the risk of loss of performance or
poor stability.
0
80Å
300
Carbon Load (%)
0
Particle Size 2.6µm
9
25
USP L1
Lamivudine (USP)
14050 x 2.1 mm
Accucore C8 2.6 µm,
Accucore aQ 2.6µm, 50mm x 2.1mm
le phase A:
water + 0.1% formic acid
Mobile phase:
le phase B:
acetonitrile + 0.1% formic acid
ent:
100
5–95 % B in 0.8 minutes
95:5 (v/v) Ammonium Acetate,
pH 3.80 / Methanol
Flow rate:
200µL/min
Temperature:
35°C
Detection:
UV at 277nm
Injection volume: 1µL
Analytes:
Lamivudine
Asymmetry
1.36
0.00
%RSD t r
%RSD Peak area 1.72
(%RSD calculated from 6 replicate injections)
USP acceptance criteria: % RSD (t r, Peak Area) <2.0
mAU
120
1500 µL/min
erature:
60 °C
tion:
5 µL
ction:
ESI-MS/MS
Retention time (tR /min)
%RSD tR
%RSD Area
a from six injections.
80
60
40
20
0.73
0.22
0
0.0
3.01
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
Minutes
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Columns for Analytical LC
mn:
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Accucore aQ
4-047
Pore Size
0
150 Å
300
Carbon Load (%)
Accucore
Polar Premium
Particle Size 2.6µm
8
LC Columns and Accessories
0
25
Hydrophobicity
USP L60
• Rugged amide-embedded C18 phase
Low
High
pH Range
• Selectivity complementary to conventional C18 phases
• Stable over a wide pH range and compatible with 100% aqueous
1.5 to 10
0
14
Pore Size
mobile phase
0
150 Å
300
Carbon Load (%)
Accucore Polar Premium is an exceptionally rugged polar embedded reverse phase
material that offers high efficiency, wider operating pH range and unique selectivity
complementary to standard C18 phases.
8
25
Particle Size 2.6µm
USP L60
0
The specially designed bonded phase is stable from pH 1.5 to 10.5 and will not
undergo phase collapse in 100% aqueous mobile phase.
Curcuminoids (Tumeric)
600
1, 2, 3
1,2,3
Accucore Polar Premium 2.6μm, 100 x 3.0mm
Fused Core C18, 100 x 3.0 mm
500
Mobile phase:
Flow:
Temperature:
Injection:
Detection:
Analytes:
400
mAU
Fused core C18
300
Fused Core C18
methanol : 10mM phosphoric acid, 80 : 20
800 μL/min
40 °C
6μL
UV at 428nm
1. Curcumin
2. Desmethoxycurcumin
3. Bis-desmethoxycurcumin
200
1
100
2
3
Accucore Polar Premium
The Accucore Polar Premium HPLC column provides desirable
600
selectivity that resolves the major and minor component
1, 2, 3
1,2,3
under simple isocratic conditions in less than three minutes,
500
while the C18 columns fail to separate these components.
-50
0.00
1.00
2.00
400
3.00
Fused core C18
mAU
Minutes
300
Fused Core C18
200
1
100
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
2
4-048
3
Accucore Polar Premium
-50
0.00
1.00
2.00
Minutes
3.00
Hydrophobicity
• Mixed-mode selectivity for aromatic and moderately polar analytes
Low
High
pH Range
• Enhanced Pi-pi interactions with aromatics
• Moderate hydrophobicity
0
2 to 8
14
Pore Size
The C6 chain in Accucore Phenyl-Hexyl phase exhibits classical RP retention
and selectivity, while the phenyl ring can add special selectivity by interacting
with polar groups within the solutes. This results in a mixed-mode separation
mechanism. The reduced hydrophobicity of this phase makes it ideal for the
separation of very non-polar compounds.
0
80Å
300
Carbon Load (%)
0
5
Particle Size 2.6µm
25
USP L11
The Phenyl-Hexyl phase should be selected for complex samples where some peaks
are well resolved on a conventional alkyl phases, but are not well resolved on a
conventional phenyl phase, or when other peaks are well resolved on a phenyl
phase, but not well resolved on a conventional alkyl phase.
Beta-agonists
100
Accucore Phenyl-Hexyl 2.6µm, 100mm x 2.1mm
Mobile phase:
Terbutaline
0
100
Gradient:
NL: 6.51E5
m/z = 239.60-240.60 MS
3.04
Cimaterol
0
100
NL: 3.52E6
m/z = 219.60-220.60
Flow rate:
Temperature:
Detection:
3.16
Salbutamol
0
100
NL: 2.23E6
m/z = 301.60-302.60 MS
Injection volume:
Backpressure:
4.72
A – Ammonium acetate 5mM, pH 4
B – Acetonitrile
Time (min) %B
0
5
1
5
10
100
0.25mL/min
40°C
+ESI-MS (45ºC, 4.5kV, 60V,
scan 150 – 350)
1µL
120 bar (at t0)
Ractopamine
0
100
NL: 2.51E6
m/z = 213.60-214.60 MS
4.80
Columns for Analytical LC
NL: 9.22E5
m/z = 225.60-226.60
2.89
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Accucore Phenyl-Hexyl
Clorprenaline
0
100
NL: 1.71E6
m/z = 276.60-277.60 MS
5.13
Clenbuterol
0
0
1
2
3
Minutes
4
5
6
7
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-049
0
80 Å
300
Carbon Load (%)
6
0
25
LC Columns and Accessories
Particle Size 2.6µm
Accucore
Phenyl-X
Hydrophobicity
• Unique reversed-phase shape selectivity
Low
High
pH Range
• Enhanced selectivity for aromatic compounds
• Compatible with highly aqueous mobile phases
2 to 8
0
• Robust, high-efficiency, low column bleed
Pore Size
The proprietary Accucore Phenyl-X alkyl aromatic bonded phase provides a unique
selectivity when compared to other reversed phase materials such as C18 or Phenyl.
Carbon Load (%)
0
80 Å
300
6
0
Phenyl-X exhibits particularly high aromatic selectivity.
14
25
Particle Size 2.6µm
The advanced design of the bonded phase makes it compatible with highly aqueous
mobile phases and robust, demonstrating very low bleed.
Estrogens
Accucore Phenyl-X 2.6μm, 100 x 2.1mm
Fused Core C18, 100 x 2.1mm
1
120
Mobile phase:
Flow:
Temperature:
Injection:
Detection:
Wash solvent:
100
2
mAU
80
3
4
60
40
15:40:45 (v/v) acetonitrile: methanol : water
400 μL/min
40 °C
1μL
UV at 220nm
Same as mobile phase
20
Fused Core C18
0
0.0
0.5
1.0
2.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
5.5
6.0
1. Estriol (E3)
2. Estradiol (E2)
Minutes
150
H3C
1
H
2
75
H
3. Estrone (E1)
50
4. Ethynylestradiol
100
H3C
H
1.0
2.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
5.5
6.0
OH
80
H3C
HO
mAU
0
0.5
OH
H
Accucore Phenyl-X
0.0
1
120
4
25
H
HO
2.04
3
OH
H
H
HO
100
H3 C
OH
H
125
mAU
OH
H
60H
2
3
CH
4
H40 H
HO
20
Fused Core C18
Minutes
0
0.0
0.5
1.0
2.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
5.5
6.0
1. Estriol (E3)
Minutes
4-050
1
125
H
HO
100
mAU
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
150
2
75
2.04
3
4
3. Estrone (E1
50
25
Accucore Phenyl-X
0
0.0
0.5
1.0
2.5
2.0
2.5
Minutes
3.0
3.5
4.0
5.5
6.0
HO
Hydrophobicity
• Alternative selectivity to C18
Low
High
pH Range
• Extra retention for halogenated species
• Unique selectivity for non-halogenated polar compounds
0
2 to 8
14
Pore Size
The introduction of fluorine groups into the Accucore PFP (pentafluorophenyl)
stationary phase causes significant changes in solute-stationary phase interactions.
This can lead to extra retention and selectivity for positional isomers of
halogenated compounds.
PFP Columns are also well suited to the selective analysis of non-halogenated
compounds, in particular polar compounds containing hydroxyl, carboxyl, nitro,
or other polar groups. High selectivity is often most apparent when the functional
groups are located on an aromatic or other rigid ring system.
0
80Å
300
Carbon Load (%)
0
5
Particle Size 2.6µm
25
USP L43
Positional isomers
Accucore PFP 2.6µm, 50mm x 2.1mm
50
40
7
mAU
30
1
89
20
2
11
34
10
10
12
13
6
14
0
0
1
2
3
4
Minutes
5
6
7
8
A – 0.1% Formic Acid in Water
A – 0.1% Formic Acid in Acetonitrile
15-30%B in 7 minutes
600µL/min
50°C
UV at 270nm
2µL
1. 3,4 – Dimethoxyphenol
2. 2,6 – Dimethoxyphenol
3. 2,6 – Difluorophenol
4. 3,5 – Dimethoxyphenol
5. 2,4 – Difluorophenol
6. 2,3 – Difluorophenol
7. 3,4 – Difluorophenol
8. 3,5 – Dimethylphenol
9. 2,6 – Dimethylphenol
10. 2,6 – Dichlorophenol
11. 4 – Chloro-3-Methylphenol
12. 4 – Chloro-2-Methylphenol
13. 3,4 – Dichlorophenol
14. 3,5 – Dichlorophenol
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Columns for Analytical LC
Mobile phase:
Mobile phase:
Gradient:
Flow rate:
Temperature:
Detection:
Injection volume:
5
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Accucore PFP
4-051
0
300
150 Å
Carbon Load (%)
LC Columns and Accessories
25
5
0
Accucore C30
Particle Size 2.6µm
USP L62
Hydrophobicity
• Ideal for separation of hydrophobic, long alkyl chain compounds
Low
High
pH Range
• High shape selectivity for structurally related isomers
• Excellent aqueous-compatibility
2 to 8
0
14
Pore Size
Accucore C30 offers high shape selectivity for hydrophobic, long chain, structurally
related isomers, for example carotenoids and steroids. This is a different form
of shape selectivity from that measured in the SS phase characterisation test.
0
300
150 Å
Carbon Load (%)
25
5
0
It is also an excellent alternative to normal-phase columns for lipid analysis. The
optimized bonding density of the long alkyl chains facilitated by a wider pore diameter
particle result in a phase that is stable even in highly aqueous mobile phases.
Particle Size 2.6µm
USP L62
Vitamin K isomers
250
1
Fused Core C18
200
2+2’
mAU
150
100
Accucore C30 2.6μm, 100 x 3.0mm Fused Core C18, 100 x 3.0mm
Mobile phase:
methanol: 2mM ammonium acetate, 98:2
Flow:
650μL/min
Temperature:
20 °C
Injection:
5μL
Detection:
UV at 250nm
Accucore C30 shows better separation for vitamin K1 isomers than the
C18 column.
Accucore C30
1
2
50
2’
0
250
-50
1
Fused Core C18
200
0.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
Minutes
4.00
5.00
6.00
2+2’
Chromatogram showing the separation of Vitamin K compounds
Minutes 1-Vitamin K2, 2-Vitamin K1 (trans isomer), 2’-Vitamin K1 (cis isomer)
mAU
150
100
Accucore C30
1
2
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
50
4-052
2’
0
-50
0.00
1.00
2.00
3.00
Minutes
28
4.00
5.00
6.00
Hydrophobicity
• Enhanced retention of polar and hydrophilic analytes
Low
Very Low (5%)
High
pH Range
• Alternative selectivity to C18 without ion-pair or derivatization
0
In HILIC mode the separation occurs through two mechanisms. The primary
mechanism is a partitioning effect due to the enriched water layer around the polar
or charged substrate material. The secondary mechanism involves interaction
between the analyte and the active surface moiety.
2 to 8
14
Pore Size
0
80Å
Particle Size 2.6µm
300
USP L3
Analyte properties that govern retention with HILIC phases are acidity/basicity,
which determines hydrogen bonding, and polarizability which determines dipoledipole interactions.
The highly organic mobile phases used with Accucore HILIC phase ensure efficient
desolvation in ESI MS detection, which in turn leads to improved sensitivity.
Catecholamines
2
Accucore HILIC 2.6µm, 50mm x 2.1mm
Mobile phase:
120
Flow rate:
Temperature:
Detection:
Injection volume:
Backpressure:
Analytes:
1
4
mAU
100
80
3
60
40
5
6
20
85:15 Acetonitrile:100mM
Ammonium Formate, pH 3.2
2mL/min
40°C
UV at 280nm
5µL
157 bar
1. Catechol
2. 5-HIAA
3. DOPAC
4. Serotonin
5. L-tyrosine
6. Dopamine
7. L-DOPA
7
0
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
Columns for Analytical LC
140
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Accucore HILIC
4
Minutes
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-053
2 to 8
0
14
Pore Size
0
300
80 Å
LC Columns and Accessories
Particle Size 2.6µm
Accucore
Urea-HILIC
Hydrophobicity
• Bonded hydrophilic stationary phase
Low
High
pH Range
• Unique selectivity compared to other HILIC phases
• Low ion exchange activity
2 to 8
0
14
Pore Size
Accucore Urea-HILIC has an alternative selectivity and lower ion exchange activity
than other HILIC phases.
0
300
80 Å
Particle Size 2.6µm
The bonded hydrophilic stationary phase provides retention of broad range of polar
analytes using up to 20% aqueous mobile phase.
Analgesic compounds
600
Accucore Urea-HILIC 2.6μm, 100 x 2.1mm
2
Mobile phase:
1
mAU
400
3
200
0
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Flow:
Run Time:
Temperature:
Injection:
Injection wash
solvent:
Detection:
Backpressure:
composition 10:80:10, A : B : C
A: water
B: acetonitrile
C: 100 mM ammonium acetate adjusted to pH 4.9
300 μL/min
2 minutes
35 °C
Analgesic
2 μL into 10 μL partial
loop mode.compounds
water:acetonitrile 20:80
UV at 230 nm
71 bar 600
2
Minutes
Acetaminophen
As
Mean
0.760
1.474
CV %
0.00
1.17
400Salicylic acid
Aspirin
1
tR
As
Rs
tR
As
Rs
0.908
1.303
2.359
1.100
1.318
3.264
0.48
200
0.92
0.49
0.00
0.63
0.48
mAU
tR
3
Data from eight replicate analyses of a mixture of acetaminophen, salicylic acid
and aspirin
Retention time (tR), peak asymmetry (As), peak resolution (Rs)
0
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Minutes
4-054
1.0
1.2
1.4
Based on Core Enhanced Technology using 4μm solid core particles, Accucore XL HPLC columns allow
users of conventional HPLC methods to enjoy performance far beyond that of columns packed with 5μm,
4μm or even 3μm fully porous particles. Very high separation efficiencies using standard HPLC instruments
and conditions provide increased peak resolution and lower limits of detection. An ultra-stable packed
bed results in exceptionally robust columns that demonstrate excellent retention and response reproducibility.
4µm Solid Core Particles for all Users
The 4µm solid core particles used in Accucore XL HPLC columns have been specifically designed
to get the optimum chromatographic performance from conventional HPLC instruments.
• Very high efficiencies
• Little decrease in efficiency as flow rate is increased
• Moderate backpressures
18.0
Fully porous C18, 5μm
16.0
Fully porous C18, 3μm
14.0
Accucore XL C18, 4μm
12.0
10.0
8.0
6.0
4.0
Identical instrument and method
conditions for all columns
Increasing Efficiency
Plate Height (H, µm)
Accucore XL HPLC columns generate higher efficiencies than columns packed with 5µm and 3µm fully porous material – as shown
in the van Deemter curve below.
Columns for Analytical LC
Efficiency
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Accucore XL HPLC Columns
0.0
Dimensions:
Mobile Phase:
Temperature:
Injection Volume:
Detection:
Sample:
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
150 x 4.6mm
50% water: 50% acetonitrile
30°C
1µL
UV at 254nm (0.1s rise time, 20 Hz)
o-xylene
4.5
Linear velocity (u, mm/s)
• 75% higher efficiency than 5µm fully porous
• 50% higher efficiency than 3µm fully porous
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-055
Accucore XL HPLC columns generate reasonable backpressures, moderately higher than fully porous 5µm and lower than fully
porous 3µm, that are compatible with conventional HPLC instruments.
Fully porous C18, 5μm
600
Fully porous C18, 3μm
500
400 bar conventional HPLC pressure
Pressure (bar)
LC Columns and Accessories
Backpressure
Accucore XL C18, 4μm
400
300
200
Identical instrument and method
conditions for all columns
100
Dimensions:
Mobile Phase:
Temperature:
0
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
150 x 4.6mm
50% water : 50% acetonitrile
30°C
2.5
Flow rate (mL/min)
• Backpressures between those generated by 3µm and 5µm fully porous particles
• Within conventional HPLC instrumentation pressure limit – even at high flow rates
Accucore XL C18
Hydrophobicity
• Optimum retention of non-polar compounds
Low
• Hydrophobic interaction mechanism
• Separates a broad range of analytes
30
0
80Å
0
7
Particle Size 4µm
Accucore XL C18 4µm, 150 x 4.6mm
Fully porous C18 5µm, 150 x 4.6mm
25
Mobile phase:
20
mAU
15
2
1
10
Flow rate:
Temperature:
Detection:
Injection volume:
Analytes:
N = 10538 plates
S/N = 534
5
0
-5
0
2.5
5.0
7.5
10.0
12.5
30
15.0 17.5
Minutes
25
2
1
20
20.0
22.5
25.0
27.5
66.3:33.7 (v/v) water with
phosphoric acid, pH 2.5:methanol
2mL/min
30°C
UV at 214nm
5µL
1. Valerophenone
2. Ibuprofen
30.0
N = 18274 plates
S/N = 1202
• 73% higher efficiency
15
10
• 125% higher sensitivity
5
0
-5
0
2.5
5.0
7.5
10.0
12.5
14
15.0 17.5
Minutes
20.0
22.5
25.0
27.5
30.0
300
Carbon Load (%)
Ibuprofen and Valerophenone (USP)
mAU
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
1 to 11
0
Pore Size
The carbon loading of Accucore XL C18 provides high retention of non-polar
analytes via a predominantly hydrophobic interaction mechanism. The highly
retentive nature of the phase means that it can be used to separate a broad range
of analytes.
4-056
High
pH Range
25
USP L1
Hydrophobicity
• Similar selectivity to C18 with lower retention
Low
High
pH Range
• Recommended for analytes with moderate hydrophobicity
2 to 9
0
Accucore XL C8 offers lower hydrophobic retention than columns packed with
longer alkyl chain length material, such as C18. It is then therefore recommended
for analytes with moderate hydrophobicity, or when a less hydrophobic phase
provides optimum retention.
14
Pore Size
0
80Å
300
Carbon Load (%)
0
4
Particle Size 4µm
25
USP L7
Endocrine Disruptors
Accucore XL C8 4µm, 150 x 4.6mm
Fully porous C8 5µm, 150 x 4.6mm
400
Mobile phase A:
Mobile phase B:
Gradient:
mAU
300
1
200
Rs = 4.12
3
2
100
5
4
0
1
2
3
4
5
Minutes
7
8
9
10
8
9
10
1
400
300
mAU
6
3
2
200
Rs = 5.14
4
100
5
Flow rate:
Temperature:
Detection:
Injection volume:
Analytes
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
Minutes
6
7
Columns for Analytical LC
0
water
acetonitrile
Time (min) % B
0.0
25
20.0
70
20.1
75
25.0
25
1.5mL/min
25°C
UV at 220nm
5µL
1. Desethyl Atrazine
2. Simazine
3. Atrazine
4. Diuron
5. Bisphenol A
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Accucore XL C8
• 31% better resolution of critical pair
• 37% narrower peaks
• 226% higher sensitivity
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-057
LC Columns and Accessories
Accucore Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
2.6
Format
Defender Guard
(4/pk)
Length (mm)
10
HPLC Column
30
50
100
150
250
Particle Size (µm)
4
Format
Drop-in Guard (4/pk)
Length (mm)
10
HPLC Column
50
100
150
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
250
4-058
ID (mm)
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
RP-MS
17626-012105
17626-013005
17626-014005
17626-032130
17626-052130
17626-053030
17626-054630
17626-102130
17626-103030
17626-104630
17626-152130
17626-153030
17626-154630
–
C18
17126-012105
17126-013005
17126-014005
17126-032130
17126-052130
17126-053030
17126-054630
17126-102130
17126-103030
17126-104630
17126-152130
17126-153030
17126-154630
–
ID (mm)
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
C18
74104-012101
74104-013001
74104-014001
74104-052130
74104-053030
74104-054630
74104-102130
74104-103030
74104-104630
74104-152130
74104-153030
74104-154630
74104-252130
74104-253030
74104-254630
C8
74204-012101
74204-013001
74204-014001
74204-052130
74204-053030
74204-054630
74204-102130
74204-103030
74204-104630
74204-152130
74204-153030
74204-154630
74204-252130
74204-253030
74204-254630
C8
17226-012105
17226-013005
17226-014005
17226-032130
17226-052130
17226-053030
17226-054630
17226-102130
17226-103030
17226-104630
17226-152130
17226-153030
17226-154630
–
aQ
17326-012105
17326-013005
17326-014005
17326-032130
17326-052130
17326-053030
17326-054630
17326-102130
17326-103030
17326-104630
17326-152130
17326-153030
17326-154630
–
Phenyl-Hexyl
17926-012105
17926-013005
17926-014005
17926-032130
17926-052130
17926-053030
17926-054630
17926-102130
17926-103030
17926-104630
17926-152130
17926-153030
17926-154630
–
PFP
17426-012105
17426-013005
17426-014005
17426-032130
17426-052130
17426-053030
17426-054630
17426-102130
17426-103030
17426-104630
17426-152130
17426-153030
17426-154630
–
C30
27826-012105
–
–
–
27826-052130
27826-053030
27826-054630
27826-102130
27826-103030
27826-104630
27826-152130
27826-153030
27826-154630
27826-252130
Length (mm)
10
ID (mm)
2.1
3.0
4.6
Cat. No.
852-00
852-00
850-00
UNIGUARD Guard Cartridge Holder
Particle Size
(µm)
2.6
Length
(mm)
50
100
150
ID
(mm)
2.1
HILIC
17526-012105
17526-013005
17526-014005
17526-032130
17526-052130
17526-053030
17526-054630
17526-102130
17526-103030
17526-104630
17526-152130
17526-153030
17526-154630
–
Urea-HILIC
27726-012105
–
–
–
27726-052130
27726-053030
27726-054630
27726-102130
27726-103030
27726-104630
27726-152130
27726-153030
27726-154630
27726-252130
Format
Validation
Narrow Selectivity
Wide Selectivity
Polar Selectivity
3-column Kit
17126-052130-3V
17126-102130-3V
17126-152130-3V
C18
C18
C18
17X26-052130-3VA
17X26-102130-3VA
17X26-152130-3VA
C18
RP-MS
aQ
17X26-052130-3VB
17X26-102130-3VB
17X26-152130-3VB
C18
Phenyl-Hexyl
PFP
17X26-052130-3VC
17X26-102130-3VC
17X26-152130-3VC
aQ
PFP
HILIC
Kit contains
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Columns for Analytical LC
Format
Phenyl-X
27926-012105
–
–
–
27926-052130
27926-053030
27926-054630
27926-102130
27926-103030
27926-104630
27926-152130
27926-153030
27926-154630
27926-252130
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Polar Premium
28026-012105
–
–
–
28026-052130
28026-053030
28026-054630
28026-102130
28026-103030
28026-104630
28026-152130
28026-153030
28026-154630
28026-252130
4-059
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific Acclaim HPLC Columns
Optimal selectivity through innovative chemistry
• Novel and proprietary surface chemistries for diversified selectivities
• Ultrapure, porous, spherical silica
• High efficiencies
• Low silanol activity for good basic analyte peak shapes
• Reproducible and reliable manufacturing process
Thermo Scientific™ Acclaim™ columns are based
on high-purity, porous silica particles, with
advanced and innovative column bonding
technologies. This provides complementary
selectivity, high column efficiencies, and
symmetrical peaks. Acclaim columns meet the
high standards set by modern HPLC and LC-MS
methods and are used in applications such as
pharmaceutical, environmental, food and
beverage, chemical, and consumer products.
General reversed-phase, HILIC and Specialty
phases are available. Acclaim RSLC columns,
with a particle size of 2.2μm, are designed
for use with UHPLC systems.
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Reliability and Durability
4-060
Quality and reliability are essential to a successful
analysis. The Acclaim columns are thoroughly
tested individually, so that chromatographers
can have full confidence in them. Manufacturing
starts with an ultrapure silica substrate, using
only carefully selected lots with narrow ranges
of physical parameters. By design, the bonding
processes are clean and repeatable with no
unexpected changes in performance. Each batch
of bonded silica receives a full suite of validation
tests appropriate to its intended use. The bonded
silica is packed in precision-polished 316
stainless steel hardware using highly reliable
processes. Each packed column is tested to
ensure the same great performance every time.
The quality assurance reports for silica lot
validation and column performance explain the
test protocols, list the specifications, and show
the actual chromatograms.
Performance Indicators
Size-exclusion Columns
Acclaim columns have been designed to meet
the high quality standard needed in
laboratories today. The innovative surface
chemistries deliver exceptional peak
efficiencies for a broad range of analytes.
To ensure optimal performance, all Acclaim
products are thoroughly characterized using
a number of performance indicators, including
surface coverage of the bonded phase, metal
contamination, steric selectivity, column polarity,
column hydrophobicity, and low silanol activity
for bases. The specialty columns are also
application-tested for their specific analysis,
to ensure that each lot of bonded silica
provides high-performance separations.
Acclaim SEC Columns: Polymeric columns
designed for separating water soluble
polymers and oligomers in the MW range
of 100 to 1,000,000 Daltons.
Reversed-phase Columns
Mixed-Mode Columns
Acclaim 120 C18: High-density, monolayer
C18 reversed-phase columns for exceptional
resolution in a variety of applications.
Hydrophilic Interaction Columns
Acclaim HILIC-10: Designed for separating
hydrophilic compounds
Acclaim Trinity P1 and P2 columns:
Unique trimodal surface chemistry provides
simultaneous reversed-phase, anion and
cation exchange capability for unparalleled
chromatographic performance and maximum
flexibility in adjusting selectivity
(see Specialty Columns).
Acclaim 120 C8: High-density monolayer C8
reversed-phase column.
Mixed-mode columns provide a unique,
adjustable selectivity tool, using variation in
pH, ionic strength, or organic modifier to
influence the separation selectivity of acids,
bases, zwitterions and neutral molecules.
Acclaim Phenyl-1: A unique reversed-phase
column for the superior separation of aromatic
compounds with enhanced hydrolytic stability.
Acclaim Mixed-Mode HILIC-1: Combines
both reversed-phase and hydrophilic interaction
liquid chromatography (HILIC) properties.
Acclaim C30: Designed to provide high shape
selectivity for separation of hydrophobic
structurally related isomers.
Acclaim Mixed-Mode WAX-1: High-density
monolayer that incorporates both reversedphase and weak anion exchange properties.
Acclaim PolarAdvantage: Sulfonamideembedded column for separating a wide
variety of analytes.
Acclaim Mixed-Mode WCX-1: Reversed-phase
and cation exchange combined in a single column.
Acclaim PolarAdvantage II: Amideembedded reversed-phase columns with
enhanced hydrolytic stability.
Hydrophobicity
High performance reversed-phase columns for reproducible results
Low
High
pH Range
0
• High hydrophobic retention
14
2 to 8
Pore Size
• Excellent efficiencies for maximum resolution
0
• Low silanol activity for excellent peak shapes for basic analytes
300
120
Carbon Load (%)
• Reproducible manufacturing practices for reproducible
column-to-column performance
0
• Extremely low bleed, fully compatible with MS
25
18
Particle Size 2.2μm, 3μm, 5μm
USP L1
• Available in 2.2, 3 and 5μm particle size
The Acclaim 120 columns are for high resolution reversed-phase separations. The very high surface
coverage and very low metal content together result in columns with excellent efficiencies. These
columns provide exceptional performance for a variety of applications in the pharmaceutical, chemical,
environmental, and food separations areas.
A
250
mAU
4
3
1
B
Standard
Column
2
220
4
1
2
3
Column:
4
C
RSLC Column
6× Acceleration
1
3
2
Double Velocity
12× Acceleration
0
0
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0
2
4
6
Minutes
8
10
0
1
2
3
4
5
25400
A: Acclaim
Acclaim 120
120 C18,
A:
C18,5µm,
5 µm,
4.6 × 150mm
4.6
× 150 mm
B, C: Acclaim RSLC C18, .2µm,
B,2.1C:× Acclaim
50mm RSLC C18, 2 µm,
2.1
× 50HOAc
mm
Mobile Phase:
200mM
in 10%
(v/v)HOAc
MeOH
Mobile Phase: 200
mM
Flow:
A: 1.00mL/min
inB: 10%
(v/v)
0.41mL/min MeOH
Flow:
A:
1.00 mL/min
C: 0.82mL/min
Temperature:
B:20°C
0.41 mL/min
Injection:
A: 10µL
C:B: 0.82
1.2µL mL/min
Temperature: 20
°C
C: 1.2µL
Detector:
UV,10
254µLnm,
Injection:
A:
A: 1 Hz data rate
B:B: 1.2
5 HzµL
data rate
C:C: 1.2
10 HzµL
data rate
Peaks:
Sample:
Detector: UV
A: 1
B:
C: 1
Peaks:
1. p
2. p
3. V
4. V
Sample: Com
40%
Reference: AO
1. p-Hydroxybenzoic acid
2. p-Hydroxybenzaldehyde
3. Vanillic acid
4. Vanillin
Commercial vanilla extract in
40% ethanol, filtered
AOAC Official Method 990.25
mAU
Reference:
Columns for Analytical LC
160
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Acclaim 120 C18
0
0.0
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-061
LC Columns and Accessories
Acclaim 120 C8
Hydrophobicity
High performance reversed-phase columns with intermediate
hydrophobic retention
pH Range
Low
0
High
14
2 to 8
Pore Size
• Low silanol activity for excellent peak shapes for basic analytes
• Excellent column efficiencies
0
300
120
Carbon Load (%)
• LC-MS compatible
• Reproducible manufacturing practices for reproducible column-to-column performance
0
• Available in 2.2, 3 and 5μm particle size
Particle Size 2.2μm, 3μm, 5μm
11
Acclaim 120 C8 reversed-phase columns feature densely bonded monolayer C8 ligands on
a high-purity, spherical porous silica substrate. The columns are a well-characterized line of
LC/MS compatible C8 phases with very high surface coverage and extremely low silanol
activity. These columns provide exceptional performance for a variety of applications in the
pharmaceutical, environmental, food and many other industrial sectors.
Triclosan Separation in Toothpaste Using an Acclaim RSLC C8 Column
Triclosan in toothpaste
Column:
80
Column:
2
Dimension:
Dimension:
HPLC System:
HPLC System:
Buffer:
Buffer:Phase:
Mobile
281.1
200
nm
400
mAU
1
0
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
0.0
4-062
1.0
Minutes
2.0
3.0
27999
Acclaim RSLC C8,
2.2µm
®
Acclaim RSLC C8, 2.2 µm
2.1 × 100mm
2.1 × 100 mm
UltiMate 3000 RSLC®
3000
UltiMate
2mM Ammonium
acetate
pHRSLC
5
2 mM
Ammonium acetate pH 5
Isocratic, 15%
buffer,
(v/v) 15% buffer, 85% methanol (v/v)
Mobile Phase: 85% methanol
Isocratic,
Flow
0.200mL/min
FlowRate:
Rate:
0.200 mL/min
Inj.
1.0µL
Inj.Volume:
Volume:
1.0 µL
Temperature:
50°C
Temperature:
50 °C
Detection:
Diode array detector, 281nm,
Detection:
Diode array detector, 281 nm, 10 Hz,
10Hz, 0.1 s resp. time and spectra
0.1 s resp. time and spectra 200–400 nm
200–400 nm
Samples:
containing
Samples:
ToothpasteToothpaste
containing 0.3%
triclosan0.3% triclosan
Preparation:
1.0 g Toothpaste
+ 1.0 mL of 7.5 mg/mL
Preparation:
1.0g Toothpaste
+ 1.0mL of 7.5mg/
mL magnesium sulfate + methanol
to make 25mL.
magnesium
sulfate + methanol to make
Sonicate and filter.
25 mL. Sonicate and filter.
Peaks:
1. Saccharin
Peaks:
2. Triclosan
1. Saccharin
2. Triclosan
25
USP L7
Hydrophobicity
A unique reversed-phase column with high aromatic selectivity
Low
High
pH Range
0
• High aromatic selectivity
14
2 to 8
Pore Size
• High hydrophobic retention
• Unique and complementary selectivity compared to any other phenyl type column
• Compatibility with highly aqueous mobile phase
• High efficiency and rugged packing
0
300
120
Carbon Load (%)
0
Particle Size 3µm, 5µm
13
25
USP L11
Acclaim Phenyl-1 columns provide unique selectivity of aromatic compounds for superior
chromatographic performance.
This column has a higher π-π interaction than other phenyl phases and provides unique selectivity for
aromatic compounds while maintaining sufficient hydrophobic interaction and aqueous compatibility
for superior chromatographic performance.
Separation of fat-soluble vitamins
60
Column: Acclaim Phenyl-1, 3μm
2
3
mAU
4
Dimension:
Mobile Phase:
Temperature:
Flow Rate:
Inj. Volume:
Detection:
Peaks:
5
6
1
9
8
10
7
0
0
6
12
Minutes
18
24
30
27628
3 × 150mm
Methanol/water v/v 90/10
30°C
0.5mL/min
2μL
UV at 220nm
(100 ppm each)
1. Retinol acetate (vitamin A acetate)
2. Vitamin D2
3. Vitamin D3
4. delta-Tocopherol
5. gamma-Tocopherol
6. alpha-Tocopherol (vitamin E)
7. Impurity (unknown)
8. Vitamin E acetate
9. Vitamin K2
10. Vitamin K1
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Columns for Analytical LC
The Acclaim Phenyl-1 column can be used in a wide range of applications in pharmaceutical, environmental,
food testing and product-quality testing. This column is ideally suited for the analysis of aromatic
analytes; some examples include glucocorticosteroids, estrogens, fat-soluble vitamins and phospholipids.
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Acclaim Phenyl-1
4-063
LC Columns and Accessories
Acclaim C30
Hydrophobicity
Columns for separating structurally related isomers
Low
0
• High shape selectivity
0
• Compatibility with highly aqueous mobile phase
200
300
Carbon Load (%)
• High-quality: low column bleed, high efficiency and rugged packing
0
The Acclaim C30 is designed to provide high shape selectivity for separating hydrophobic
structural related isomers and unique selectivity complementary to other reversed-phase
columns (e.g. C18).
Omega fatty acids
LLA
ng
100
0
14
0
Area
11
9
8
2
pA
A
1
34
6 7
10
9
13
12
5
B
0
10
12
14
16
Minutes
18
20
22
24
28381
Particle Size 3µm, 5µm
Column:
Acclaim C30, 5 µm (4.6 × 150 mm)
LC System:
UltiMate 3000 RS, Dual Gradient
Mobile Phases: A. Water:formic acid:mobile phase B
900:3.6:100 (v/v)
B. Acetone:acetonitrile:THF:formic acid
Column: Acclaim C30, 5µm (4.6 × 150mm)
675:225:100:4(v/v)
LC System:
UltiMate 3000 RS, Dual Gradient
Gradient:
Time
(min)
%A
%B
Mobile Phases:
A. Water:formic acid:mobile phase B
0
100
0
900:3.6:100
(v/v)
1
40
60
B. Acetone:acetonitrile:THF:formic
acid
675:225:100:4(v/v)
13
30
70
Gradient:
Time
(min)
%A
%B
22
5
95
0 24
100 5 0
95
1
40
60
29
100 70 0
13
30
0
2232
5 100 95
Flow Rate:
1.00
24 mL/min5
95
100 0
Temperature: 3029°C
100 0
Inj. Volume:
2 32
µL
Flow Rate:
1.00mL/min
Detection:
Corona ultra, nebulizer 15 °C, filter high
Temperature:
30°C
Samples:
A.2µL
Standards in isopropanol
Inj. Volume:
B.Corona
Saponified
chicken 15°C,
fat filter high
Detection:
ultra, nebulizer
Samples:
Peaks:
Peaks:
Standards in8.
isopropanol
DPA
1.A.SDA
Saponified chicken fat
9. 9E, 14Z-CLA
2.B.EPA
1. SDA
10. ETA
3.2.ALA
EPA
11. Adrenic
4.3.GLA
ALA
12. Oleic
GLA
5.4.DHA
DHA
13. EDA
6.5.Arach.
6.
Arach.
14. Erucic
7. LLA
7. LLA
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
14
2 to 8
Pore Size
• Unique selectivity complementary to other reversed-phase columns
6000
4-064
High
pH Range
13
25
USP L62
Hydrophobicity
Novel polar-embedded reversed-phase columns with unique selectivity
Low
0
• Selectivity complementary to the C18 column
High
pH Range
14
2 to 8
Pore Size
• Low silanol activity for excellent peak shape with basic compounds
• Compatible with 100% aqueous mobile phase
0
300
120
Carbon Load (%)
• High selectivity for hydrophobic aromatic molecules
0
• Wide range of applications
Particle Size 2.2μm, 3μm, 5μm
• Available in 2.2, 3 and 5μm
16
25
USP L60
Acclaim PolarAdvantage (PA) columns feature a patented bonding column chemistry that incorporates
a polar sulfonamide group with an ether linkage near the silica surface. This unique chemistry provides
low silanol activity, compatibility with 100% aqueous mobile phase. The Acclaim PA column offers great
separation power to resolve a wide variety of polar and nonpolar analytes and supports LC/MS analysis.
EPA 604 phenols
60
Column: Acclaim RSLC PolarAdvantage, 2.2μm
7
5
mAU
2
3
6
4
1
8 9
10
11
0
0
0.5
1.0
1.5
Minutes
2.0
2.5
3.0
27652
Dimensions: 3 × 50mm
System: UltiMate 3000 RSLC
Mobile Phases:
A: 10mM formic acid + 10mM
ammonium formate, pH 3.75 ± 0.05
B: Acetonitrile
Gradient Time (min):
-1.5 0.0 0.3 2.6 3.0
%A 70 70 70 10 10
%B 30 30 30 90 90
Flow Rate:
1.25mL/min
Temperature:
30°C
Injection Volume: 0.5μL
Detection:
UV at 280nm, 10Hz, 0.5s resp. time
Sample:
Calibration mix, 50μg/mL in water
Peaks:
1. Phenol
2. 2,4-Dinitrophenol
3. 4-Nitrophenol
4. 2-Chlorophenol
5. 2-Nitrophenol
6. 2,4-Dimethylphenol
7. 4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol
8. 4-Chloro-3-methylphenol
9. 2,4-Dichlorophenol
10. 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
11. Pentachlorophenol
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Columns for Analytical LC
Acclaim PA columns provide unique selectivity, good peak shape for acidic, basic, and neutral analytes,
and full compatibility with 100% aqueous conditions. Applications include pharmaceutical, environmental,
life science, food testing, and product-quality testing.
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Acclaim PolarAdvantage
4-065
LC Columns and Accessories
Acclaim PolarAdvantage II
Hydrophobicity
Complementary selectivity and enhanced hydrolytic stability
Low
0
• Unique selectivity complementary to the C18 column
• Novel polar-embedded column chemistry for hydrolytic stability
0
• Compatible with 100% aqueous mobile phase
300
120
Carbon Load (%)
• Low bleed for MS compatibility
0
• Wide range of applications
Particle Size 2.2μm, 3μm, 5μm
• Available in 2.2, 3 and 5μm
Acclaim PolarAdvantage II (PA2) columns feature a patented surface chemistry that incorporates an
amide-embedded polar group and multi-point attachment between the ligands and the silica surface. This
unique chemistry provides enhanced hydrolytic stability from pH 1.5-10 with 100% aqueous mobile phases
and exhibits high reversed-phase capacity, with selectivity complementary to conventional C18 columns.
Turmeric
200
1, 2, 3
Area: 9.7 mAU*Min.
mAU
C18
1
2
PA2
0
0
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
14
1.5 – 10.5
Pore Size
The Acclaim PA2 column is specifically designed to withstand high pH conditions, making it a good choice
for the separation of both basic and acidic analytes.
4-066
High
pH Range
1
2
Minutes
Total area: 9.9 mAU*Min.
3
3
4
25402
Columns:
Acclaim RSLC 120 C18
Acclaim RSLC PA2
Dimensions:
Mobile Phase:
2.2μm, 2.1 × 100mm
A: 15mM H 3PO 4
B: Methanol
C18: 70% B (v/v)
PA2: 80% B (v/v)
0.41mL/min
30°C
UV, 428nm
Turmeric extract
1. Curcumin
2. Demethoxycurcumin
3. Bis-demethoxycurcumin
Isocratic:
Flow:
Temperature:
Detector:
Sample:
Peaks:
16
25
USP L60
Hydrophobicity
Designed with unique selectivity for hydrophilic molecules
Low
High
pH Range
0
2 to 8
• Retains highly polar molecules that are not retained by
Pore Size
• Unique selectivity, complementary to reversed-phase columns
0
• Hydrolytically stable
Particle Size 3µm, 5µm
reversed-phase chromatography
120
14
300
• Rugged column packing
• Broad application range
The Acclaim HILIC-10 column is designed for separating highly hydrophilic molecules by Hydrophilic
Interaction Liquid Chromatography (HILIC). This column is based on high-purity spherical porous silica
covalently modified with a proprietary hydrophilic layer.
200
Column: Acclaim HILIC-10, 3μm
Dimensions:
Mobile Phase:
4
2
3
pA
1
7
8
5
6
0
0
2
4
6
Minutes
8
10
27129
3 × 150mm
A: Heptane
B: 2-Propanol/acetic acid 99.5:0.5
Step Elution (min): –6.0 0.0 0.5 4.0 10.0
%A 99 99 96 87 87
%B 1 1 4 13 13
Flow Rate:
0.50mL/min
Temperature:
25°C
Inj. Volume:
4μL
Detector:
Corona ultra, nebulizer 15°C
Peaks:
1. Tristearin
2. Trilaurin
3. Distearin isomer 1
4. Dilaurin isomer 1
5. Distearin isomer 2
6. Dilaurin isomer 2
7. Monostearin
8. Monolaurin
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Columns for Analytical LC
Glycerides
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Acclaim HILIC-10
4-067
LC Columns and Accessories
Acclaim Mixed-Mode HILIC-1
Hydrophobicity
Uniquely designed for both reversed-phase and HILIC operations
Low
0
• Can operate in both RP and HILIC modes
14
• Retains highly polar molecules
0
• Unique selectivity complementary to RP columns
• Broader application range compared with conventional diol-based columns
The Acclaim Mixed-Mode HILIC-1 column features a unique, high-efficiency, silica-based
HPLC mixed-mode stationary phase that combines both reversed-phase (RP) and hydrophilic
interaction liquid chromatography (HILIC) properties. This combination allows both
hydrophobic interaction and hydrophilic interaction to be utilized to optimize separations.
The Acclaim Mixed-Mode HILIC-1 stationary phase consists of a hydrophobic alkyl chain with
a diol group at the terminus. The hydrophobic moiety provides reversed-phase retention and
the terminal diol group facilitates hydrophilic interactions. This unique combination results in
the adjustable selectivity, making Acclaim Mixed-Mode HILIC-1 separate mixtures that would
be impossible for a C18 column. This column is suitable for a broad range of applications,
including non-ionic ethoxylated surfactants, drug metabolites, lipids, polyethylene glycols
(PEGs), ethoxylated surfactants, and more.
Column: Acclaim Mixed-Mode HILIC-1, 5μm
Reversed-Phase Mode
Dimensions:
Mobile Phase:
AU
2
Temperature:
Flow Rate:
Inj. Volume:
Detection:
Peaks:
2
1
HILIC Mode
0
2
4
Minutes
6
8
10
24254
120
Particle Size 3µm, 5µm
• High-efficiency column for high-resolution separations
1
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
2.5 to 7.5
Pore Size
Cytosine and naphthalene
4-068
High
pH Range
4.6 × 150mm
CH 3CN/0.1 M NH 4OAc, pH 5.2
v/v 52/48 for RP mode
v/v 92/8 for HILIC mode
30°C
1mL/min
10μL
UV at 254nm
1. Cytosine (100 ppm)
2. Naphthalene (100 ppm)
300
pH Range
Designed for separating anionic molecules; with powerful adjustable
selectivity control
Pore Size
0
0
2.5 to 7.5
120
Particle Size 3µm, 5µm
• Adjustable selectivity
14
300
USP L78
• Selectivity orthogonal to reversed-phase (RP) columns
• Ideal selectivity for anionic molecules
• Excellent column efficiency and peak asymmetry
• Multimode retention mechanisms: reversed-phase, weak anion exchange, and HILIC modes
The Acclaim Mixed-Mode WAX-1 is a novel, high-efficiency silica HPLC column that combines
hydrophobic and weak anion exchange characteristics. Its unique chemistry results in a multimode
separation mechanism that includes reversed-phase, anion exchange, and HILIC interactions.
Selectivity can be adjusted by changing ionic strength, pH, or organic solvent content.
Pain relief medicine
Column: Acclaim Mixed-Mode WAX-1, 5μm
Dimensions:
Mobile Phase:
3
Temperature:
Flow Rate:
Inj. Volume:
Detection:
Peaks:
2
AU
1
4
O
OH
OH
4.6 × 150mm
40/60 v/v Acetonitrile/buffer
(6.8 g potassium monophosphate and
0.5 g pyrophosphate in 1000 g D.I. H2 O,
pH is adjusted to 6.0 with NaOH)
30°C
1mL/min
1μL
UV, 220nm
1. Caffeine
2. Acetaminophen
3. Salicylamide
4. Acetyl salicylic acid (Aspirin)
5. Salicylic acid
Columns for Analytical LC
The Acclaim Mixed-Mode WAX-1 surface consists of a hydrophobic alkyl chain with a tertiary amine group
at the terminus. The hydrophobic moiety provides reversed-phase retention and the terminal amino group
facilitates electrostatic interactions.
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Acclaim Mixed-Mode WAX-1
5
0
10
Minutes
20
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-069
LC Columns and Accessories
Acclaim Mixed-Mode WCX-1
pH Range
Designed for separating cationic molecules with adjustable
selectivity control
Pore Size
0
0
• Ideal selectivity for separating basic molecules
• Selectivity complementary to C18 RP columns
• Multimode separation mechanism: reversed-phase, weak cation exchange, anion-exclusion and HILIC
The Acclaim Mixed-Mode WCX-1 is a novel, high-efficiency, silica-based column, manufactured by bonding
a specially designed proprietary ligand with both hydrophobic and weak cation exchange properties.
Selectivity of ionizable and neutral compounds can be controlled independently or simultaneously by tuning
mobile phase ionic strength, pH or organic modifier. This column therefore can separate using multiple
separation modes: reversed-phase, cation exchange, and normal-phase/ HILIC.
Basic compounds are important in a variety of industrial applications, including pharmaceutical, chemical,
consumer products, foods and beverages, and more. The Acclaim Mixed-Mode WCX-1 not only retains basic
molecules (from highly hydrophilic to highly hydrophobic), but also separates them with symmetrical peak
shapes and excellent efficiency.
Pharmaceutical counterions
Column: Acclaim Mixed-Mode WCX-1, 5μm
Dimension: 4.6 × 150mm
1
Mobile Phase:
3
Temperature:
Flow Rate:
Inj. Volume:
Detection:
Peaks:
7
2
5
4
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
0
4-070
6
4
Minutes
120
Particle Size 3µm, 5µm
• Adjustable selectivity
AU
2.5 to 7.5
8
40/60 v/v CH 3 CN/NH 4 OAc,
pH 5.2 (20 mM total)
30°C
1mL/min
5µL
UV (225 nm)
1. Maleate 50μg/mL
2. Ketoprofen 30μg/mL
3. Naproxen 30μg/mL
4. Hydrocortisone 60μg/mL
5. Dexamethasone 60μg/mL
6. Oxprenolol 300μg/mL
7. Timolol 250μg/mL
14
300
Particle Size (µm)
2.2
Format
RSLC Column
Length (mm)
30
50
75
100
3
HPLC Column
150
250
33
50
75
100
250
5
Guard Cartridge
10
HPLC Column
50
100
150
250
Format
Acclaim Guard Cartridge Holder
Acclaim Guard Cartridge-Column Coupler
Acclaim Guard Kit (Holder and Coupler)
120 C18
071400
071606
068981
071605
075697
068982
071604
071399
074812
066272
059128
068971
059131
066273
059129
076186
059132
059130
063691
059133
076187
070077
069689
071981
069695
059142
059146
059143
059147
059144
059148
059145
059149
120 C8
072614
072618
072615
072619
075696
072616
072620
072617
074811
–
059122
–
059125
–
059123
076184
059126
059124
068970
059127
076185
070078
069688
071979
069696
059134
059138
059135
059139
059136
059140
059137
059141
PolarAdvantage
072621
072625
072622
072626
075698
072623
072627
072624
074813
066274
063174
068972
–
066275
061316
076214
076216
061317
063693
061318
076215
070079
069691
071983
069698
–
061319
–
–
–
061320
–
061321
PolarAdvantage II
071402
071609
068989
071608
075699
068990
071607
071401
074814
066276
077999
068973
063189
066277
077998
078000
078001
063187
063705
063191
077997
070080
069692
071985
069699
–
–
–
–
–
063197
–
063199
Columns for Analytical LC
150
ID (mm)
2.1
3.0
2.1
3.0
3.0
2.1
3.0
2.1
2.1
3.0
2.1
3.0
4.6
3.0
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
4.6
2.1
4.6
2.1
4.6
2.1
4.6
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Acclaim Ordering Guide
Cat. No.
069580
074188
069707
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-071
LC Columns and Accessories
Acclaim Ordering Guide continued
Acclaim Phenyl-1 Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
3
Format
Guard Cartridge
Length (mm)
10
HPLC Column
50
100
150
250
5
HPLC Column
150
250
ID (mm)
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
2.1
4.6
4.6
Phenyl-1
079934
071974
071973
078016
071972
078018
078015
074693
078017
071971
071970
071969
078014
074694
079698
088016
079697
ID (mm)
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
2.1
3.0
4.6
4.6
4.6
C30
078666
078663
078661
078665
078660
075725
075724
075723
078664
075726
075722
075721
075720
075719
075718
ID (mm)
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
HILIC-10
074259
074258
074257
074263
074261
074262
ID (mm)
3.0
2.1
3.0
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
4.6
4.6
HILIC-1
071912
070091
070090
069694
071913
069706
066847
066843
066844
Acclaim C30 Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
3
Format
HPLC Column
Length (mm)
50
100
150
250
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
5
4-072
Guard Cartridge
10
HPLC Column
150
250
Acclaim HILIC-10 Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
3
Format
HPLC Column
Length (mm)
150
5
Guard Cartridge
10
Acclaim Mixed-Mode Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
3
Format
HPLC Column
Length (mm)
50
150
5
Guard Cartridge
10
HPLC Column
150
250
WAX-1
071908
070089
070088
069686
071909
069704
067084
064984
064985
WCX-1
071910
070093
070092
085455
071911
069705
068371
068353
068352
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Notes
Columns for Analytical LC
4-073
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific Syncronis HPLC Columns
Consistent Reproducible Separations, Column after Column, Time after Time.
Extensive testing and strong quality control procedures ensure the consistency
of Syncronis HPLC columns – column after column.
•
•
Thermo Scientific™ Syncronis™ HPLC columns
are manufactured, packed and tested in
ISO9000 accredited facilities. Each lot of
silica is tested for the physical properties of
the silica support and only released for
production if it meets the stringent test
specifications.
•
Available in three particle sizes: 1.7μm for
rapid UHPLC separations plus 3µm and 5μm
for the more traditional HPLC analysis.
•
Syncronis reversed phase columns are
densely bonded and double endcapped to
minimize the number of residual silanols
available to interact with basic analytes.
Syncronis columns are based on highly pure
100Å silica, with a surface area of 320m2/g,
compared to 200m2/g for typical silica based
material. This greater surface area ensures
good retention of analytes having a range of
hydrophobicity, away from the solvent front.
•
Each batch of chromatographic media
packed into Syncronis columns is put through
a series of diagnostic chromatographic tests,
based on those developed by Tanaka1 to
ensure consistent, predictable separations.
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
View product information
and application notes
4-074
These tests rigorously probe interactions
between analytes and the stationary phase,
measuring hydrophobicity, shape selectivity
and secondary interactions with bases, acids
and chelators.
•
Enhanced, automated packing methods drive
consistency even further and every column is
individually tested to ensure that it meets
the required quality.
For full details on the Syncronis column
range, please request or view a copy
of our Syncronis technical guide
www.thermoscientific.com/syncronis
Hydrophobicity
Syncronis C18 columns deliver consistent predictable separations,
column after column, time after time
pH Range
Low
0
High
2 to 9
14
Pore Size
• Highly pure, high surface area silica
• High carbon load for increased retention
0
300
100
Carbon Load (%)
• Double endcapped for extra surface coverage
• Highly inert towards basic compounds
0
• Rigorously tested to ensure quality
Particle Size 1.7μm, 3μm, 5μm
16
25
USP L1
When developing a new method, one of the most important goals for
the chromatographer is to achieve a consistent, reproducible separation. The
selection of a highly reproducible HPLC column is essential to attaining this goal.
Ziovudine
Column: Syncronis C18, 5μm,
150mm x 4.6mm
2400
2000
Mobile phase:
Flow rate:
Temperature:
Detection:
Injection volume:
1. Zidovudine
mAU
1600
1200
800
Water:Methanol (4:1)
1.0mL min-1
25°C
265nm
10μL
Columns for Analytical LC
Syncronis C18 columns show excellent column to column reproducibility,
as illustrated here by the analysis of zidovudine using five separate columns.
The reproducibility in terms of retention time and peak area is less than or equal
to 0.5%, column to column.
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Syncronis C18
400
0
0
4
8
12
16
Minutes
20
24
28
32
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-075
LC Columns and Accessories
Syncronis C8
Hydrophobicity
Reduces hydrophobic interactions allowing compounds to elute
quicker from the column. Recommended for analytes with medium
hydrophobicity or when a less hydrophobic phase is required to obtain
optimum retention
0
2 to 8
14
Pore Size
0
• Highly pure, high surface area silica
300
100
• Less hydrophobic than Syncronis C18
0
• Double endcapped for extra surface coverage
Particle Size 1.7µm, 3µm, 5µm
• Rigorously tested to ensure quality
Uron herbicides
1000
Column: Syncronis C8, 5μm, 150mm x 4.6mm
Mobile phase:
800
A: Water
B: Acetonitrile
Gradient:
35 to 60% B in 10 minutes
Flow rate:
1.0mL/min
Temperature:
30°C
Detection:
240nm
Injection volume.: 20μL
1. Tebuthiuron
2. Metoxuron
3. Monuron
4. Chlorotoluron
5. Diuron
6. Linuron
4
2
600
mAU
5
400
6
1
200
0
0
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
High
Carbon Load (%)
3
4-076
Low
pH Range
2
4
6
8
Minutes
10
12
14
16
11
25
USP L7
Hydrophobicity
Polar endcapped Syncronis aQ columns provide a controlled
interaction mechanism that retains and resolves polar analytes.
Stable in 100% aqueous mobile phase
Low
High
pH Range
0
2 to 8
14
Pore Size
• Stable in 100% aqueous mobile phase
0
300
100
Carbon Load (%)
• Enhanced retention of polar compounds
• Rigorously tested to ensure quality
0
Particle Size 1.7μm, 3μm, 5μm
19
25
USP L1
In comparison to a conventionally endcapped C18, the Syncronis aQ polar end-capped C18 stationary
phase exhibits superior stability towards aqueous mobile phase. Syncronis aQ shows no degradation
in performance after 100 injections in a buffered 100% aqueous eluent.
DAD1 A, Sig=260,4 Ref=360,100 (110809B\R2000001.D)
Stability
of Syncronis aQ in 100% aqueous mobile phase
80
Column: Syncronis aQ, 5μm, 100mm x 4.6mm
mAU
40
20
0
Ref=360,100
(110809B\R2000085.D)
0DAD1 A, Sig=260,4
1
2
3
4
Minutes
5
6
7
8
100% aqueous inj2
0
5
6
7
8
100% aqueous inj100
80
Columns for Analytical LC
Mobile phase:
50mM Aqueous K 2HPO 4 (pH 6)
Flow rate:
0.7mL/min
Temperature:
30°C
Detection:
260nm
Injection volume: 2μL
1. Cytidine-5’-diphosphate
2. Adenosine-5’-triphosphate
3. Adenosine-5’-diphosphate
4. Adenosine-5’-monophosphate
60
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Syncronis aQ
mAU
60
40
20
0
1
2
3
Minutes
4
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-077
Hydrophobicity
Provides an alternative to Syncronis C18 and is particularly useful
for retention of aromatic compounds
pH Range
• Alternative selectivity to Syncronis C18
• Double endcapped for extra surface coverage
2 to 8
14
0
300
100
Carbon Load (%)
• Highly inert towards basic compounds
• Rigorously tested to ensure quality
0
11
Particle Size 1.7µm, 3µm, 5µm
Oxacillin sodium (USP)
Column: Syncronis Phenyl, 5μm, 300mm x 4.0mm
140
Mobile phase: Phosphate Buffer: MeCN:MeOH
(70:30:10)
Flow rate: 1.0mL/min (2mL/min in USP method)
Temperature: 25°C
Detection: 225nm
Injection volume: 10μL
1. Oxacillin Sodium (0.11mg/mL)
120
100
80
60
20
0
0
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
High
Pore Size
40
4-078
Low
0
mAU
LC Columns and Accessories
Syncronis Phenyl
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Minutes
9
10
11
12
13
14 15
25
USP L11
Hydrophobicity
Provides a versatile aminopropyl phase that gives excellent
chromatographic properties in four modes: weak anion exchange,
reversed phase, normal phase and HILIC
Low
High
pH Range
0
2 to 8
14
Pore Size
• Highly pure, high surface area silica
0
175
300
Carbon Load (%)
• Double endcapped for extra surface coverage
• Rigorously tested to ensure quality
0
4
Particle Size 1.7μm, 3μm, 5μm
25
USP L8
Lactulose
Column: Syncronis Amino 5μm, 150mm x 4.6mm
Mobile phase: Water: MeCN (30:70)
Flow rate: 1.0mL/min
Temperature: 35°C
Detection: RI
Injection volume: 5μL
1. Lactulose
2.00
uRIU
1.50
1.00
Columns for Analytical LC
0.50
0.00
-0.25
0
1
2
3
4
5
Minutes
6
7
8
9
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Syncronis Amino
10
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-079
Hydrophobicity
Serves as a powerful and efficient tool for the chromatography
of moderately polar organic compounds by normal phase chromatography
pH Range
• Highly pure, high surface area silica
2 to 8
• Excellent reproducibility for normal phase chromatography
0
• Rigorously tested to ensure quality
Particle Size 1.7µm, 3µm, 5µm
Tocopherols
12
Column: Syncronis Silica 5µm, 150 x 4.6mm
Part Number: 97005-154630
10
Mobile phase:
Hexane +0.2% propan-2-ol (IPA)
Flow rate:
2.0mL/min
Temperature:
40°C
Detection:
254nm
Injection volume: 10µL
Sample:
Mixture of standards (200-1000 ug/ml) of the following:
α-tocopherol
β -tocopherol
γ -tocopherol
δ-tocopherol
8
6
2
0
0
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
High
5
10
15
Minutes
14
Pore Size
4
4-080
Low
0
mAU
LC Columns and Accessories
Syncronis Silica
20
25
100
300
USP L3
Hydrophobicity
Provides enhanced retention of polar and hydrophilic analytes
Low
High
pH Range
0
• Alternative selectivity to Syncronis C18
2 to 8
14
100
300
Pore Size
• Improved sensitivity with MS detection
0
• No need for ion-pair or derivatisation
Carbon Load (%)
• Outstanding peak shape and sensitivity
0
• Highly pure, high surface area silica particles
Catecholamines
Column: Syncronis HILIC, 5µm, 250 x 4.6mm
Part Number: 97505-254630
500
mAU
300
2
4
3
5
6
7
0
0
5
10
Minutes
15
20
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Columns for Analytical LC
Mobile phase: water : acetonitrile : 200mM ammonium
formate (10.5 : 84.5 : 5)
Flow rate:
1.0mL/min
Temperature:
40°C
Detection:
280nm
Injection volume: 5µL
Sample:
1. catechol
2. 5-HIAA
3. DOPAC
4. serotonin
5. tyrosine
6. dopamine
7. L-DOPA
1
400
100
25
Particle Size 1.7μm, 3μm, 5μm
• Neutral (uncharged), highly polar surface
200
5
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Syncronis HILIC
4-081
LC Columns and Accessories
Syncronis Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
1.7
Format
UHPLC Column
Length (mm)
30
50
100
3
HPLC Column
30
50
100
150
5
Drop-in Guard (4/pk)
10
HPLC Column
30
50
100
150
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
250
4-082
Format
UNIGUARD Guard Cartridge Holder
Length (mm)
10
ID (mm)
2.1
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
2.1
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.0/4.6
2.1
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.0
4.6
ID (mm)
2.1
3.0
4.0/4.6
C18
97102-032130
97102-052130
97102-053030
97102-054630
97102-102130
97102-103030
97103-032130
97103-052130
97103-053030
97103-054630
97103-102130
97103-103030
97103-104630
97103-152130
97103-154630
97105-012101
97105-013001
97105-014001
97105-032130
97105-052130
97105-053030
97105-054630
97105-102130
97105-103030
97105-104630
97105-152130
97105-153030
97105-154030
97105-154630
97105-252130
97105-253030
97105-254030
97105-254630
Cat. No.
852-00
852-00
850-00
C8
–
97202-052130
–
97202-054630
97202-102130
97202-103030
–
97203-052130
–
–
–
97203-103030
97203-104630
–
97203-154630
97205-012101
97205-013001
97205-014001
97205-032130
97205-052130
97205-053030
97205-054630
97205-102130
97205-103030
97205-104630
97205-152130
97205-153030
97205-154030
97205-154630
–
97205-253030
97205-254030
97205-254630
aQ
–
97302-052130
–
97302-054630
97302-102130
97302-103030
–
97303-052130
–
–
–
97303-103030
97303-104630
–
97303-154630
97305-012101
97305-013001
97305-014001
97305-032130
97305-052130
97305-053030
97305-054630
97305-102130
97305-103030
97305-104630
97305-152130
97305-153030
97305-154030
97305-154630
–
97305-253030
97305-254030
97305-254630
Phenyl
–
97902-052130
–
97902-054630
97902-102130
97902-103030
–
97903-052130
–
–
–
97903-104630
–
97903-154630
97905-012101
97905-013001
97905-014001
97905-032130
97905-052130
97905-053030
97905-054630
97905-102130
97905-103030
97905-104630
97905-152130
97905-153030
97905-154030
97905-154630
–
97905-253030
97905-254030
97905-254630
HILIC
–
97502-052130
–
97502-054630
97502-102130
97502-103030
–
97503-052130
–
–
–
–
97503-104630
97503-152130
97503-154630
97505-012101
97505-013001
97505-014001
97505-032130
97505-052130
97505-053030
97505-054630
97505-102130
97505-103030
97505-104630
97505-152130
97505-153030
97505-154030
97505-154630
–
97505-253030
97505-254030
97505-254630
Columns for Analytical LC
Silica
–
97002-052130
–
97002-054630
97002-102130
97002-103030
–
97003-052130
–
–
–
–
97003-104630
–
97003-154630
97005-012101
97005-013001
97005-014001
97005-032130
97005-052130
97005-053030
97005-054630
97005-102130
97005-103030
97005-104630
97005-152130
97005-153030
97005-154030
97005-154630
–
97005-253030
97005-254030
97005-254630
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Amino
–
97702-052130
–
97702-054630
97702-102130
97702-103030
–
97703-052130
–
–
–
97703-104630
–
97703-154630
97705-012101
97705-013001
97705-014001
97705-032130
97705-052130
97705-053030
97705-054630
97705-102130
97705-103030
97705-104630
97705-152130
97705-153030
97705-154030
97705-154630
–
97705-253030
97705-254030
97705-254630
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-083
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific Hypercarb HPLC Columns
100% porous graphitic carbon for extended separation capabilities
Hydrophobicity
Low
High
pH Range
• Exceptional retention of very polar analytes
0
• Separates structurally related substances
14
Pore Size
• pH stable from 0 to 14
0
250
300
Carbon Load (%)
• Ideal for high temperature applications
0
100
Particle Size 3µm, 5µm, 7µm
Porous Graphitic Carbon (PGC) is a unique
stationary phase composed of flat sheets of
hexagonally arranged carbon atoms with a
satisfied valence, as in a very large polynuclear
aromatic molecule. Thermo Scientific™
Hypercarb™ columns are unlike traditional silica
bonded phases in both its structure and
retentive properties, allowing for total pH stability
and the retention and separation of highly
polar species. Hypercarb columns are ideally
suited to solve “problem” separations, in both
reversed phase and normal phase HPLC and
LC/MS applications.
Schematic representation of molecular area of a planar and non-planar molecule interacting with the Hypercarb surface
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Retention and Resolution
4-084
The mechanism of interaction is very dependent
upon both the polarity and planarity (shape) of
the solute. These specific interaction mechanisms
allow the successful retention and resolution
of analytes that cannot be separated by typical
reversed phase HPLC. Removal of complex
buffering systems or ion-pair reagents, and
use of increased organic modifier concentration
for polar analytes allows greater compatibility
with detection techniques such as MS.
The overall retention on Hypercarb columns is
a combination of two mechanisms:
1) Adsorption: The strength of analyte
interactions with Hypercarb columns is
largely dependent on the molecular area in
contact with the graphite surface, and also
on the type and positioning of the functional
groups in relation to the graphite surface at
the points of contact. The approach of a
planar and a non-planar molecule to the
Hypercarb surface is shown in the diagrams
above. The strength of the interaction
depends upon the size and orientation of
the molecular area that is able to come in
contact with the flat graphite surface. More
planar molecules will show more retention
than rigid molecules with a 3-dimensional
spatial arrangement.
Schematic representation of a point charge approaching the Hypercarb surface
2) Charge induced interactions of a polar
analyte with the polarizable surface
of graphite: The second mechanism,
charge-induced dipole, is illustrated above
and accounts for the strong retention exhibited
by polar analytes. As the polar group with a
permanent dipole approaches the surface,
an induced dipole is formed, increasing the
attraction between the analyte and graphite
surface. These charges should not be confused
with the overall ionic charge of the molecule,
such as a basic compound ionized in acidic
pH conditions. The charge-induced dipole
mechanism is strictly due to the interaction
of the electrostatic charge of the polar
molecule with the graphite surface.
The strong mechanisms of interaction with
Hypercarb columns usually allows for shorter
columns to be used during the method
development process. In most cases, 100mm
length columns or shorter are sufficient
for a separation.
PS-DVB
Hypercarb
Courtesy V. Coquart and
M-C. Henion, J. Chrom., 1992
Retention on Hypercarb columns increases as polarity of the analyte increases, which is the opposite of typical reversed
phase materials such as PS-DVB
Extended pH Range
One of the other key benefits of Hypercarb
columns is the extreme stability of the phase
to chemical or physical attack. Due to the
unique characteristics of the media, it can
withstand chemical attack across the entire
pH range of 0 to 14, allowing applications to
be run at pH levels that are incompatible
with typical silica-based columns. Hypercarb
columns offer more choice in buffer selection
while handling both high temperature and
high pressure.
Hypercarb column, 5µm, 100 x 0.32mm
Part Number: 35005-100365
columns
Mobile Phase:
Gradient:
Flow Rate:
Temperature:
Detection:
Analytes:
A: H 2O + 0.1% formic acid
B: ACN + 0.1% formic acid
0 to 25% B in 15 minutes
8µL/min
25°C
UV at 254nm
1. Cytosine
2. Uracil
3. Guanine
4. Adenine
5. Xanthine
6. Thymine
Columns for Analytical LC
In typical reversed phase chromatography,
the retention of an analyte is directly related
to its hydrophobicity: the more hydrophobic
the analyte, the longer its retention. Conversely,
as the polarity of the analyte increases,
analyte-solvent interactions begin to dominate
and retention is reduced. This observation holds
true for the majority of reversed phase systems.
An exception to this rule is Hypercarb columns,
for which retention may in some cases increase
as the polarity of the analyte increases,
illustrated to the right. This phenomenon
is referred to as the “polar retention effect
on graphite” (PREG). This property makes
Hypercarb columns particularly useful for the
separation of highly polar compounds (with
logP as low as -4) that are normally difficult
to retain and resolve on silica-based alkyl
chain phases. The retention of very polar
solutes on Hypercarb columns can be
achieved without ion pair reagents or complex
mobile phase conditions, as illustrated
in the chromatogram below.
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Increased Retention of Polar Analytes
Additional retention is achieved for polar compounds using a Hypercarb column compared to a polar endcapped C18.
Note also the change in elution order.
columns
1
1
4
2
Day 1 at pH 12
2
Day 93 at pH 12
4
Part Number:
Mobile Phase:
Isocratic:
Flow Rate:
Detection:
Sample:
3
3
5
5
6
Hypercarb column, 5µm,
100 x 4.6mm
6
35005-104630
MeOH:H 2O
70:30
0.7mL/min
UV at 254nm
1. Acetone
2. Phenol
3. p-Cresol
4. Anisol
5. Phenetole
6. 3,5 -Xylenol
PGCpH12
0
10
20 Min
0
10
20 Min
Hypercarb column stability at pH 12: retention and selectivity do not change even after 93 days of storage in 0.1M NaOH/MeOH
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-085
LC Columns and Accessories
Hypercarb column
C18-silica
Courtesy of Josef
Kriz et al, 1994
Typical C18 silica
Comparison of methyl and methylene group selectivity on C18 and Hypercarb columns
Hypercarb
Courtesy of Norman Smith, Glaxo
Group Research, Greenford, 1988
1
1’
1
Δ3
Δ2
3
5
2,2’
Free
Acid
3’
2 2’
0
1’
Anti Isomers
3
3’
7022
10
Min
15
20
0
5
10
Min
15
Hypercarb column, 5µm, 100 x 4.6mm
Hypersil SAS, 5µm, 200 x 4.6mm
Part Number:
Mobile Phase:
Isocratic:
Flow Rate:
Detector:
Part Number:
Mobile Phase:
Isocratic:
Flow Rate:
Detector:
35005-104630
ACN:H 2O:MeOH:Dioxan
38:20:35:10
1mL/min
UV at 254nm
20
Surface comparison between C18 bonded silica and
Hypercarb porous graphitic carbon
30505-204630
MeOH:0.05M NH 4H 2PO 4
38:62
1mL/min
UV at 254nm
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Separation of geometric isomers of Axetil: comparison of a Hypercarb and bonded silica column
4-086
Resolution of Structurally
Related Compounds
Ideal for Reversed Phase LC/MS
of Polar Compounds
By virtue of the nature of the surface and the
way solute shape affects retention, Hypercarb
columns can differentiate between closely
related analytes such as isomers and
homologous series. Where no discrimination
between methylene and methyl groups is
observed using a traditional C18 column,
considerable resolving power is observed with
Hypercarb columns, as shown above. The
differentiation of analytes is based on their fit
to the graphite surface, allowing for the
chromatographic resolution of compounds that
are very similar in structure as shown above
with the resolution of diastereomers of the
antibiotic Axetil. The Hypercarb column
provides both a significant improvement
in separation over the silica-based column
originally used, as well as a change in
elution order.
Reversed phase-LC/MS analysis of very polar
compounds is challenging because the typical
hydrophobic stationary phases when combined
with the most suitable mobile phases for MS
detection do not provide the necessary retention
to resolve and quantify these compounds.
A Hypercarb column overcomes these
challenges because it:
•
Retains and separates very polar compounds
using “MS friendly” mobile phases such as
0.1% formic or acetic acid and low
concentrations of volatile buffers such as
ammonium acetate or ammonium formate
•
Can be used with high concentrations of
organic modifiers in the mobile phase, which
improves nebulization in atmospheric pressure
ionization techniques, improving the
sensitivity of the analysis.
•
Allows shorter column lengths and smaller
diameters to be used without compromising
peak capacity, often with increased sensitivity.
The flow rates used with narrowbore and
capillary columns are more compatible with
MS techniques.
•
Is stable with any mobile phase and
produces no phase bleed issues because
the Hypercarb column’s porous graphitic
surface is not modified.
Particle Size (µm)
3
Format
Drop-in Guard (4/pk)
Length (mm)
10
HPLC Column
30
50
100
150
High Temperature HPLC Column
30
50
5
Drop-in Guard (4/pk)
10
HPLC Column
30
50
100
150
High Temperature HPLC Column
30
50
100
Javelin HTS Column
Preparative HPLC Column
20
100
150
Format
UNIGUARD Guard Cartridge Holder
Length (mm)
10
Cat. No.
35003-011001
35003-012101
35003-013001
35003-014001
35003-031030
35003-032130
35003-033030
35003-051030
35003-052130
35003-053030
35003-054630
35003-101030
35003-102130
35003-103030
35003-104630
35003-152130
35003-153030
35003-154630
35003-032146
35003-052146
35003-054646
35003-101046
35003-102146
35003-103046
35003-104646
35005-011001
35005-012101
35005-013001
35005-014001
35005-032130
35005-033030
35005-034630
35005-051030
35005-052130
35005-053030
35005-054630
35005-101030
35005-102130
35005-103030
35005-104630
35005-151030
35005-152130
35005-153030
35005-154630
35005-032146
35005-034646
35005-052146
35005-054646
35005-102146
35005-104646
35005-022135
35005-109070
35005-109270
35005-109370
35005-159070
35005-159270
ID (mm)
1.0
2.1
3.0
4.6
Cat. No.
851-00
852-00
852-00
850-00
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Columns for Analytical LC
100
ID (mm)
1.0
2.1
3.0
4.6
1.0
2.1
3.0
1.0
2.1
3.0
4.6
1.0
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
2.1
4.6
1.0
2.1
3.0
4.6
1.0
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
1.0
2.1
3.0
4.6
1.0
2.1
3.0
4.6
1.0
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
4.6
2.1
4.6
2.1
4.6
2.1
10
21.2
30
10
21.2
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Hypercarb Ordering Guide
4-087
LC Columns and Accessories
Acclaim Size Exclusion Chromatography (SEC)
High Performance SEC Columns for Analysis of Water Soluble Polymers
•
Proprietary mono-dispersed multi-pore hydrophilic resin: no inflection points in calibration curve
•
SEC-300 calibrated from 100 to 50,000 Daltons
•
SEC-1000 calibrated from 1,000 to 1,000,000 Daltons
•
Availability of small particle sizes packed in 4.6 x 300mm dimension allows for high-resolution analysis
at reduced solvent consumption
•
Stable surface bonding with low column bleed and compatibility with UV, RI, MS, ELSD and
Thermo Scientific™ Dionex™ Corona™ Charged Aerosol Detectors
Thermo Scientific™ Acclaim™ SEC-300 and SEC-1000 are a family of resin based, high performance size
exclusion chromatography columns specifically designed for the separation of water soluble polymers
and oligomers. Acclaim SEC columns are available in two sizes to cover a broad molecular weight range:
5μm, 300 Å for Acclaim SEC-300 and 7μm, 1000 Å for Acclaim SEC-1000.
100,000,000
SEC-1000
Molecular Weight (Da)
10,000,000
SEC-300
1,000,000
100,000
10,000
1000
100
10
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Elution Volume (mL)
4-088
4.00
4.50
Columns:
Acclaim SEC-300
Acclaim SEC-1000
Dimensions:
Mobile Phases:
Flow rate:
Temperature:
Injection Volume:
Detection:
Samples:
4.6 x 300mm
10mM sodium perchlorate
0.35mL/min
25°C
50μL
RI
(0.03% - 0.1% in mobile phase)
dextran (MW 5,000,00040,000,000), PEO (MW 895,000,
580,000, 272,000, 185,000, 80,000,
43,000, and 20,000), PEG (MW
8,300, 3,000, 1,500, 600, 400 and
200), diethylene glycol (MW 106
and ethylene glycol (MW 62)
2.5
pA
HPLC Conditions
Column: Acclaim SEC-300
PAA
Dimensions:
System:
Mobile Phases:
400 µg/L
Isocratic:
Flow rate:
Injection:
Temperature:
Detection:
200 µg/L
100 µg/L
50 µg/L
25 µg/L
-0.0
0
5
Minutes
10
Peaks:
Polyacrylic acid
0.450
15
5µm, 4.6 x 300mm
UltiMate 3000 RS
A: Acetonitrile
B: Water
10:90
0.35mL/min
35µL
30°C
Corona III; evaporator 55°C, Engine
40 °C, 2 Hz, filter 5, power function
1.20
1. PAA standards in water
Area [ pA *min]
0.200
0.00c0
Concentration [ µg/L]
0
125
250
Description
Acclaim SEC-300
Particle Size (µm)
5
Format
Guard
HPLC Column
Acclaim SEC-1000
7
Guard
HPLC Column
Length (mm)
33
150
300
33
150
300
4.6 mm ID
082740
–
079723
082739
–
079724
7.8 mm ID
–
079726
079725
–
079722
079721
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Columns for Analytical LC
Acclaim SEC Ordering Guide
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Polyacrylic acid using size-exclusion chromatography with charged-aerosol detection
4-089
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific Application Specific LC Columns
Innovative chemistries tailored for challenging and critically important applications
• Acclaim Trinity P1 and P2 for API and counterion analysis
• Acclaim Organic Acid for fast organic acid analysis
• Acclaim Surfactant and Surfactant Plus columns for separation of surfactants
• Acclaim Explosives for separation of explosive residues
• Acclaim Trinity Q1 for diquat and paraquat analysis
• Acclaim Carbamate for the separation of carbamate insecticides
• Acclaim Carbonyl C18 for aldehyde and ketone separation
• Hypersil Green PAH for polyaromatic hydrocarbon analysis
Thermo Scientific application specific columns are based on novel and unique chemistries and
provide superior resolution with ease-of-use.
Acclaim Trinity P1 and P2
Acclaim Trinity Q1
Application specific columns designed for the
simultaneous separation of pharmaceutical
drug substances and counterion analysis,
as well as mixtures of acidic, basic, and
neutral drugs.
Unique, high-efficiency, silica-based columns
designed for the separation of the herbicides
diquat and paraquat.
Acclaim Organic Acid
Designed for separation of hydrophilic,
aliphatic, and aromatic organic acids.
Acclaim Surfactant and Surfactant Plus
The most versatile commercially-available
column specifically for the separation of all
classes of surfactants.
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Acclaim Explosives
4-090
Optimized column chemistry for baseline
separation of all 14 explosives in EPA Method
8330, with complementary selectivity.
Acclaim Carbamate
A specifically column for the separation of
carbamate pesticide specified in US EPA
Method 531.2.
Acclaim Carbonyl C18
Designed for separating DNPH derivatives
of aldehydes and ketones in air, water and soil
using CARB Method 1004, EPA Method 554,
EPA Method 8315 and related methods.
Hypersil Green PAH
Specially tailored alkyl bonded silica with a high
carbon loading, designed specifically for the
analysis of polyaromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs),
specified in EPA Method 610.
Most innovative advancement in mixed mode column technology:
reverse-phase, anion- and cation exchange functionality on a single support
• Ideal selectivity for simultaneous separation of API and counterion
• Adjustable selectivity by mobile phase ionic strength, electrolyte type, pH, and organic solvent
• Low bleed; compatible with MS, CAD and ELSD.
• Retention of hydrophilic ionic and ionizable analytes without ion-pairing reagents
• Greater flexibility in method development: each retention mechanisms can be controlled independently
The Thermo Scientific™ Acclaim™ Trinity™ P1 HPLC column is designed with unique multimode surface chemistry ideal for the simultaneous
separation of drugs and their counterions. The surface chemistry concurrently provides reversed-phase, cation exchange, and anion exchange
functionalities. The result is maximum flexibility in method development. Separations can be optimized easily by adjusting the chromatographic
parameters (mobile phase pH, ionic strength, and organic strength).
Acclaim Trinity P1 Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
3
Format
Guard Cartridges
(2/pk)
HPLC Column
Length (mm)
10
2.1mm ID
071391
3.0mm ID
071390
50
100
150
075565
071389
075564
071388
071387
075563
Columns for Analytical LC
The Acclaim Trinity P1 stationary phase, based on this Nanopolymer Silica Hybrid (NSH) technology, consists of high-purity porous, spherical 3μm silica
particles, coated with charged nanopolymer beads. The unique surface chemistry includes an inner-pore area modified with an organic layer that
provides both reversed phase and anion exchange properties. The outer-pore surface, conversely, is modified with cation exchange functionality.
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Acclaim Trinity P1
Acclaim Guard Holder Ordering Guide
Cat. No.
069580
069707
074188
Format
Acclaim SST Guard Cartridge Holder V-2
Acclaim Guard Kit (Holder and coupler) V-2
Guard to Analytical Column Coupler V-2
Simultaneous separation of pharmaceutical counterions
300
Column: Acclaim Trinity P1, 3μm
Dimensions:
Mobile Phase:
mV
3
1
4
2
5
8
6
7
10
9
0
0
3
6
9
Minutes
12
15
3.0 × 100mm
60/40 v/v CH 3CN/20mM (total)
NH 4OAc, pH 5
Temperature:
30°C
Flow Rate:
0.5mL/min
Inj. Volume:
2μL
Detection:
Corona ultra (Gain = 100 pA;
Filter = med; Neb Temp = 30°C)
Peaks: (50 to 100ppm)
1. Choline
2. Tromethamine
3. Sodium
4. Potassium
5. Meglumine
6. Mesylate
7. Nitrate
8. Chloride
9. Bromide
10. Iodide
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-091
LC Columns and Accessories
Acclaim Trinity P2
Most innovative mixed-mode column technology; hydrophilic interaction, HILIC,
anion exchange and cation exchange functionalities
• Ideal for separating pharmaceutical counterions, including monovalent and divalent
cations or anions
• Selectivity complementary to the Trinity P1 column
• Low column bleed, compatible with CAD and MS
• Hydrolytically stable
• High efficiency
The Acclaim Trinity P2 is a unique, high-efficiency, silica-based column specifically designed for separation of pharmaceutical counterions, including
monovalent and divalent cations or anions.
The Acclaim Trinity P2 column is based on NSH technology, which consists of high-purity porous spherical silica particles coated with charged
nanopolymer particles. The inner-pore area of the silica bead is modified with a covalently bonded organic layer that provides cation-exchange
retention, while the outer surface is modified with anion-exchange nano-polymer beads. This chemistry ensures spatial separation of the anionexchange and cation-exchange regions. Acclaim Trinity P2 column is aimed to complement Acclaim Trinity P1 to provide a total solution for
pharmaceutical counter ion analysis by HPLC.
Pharmaceutical-related anions and cations
Column: Acclaim Trinity P2, 3µm
Dimensions:
Mobile phase:
5.0
3.0 x 100 mm
D.I. water and 100 mM NH4OFm, pH
3.65 gradient
30°C
0.60 mL/min
2μL
Corona Veo Charged Aerosol Detector
0.02 – 0.10 mg/mL each in D.I. water
1. Phosphate
2. Sodium
3. Potassium
4. Chloride
5. Malate
6. Bromide
7. Nitrate
8. Citrate
9. Fumarate
10. Sulfate
11. Magnesium
12. Calcium
Temperature:
Flow rate:
Injection volume:
Detection:
Samples:
Peaks:
1
2
10
6
8
5
3
11
9
pA
12
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
4
4-092
Time (min)
7
0
0
6
18
12
24
30
Minutes
H2O
0.1 M Ammonium formate, pH3.65
-10
0.760
1.474
0
80
20
2
80
20
22
0
100
30
0
100
Acclaim Trinity P2 Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
3
Format
Guard Cartridges
(2/pk)
HPLC Column
Length (mm)
10
2.1 mm ID
085435
3.0 mm ID
085436
50
100
085431
085432
085433
085434
Acclaim Guard Holder Ordering Guide
Format
Acclaim Guard Cartridge Holder V-2
Acclaim Guard Kit (Holder and coupler) V-2
Guard to Analytical Column Coupler V-2
Cat. No.
069580
069707
074188
Optimized and application-tested for the analysis of hydrophilic organic acids
• Use-tested to guarantee consistent hydrophilic organic acid separations
• Compatible with 100% aqueous mobile phases
• Hydrolytic stability at low-pH conditions
• Ideal selectivity for separating a wide spectrum of organic acids
• Excellent column efficiency and peak shapes for organic acids
The Acclaim Organic Acid (OA) is a silica-based reversed-phase column designed for high-efficiency, high-throughput organic acids analysis.
It offers unparalleled performance for separating hydroxyl aliphatic and aromatic organic acids.
The Acclaim OA is the recommended column for determining small hydrophilic organic acids, C1 to C7 aliphatic acids, and hydrophilic aromatic
acid and is also valuable for the analysis and quality assurance of food and beverage products, pharmaceutical preparations, plating baths, and
manufacturing chemicals, chemical intermediates, and environmental samples.
Particle Size (µm)
3
5
Format
HPLC Column
Guard Cartridges
(2/pk)
HPLC Column
Length (mm)
150
10
2.1mm ID
070087
–
3.0mm ID
070086
071987
4.0mm ID
–
069700
150
250
–
–
–
–
062903
062902
Acclaim Guard Holder Ordering Guide
Columns for Analytical LC
Acclaim Organic Acid Ordering Guide
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Acclaim Organic Acid
Cat. No.
069580
069707
074188
Format
Acclaim SST Guard Cartridge Holder V-2
Acclaim Guard Kit (Holder and coupler) V-2
Guard to Analytical Column Coupler V-2
Hydrophilic organic acids
Column: Acclaim OA, 5μm, 4 × 250mm
0.025
Mobile phase:
AU
10
Temperature:
Flow rate:
Injection volume:
Detection:
Peaks:
2
1
3 4
567
8
12
9
11
0
0
5
10
Minutes
15
20011
100mM Na 2SO 4, pH 2.65
(adjusted with methanesulfonic acid)
30°C
0.6mL/min
5μL
UV, 210nm
1. Oxalic acid 15mg/L (ppm)
2. Tartaric acid 120
3. Formic acid 180
4. Malic acid 120
5. iso-Citric acid 120
6. Lactic acid 180
7. Acetic acid 120
8. Citric acid 120
9. Succinic acid 120
10. Fumaric acid 7
11. cis-Aconitic acid *
12. trans-Aconitic acid *
* 7ppm total for cis and trans isomers
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-093
LC Columns and Accessories
Acclaim Surfactant
Excellent performance for separating a broad range of surfactants
• Ideal selectivity for separation of anionic, nonionic, cationic and
amphoteric surfactants
• Excellent peak shapes, especially for cationic surfactants
• Compatible with highly aqueous mobile phases
• Improved resolution for ethoxylated surfactants
• Rugged separations under a variety of conditions
The Acclaim Surfactant columns are the first generation high-efficiency, silica-based columns designed specifically for separating a wide variety of
surfactants, including anionic, cationic, nonionic, and amphoteric surfactants using UV, ELSD or RI detection.
As a consequence of its novel chemistry, this column exhibits a unique polarity that provides significantly improved resolution for individual
oligomers of ethoxylated surfactants compared with conventional C18 columns.
Acclaim Surfactant columns are also resistant to dewetting under highly aqueous mobile phase conditions, and thus can be used to provide excellent
resolution between strongly hydrophilic compounds, such as isomers of xylene sulfonate.
Surfactants are widely used in industrial, agricultural, and pharmaceutical markets, in products as diverse as pesticides, detergents powders,
petroleum products, cosmetics, and pharmaceuticals. The Acclaim Surfactant column was designed specifically for HPLC separation
of these surfactants.
Acclaim Surfactant Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
3
5
Format
HPLC Column
Guard Cartridges
(2/pk)
HPLC Column
Length (mm)
150
10
2.1mm ID
070085
069693
3.0mm ID
070084
071991
4.6mm ID
–
069701
150
250
068123
–
–
–
063201
063203
4-094
Cat. No.
069580
069707
074188
Description
Acclaim SST Guard Cartridge Holder V-2
Acclaim Guard Kit (Holder and coupler) V-2
Guard to Analytical Column Coupler V-2
Inorganic anion, hydrotropes, cationic, nonionic, amphoteric, and anionic surfactants
Column:
Dimensions:
Mobile Phase:
6
5
10
mV
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Acclaim Guard Holder Ordering Guide
3
2
4
7
1
8
13
9
12
11
0
5
10
15
20
Minutes
25
14
30
35
22793
Acclaim Surfactant, 5µm
4.6 × 150mm
(A) CH 3 CN,
(B) 0.1 M NH 4 OAc, pH 5.4
Gradient:
25% to 85% A in 25min,
then hold 85% A for 10min
Temperature:
30°C
Flow Rate:
1mL/min
Inj. Volume:
25µL
Detection:
ELS detector
Peaks:
1. Chloride
2. Bromide
3. Nitrate
4. Xylene sulfonate
5. Laurylpyridinium chloride
6. Lauryldimethylbenzyl-ammonium chloride
7. Triton X-100
8. Cetyl betaine
9. Decyl sulfate
10. Dodecyl sulfate
11. C10 -LAS
12. C11-LAS
13. C12 -LAS
14. C13 -LAS
Column of Choice for Surfactant Analysis using Higher Sensitivity Detection:
Performance, Versatility, Throughput
• Ideal selectivity for simultaneous separation of anionic, nonionic, cationic,
and amphoteric surfactants
• Compatible with multiple detectors including MS, CAD, ELSD and UV
• Well suited for the determination of cationic surfactants
• High efficiency and fast analysis
• Rugged separations under a variety of conditions
Acclaim Surfactant Plus is a new generation of columns offering improved performance and higher throughput for analyzing surfactants. They have
similar selectivity to the Acclaim Surfactant columns, but have been designed with exceptionally low bleed for use with charged aerosol detectors
(CAD) and mass spectrometers (MS). These columns can be used to separate a wide variety of surfactants including anionic, cationic, nonionic and
amphoteric surfactants.
Cationic surfactants
10
1
Column:
Acclaim Surfactant Plus, 3μm
Dimensions:
System:
Mobile phases:
3.0 × 150 mm
ICS 3000
A: Acetonitrile
B: 100mM Formic acid
C: Water
µS
Gradient:
3
2
Time
(min)
-12
0
12
20
4
0
6
5
7
8
Peaks:
0
0
5
Minutes
10
%B
%C
5
5
40
40
5
5
5
5
90
90
55
55
Flow Rate:
Injection:
Temperature:
Detection:
Suppressor:
5
µS
%A
Columns for Analytical LC
Additionally, these columns can be used with evaporative light scattering detectors (ELSD), suppressed conductivity detectors (SCD), and UV-Vis
detectors (UV). They are resistant to dewetting under highly aqueous mobile phase conditions, and thus can be used to provide excellent resolution
between strongly hydrophilic compounds, such as isomers of xylene sulfonate. Non-metallic PEEK hardware is available for best compatibility with
Dionex ion chromatography systems.
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Acclaim Surfactant Plus
15
0.5 mL/min
5 μL
25°C
Conductivity with blank subtraction
CSRS300-2mm (external water
1.0 mL/min, current = 8 mA)
1. Tetrabutylammonium
2. Tetrapentylammonium
3. Tetrahexylammonium
4. Tetraheptylammonium
5. Decyl-trimethylammonium
6. Dodecyl-trimethylammonium
7. Tetradecyl-trimethylammonium
8. Hexadecyl-trimethylammonium
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-095
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
4-096
Acclaim Surfactant Plus Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
3
Format
HPLC Column
5
Guard Cartridges
(2/pk)
HPLC Column
Length (mm)
100
150
250
10
2.1mm
078955
078954
078953
078960
3.0 mm
078952
078951
–
078959
4.6 mm
–
078950
–
082773
4.0 mm PEEK
–
–
–
–
250
150
–
–
–
–
082767
082768
–
078956
Acclaim Guard Holder Ordering Guide
Description
Acclaim SST Guard Cartridge Holder V-2
Acclaim Guard Kit (Holder and coupler) V-2
Guard to Analytical Column Coupler V-2
Cat. No.
069580
069707
074188
The best solution for explosives analysis (EPA Method 8330)
• Both Acclaim E1 and E2 columns provide baseline resolution
of all 14 compounds targeted by EPA Method 8330
• E2 columns available in 2.2, 3 and 5μm particle size
• The E1 and E2 columns have mutually complementary selectivity
• Simple isocratic elution conditions
• Rugged columns with good lot-to-lot reproducibility
Acclaim Explosives E1 and E2 columns are specifically designed to resolve all 14 explosives listed in EPA SW-846 Method 8330: Nitroaromatics
and Nitramines by HPLC. The novel and unique chemistries of these columns provide superior resolution with complementary selectivities.
The Acclaim Explosives E1 is recommended for use as a direct replacement for ODS columns for the primary analysis. The Acclaim Explosives E2
may be used as either a primary or a confirmatory column. The unique selectivity and versatility of Acclaim Explosives E2 column provides
a wider application range, including the analysis of explosives beyond U.S. EPA Method 8330 (ISO22478).
4
3
1
2
Acclaim Explosives E1
5
6
7
8 9 10
11
12
13 14
AU
4
3
Acclaim Explosives E2
5
0
7
2
1
Column:
Eluent:
Temperature:
Flow Rate:
Inj. Volume:
Detection:
Peaks:
11
6 10
9
Column: 5µm, 4.6 x 250mm
12 13 14
18
9
8
27
36
45
Minutes
22787
5µm, 4.6 x 250mm
EPA 8330 mix, 50 ppm each
30 °C
1 mL/min
5µL
UV, 254nm
1. HMX
2. RDX
3. 1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene
4. 1,3-Dinitrobenzene
5. Nitrobenzene
6. Tetryl
7. 2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene
8. 4-Amino-2,6-Dinitrotoluene
9. 2-Amino-4,6-Dinitrotoluene
0. 2,6-Dinitrotoluene
11. 2,4-Dinitrotoluene
12. 2-Nitrotoluene
13. 4-Nitrotoluene
14. 3-Nitrotoluene
Columns for Analytical LC
Complimentary baseline separation of 14 target compounds listed in EPA SW-846 method 8330
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Acclaim Explosives
Rapid determination of EPA 8330A explosives
Column: Acclaim RSLC Explosives E2, 2.2µm
60
Dimension:
HPLC System:
Mobile Phases:
Flow Rate:
Injection Vol.:
Temperature:
Detection:
Sample:
4
3
mAU
5
2
1
9
6
7
Peaks:
8
10
11
12
13
14
0
0
2.5
5
Minutes
7.5
2.1 × 100mm
UltiMate 3000 RSLC HPG
Methanol:water 48:52 (v/v)
0.34mL/min (293 bar)
1µL
31°C
UV at 254nm, 10 Hz, 0.4 s resp. time
Calibration mix, 25µg/mL
in 50% acetontrile
1. HMX
8. 2,6-DNT
2. RDX
9. 2,4-DNT
3. 1,3,5-TNB
10. 2-NT
4. 3,5-DNB
11. 4-NT
5. NB
12. 3-NT
6. 2,4,6-TNT
13. 4-Am-2,6-DNT
7. Tetryl
14. 2-Am-4,6-DNT
10
28815
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-097
LC Columns and Accessories
Acclaim Explosives Ordering Guide
Acclaim Explosives E1 Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
5
Format
Guard Cartridges
(2/pk)
HPLC Column
Length (mm)
10
2.1mm ID
–
3.0mm ID
–
4.6mm ID
069702
250
–
–
064305
Length (mm)
100
150
150
250
10
2.1mm ID
076225
076226
070083
–
–
3.0mm ID
076227
–
070082
070081
071989
4.6mm ID
–
–
–
–
069703
250
–
–
064309
Acclaim Explosives E2 Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
2.2
Format
RSLC Column
3
HPLC Column
5
Guard Cartridges
(2/pk)
HPLC Column
Acclaim Guard Holder Ordering Guide
Description
Cat. No.
Acclaim SST Guard Cartridge Holder V-2
Acclaim Guard Kit (Holder and coupler) V-2
Guard to Analytical Column Coupler V-2
069580
069707
074188
Acclaim Explosives Kit Ordering Guide
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Description
E1 and E2 HPLC Columns (4.6 x 250mm)
E1 and E2 Guard Cartridges (4.6 x 10mm), pkg of 2
4-098
Cat. No.
064312
For Trace Analysis of Diquat and Paraquat
• Excellent resolution of diquat and paraquat
• Good peak shape
• Fast analysis
• LC/MS compatibility
• No ion-pairing reagent needed
• Easy to use
Acclaim Trinity Q1 columns are unique, high-efficiency, silica-based columns designed for the separation of the herbicides diquat and paraquat.
These herbicides are toxic and residues are monitored in drinking water, wastewater and agricultural products. The Acclaim Trinity Q1 column is a
tri-mode (WCX, WAX, RP), column based on Nano-polymer Silica Hybrid technology. It offers unmatched high-resolution and high-throughput trace
analysis of the herbicides diquat and paraquat by LC-MS/MS and LC-UV methods.
Diquat and paraquat
185/169
Paraquat: C-SRM
5.46E4
Mass Spectrometric Conditions
System:
MAX Quadrupole Mass Spectrometer
Interface:
Heated Electrospary Ionization
with HESI II probe
Spray Voltage:
1500 V
Vaporizer Temp:
400 ºC
Sheath Gas Pressure: 70
Aux Gas Pressure: 10
Capillary Temp:
350 ºC
Quantitation Mode: Selected Reaction Monitoring (SRM)
185/170
Paraquat-IS
Relative Abundance
5.47E4
193/178
Diquat: Q-SRM
9.67E5
Scan Events
Paraquat
Paraquat-d6
Diquat
Diquat-d3
183/157
Diquat: C-SRM
3.11E5
Precursor
185
193
183
186
Quantitative
SRM (CID)
169 (27)
178 (17)
157 (22)
158 (22)
Columns for Analytical LC
Chromatographic Conditions
System:
RSLC system
Column:
Acclaim Trinity Q1, 3µm
Column Temp:
Ambient
Mobile Phase:
25% Ammonium Acetate (100 mM,
pH 5.0); 75% Acetonitrile
Flow Rate:
0.5 mL/min
Injection:
Paraquat: Q-SRM
1.19E5
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Acclaim Trinity Q1
SRM (CID)
170 (17)
130 (31)
183/130
Diquat-IS
9.98E5
186/158
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
Time (min)
3.0
3.5
4.0
Acclaim Trinity Q1 Ordering Guide
Particle Size
3
5
HPLC Column
Guard Cartridges
(2/pk)
Length (mm)
50
10
3.0 mm ID
079716
079719
2.1 mm ID
079718
079720
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-099
LC Columns and Accessories
Acclaim Carbamate
Designed for baseline separation of carbamate pesticides
specified in US EPA Method 531.2
• Baseline separation of carbamate pesticides specified in US EPA Method 531.2
• Use with either LC/postcolumn derivatization/fluorescence or LC/MS detection
• Available in 2.2, 3 and 5μm particle size
• Compatible with both binary (methanol/water) and ternary (acetonitrile/methanol/water)
mobile phase gradients
• High-efficiency, extremely low column bleed, and rugged column packing
Acclaim Carbamate columns are designed for baseline separation of carbamates (N-methylcarbamate and N-methylcarbamoyloxime pesticides)
specified in US EPA Method 531.2. Carbamate pesticides are widely used throughout the world.
Drinking water and raw surface water is monitored for the presence of carbamate pesticides and related compounds using an established
EPA Method 531.2 that uses HPLC with postcolumn derivatization. LC-MS is the method of choice for the ultimate sensitivity.
Acclaim Carbamate Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
2.2
Format
RSLC Column
3
Guard Cartridges
(2/pk)
HPLC Column
HPLC Column
5
Length (mm)
100
150
10
2.1mm ID
075597
075596
072930
3.0mm ID
–
–
072929
4.6mm ID
–
–
072928
150
250
072927
–
072926
–
072925
072924
Acclaim Guard Holder Ordering Guide
Cat. No.
069580
069707
074188
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Description
Acclaim SST Guard Cartridge Holder V-2
Acclaim Guard Kit (Holder and coupler) V-2
Guard to Analytical Column Coupler V-2
4-100
Carbamate standard - spiked rice samples
4000
Column: Acclaim Carbamate, 3.0 × 150mm, 3μm
A
4
1
2
9
3
6
5
counts
10
7 8
11
12
1
-500
0
1.3
2.5
3.8
5
6.3
7.5
8.8
10
11.3
12.5
13.8
15
16
2000
12
B
counts
1 2 3 4
2
-300
0
1
2
3
4
A: without dispersive SPE
B: with dispersive SPE using PSA
5
6
7
8
Minutes
9
7 8
6
5
9
10
11
10
12
11
13
14
15
16
REF: 28175
Mobile Phase:
In Gradient:
Methanol–H 2 O
Methanol, -4.0–0.0 min, 14%;
2.0 min, 20%; 8.0 min, 40%;
13.6–16 min, 70%
Temperature:
50 ºC
Flow Rate:
0.9mL/min
Injection Volume:
250μL
Standard Concentration: 0.4μg/L for each component
Postcolumn Reagent 1: 0.2% NaOH, first reaction coil
at 100 ºC
Postcolumn Reagent 2: OPA regent, second reaction
coil at room temperature
Flow Rate of Reagents
1 and 2:
0.3mL/min
Fluorescence Detection: Excitation/330nm and
Emission/465nm
Peaks:
1. Aldicarb sulfoxide
2. Aldicarb sulfone
3. Oxamyl
4. Methomyl
5. 3-Hydroxy carbofuran
6. Aldicarb
7. Propoxur
8. Carbofuran
9. Carbaryl
10. 1-Naphthol
11. Methiocarb
12. BDMC (I.S.)
A silica-based, reversed-phase column designed specifically
for separating DNPH derivatives of aldehydes and ketones
• Ideal selectivity for baseline resolution of DNPH derivatives of aldehydes
and ketones regulated by various official methods, including EPA 554,
EPA 8315, EPA 1667, EPA TO-11, and CARB 1004
• High efficiency for UHPLC performance
• Rugged columns with good lot-to-lot reproducibility
• Proven robust methods
Acclaim Carbonyl C18 columns are silica-based reversed phase columns designed specifically for separating DNPH derivatives of aldehydes and
ketones. They exhibit superior resolution compared with other commercially available columns.
Acclaim Carbonyl C18 Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
2.2
Format
RSLC Column
3
HPLC Column
5
Guard Cartridge
(2/pk)
HPLC Column
Length (mm)
100
150
150
250
10
2.1mm ID
077972
077973
079011
–
079012
3.0mm ID
077974
–
079010
079009
079013
4.6mm ID
–
–
–
–
079014
150
250
–
–
–
–
079008
083214
Columns for Analytical LC
Aldehydes and ketones are common pollutants in air and water. The analytical difficulties that need to be overcome include their volatility,
their reactivity, and their modest UV absorption. The reaction with dinitrophenylhydrazine (DNPH) is a convenient means of trapping, stabilizing,
and tagging these substances. Several standard methods have been developed to apply this chemistry to various environmental situations.
Some of the better known ones include CARB 1004 for vehicle exhaust, EPA 554 for drinking water, EPA 1667 for pharmaceutical wastewater,
and EPA 8315 for general wastewater.
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Acclaim Carbonyl C18
DNPH aldehydes and ketones
300
8
1
9
Column: Acclaim Carbonyl RSLC, 2.2μm
Dimension: 2.1 × 150mm
10 11 12
7
6
2
5
3
mAU
4
EPA
554
13
14
15
16
17
19
CARB
1004
18
19
20
EPA
TO-11
0
0
5
10
Minutes
15
18
Mobile Phases: A: D.I. water
B: Acetonitrile
Gradient (min):
-4.5 0.0 8.3 15.0 18.0
%A 48 48 48 0
0
%B 52 52 52 100 100
Flow Rate:
0.400mL/min
Injection:
1μL
Temperature:
28°C
Detection:
UV at 360nm
(data collection rate at 25Hz)
Samples:
Calibration mixes diluted in methanol
Peaks:
1. Formaldehyde DNPH
2. Acetaldehyde DNPH
3. Propionaldehyde DNPH
4. Crotonaldehyde DNPH
5. Butyraldehyde DNPH
6. Cyclohexanone DNPH
7. Valeraldehyde DNPH
8. Hexanal DNPH
9. Heptanal DNPH
10. Octanal DNPH
11. Nonanal DNPH
12. Decanal DNPH
13. Acetone DNPH
14. Acrolein DNPH
15. Butanone DNPH
16. Methacrolein DNPH
17. Benzaldehyde DNPH
18. Isovaleraldehyde DNPH
19. Tolualdehyde DNPH
20. Xylylaldehyde DNPH
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-101
LC Columns and Accessories
Hypersil Green PAH
Specially tailored alkyl bonded silica with a high carbon loading, designed
specifically for the analysis of polyaromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs)
• Optimized for EPA Method 610
• Rapid analysis of 16 PAHs in 4 minutes using short, fast columns
• Available in 3µm and 5µm particle size and variety of column dimensions
Hypersil Green PAH Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
3
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
5
4-102
Format
Guard Cartridge
Length (mm)
10
HPLC Column
100
HPLC Column
150
Guard Cartridge
HPLC Column
10
100
150
250
ID (mm)
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
Cat. No.
31103-012101
31103-013001
31103-014001
31103-102130
31103-103030
31103-104630
31103-152130
31103-154630
31105-014001
31105-104630
31105-154630
31105-254630
Subscribe to our
chromatography channel on YouTube
www.youtube.com/chromatographyvideos
DVB polymer columns for combined ion exchange and reversed-phase separations
• Acid, base and solvent compatible, pH 0 to 14
• Ideal for the separation of high molecular weight organic acids
• Delivers optimal separation of very hydrophobic anions
• Delivers optimal separation of halogenated anions
• Provides simultaneous separation of neutral and ionic species
• Unique selectivity for polar and ionic organic analytes
• Delivers optimal separation of organic, hydrophobic, and halogenated cations
Thermo Scientific™ Dionex™ OmniPac™ PAX-100 columns are used to separate hydrophobic anionic
analytes such as larger organic acids. The Dionex OmniPac PAX-500 column simultaneously separates
anionic and neutral species. The Dionex OmniPac PCX-100 column separates low-molecular-weight
hydrophobic cations. The Dionex OmniPac PCX-500 column simultaneously separates cationic and neutral
species in a single run.
Dionex OmniPac Anion Exchange Ordering Guide
Description
PAX-100
Porosity
microporous
PAX-500
macroporous
Length (mm)
50
250
50
250
4.0mm ID
042151
042150
042153
042152
Length (mm)
50
250
50
250
4.0mm ID
042193
042189
042195
042191
Columns for Analytical LC
The Dionex OmniPac PAX- and PCX-100 and 500 are latex-based columns. Both PAX columns have
an ion exchange capacity of about 40 μeq per column, providing equivalent anion exchange separations.
The PCX columns have a capacity of approximately 120 μeq per column. The PAX- and PCX-500 columns
separate analytes through both ion exchange and reversed-phase mechanisms, due to their higher
reversed-phase capacity relative to the PAX- and PCX-100 columns.
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Dionex OmniPac
Dionex OmniPac Cation Exchange Ordering Guide
Description
PCX-100
Porosity
microporous
PCX-500
macroporous
Gradient separation of nitrogen-containing compounds
12
9
Column: Dionex OmniPac PCX-500 (4 × 250mm)
16
13
6,7
1
2
4,5
10
11
17
8
3
0
14 15
5
10
Minutes
Eluent: Acetonitrile/Sodium Chloride/Hydrochloric Acid Gradient
Flow Rate:
1.0mL/min
Detection:
UV, 254nm
Peaks:
1. Orotic Acid
2. 4-Hydroxybenzamide
3. Luminol Impurity
4. Luminol
5. Pyridine
6. PABA
7. 2,2’-Bipyridine
8. p-Phenylenediamine
9. Naphthylamine
10. Nitrobenzoic Acid
11. Tribenzylamine
15
12. p-Nitroaniline
5410
13. 2,4-Dinitroaniline
14. Dibenzylamine
15. N-Methyl-N-nitrosoaniline
16. 4-Chloro-2-nitroaniline
17. 2,6-Dichloro-4-nitroaniline
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-103
LC Columns and Accessories
Gradient separation of inositol mono-, di-, tri-, and tetraphosphates
Column: Dionex OmniPac PAX-100 (4 x 250mm)
8
6
1
3
4
2
0
10
20
9
10
7
5
30
40
50
60
5678
Minutes
Eluent: Isopropanol / Sodium Hydroxide Gradient
Flow Rate:
1.0mL/min
Detection:
Suppressed Conductivity
(Baseline Subtracted)
Peaks:
1. Ins (2) P
2. Ins (1) P
3. Ins (4) P
4. Ins (1,4) P2
5. Ins (2,4) P2
6. Ins (4,5) P2
7. Ins (1,3,4) P3
8. Ins (1,4,5) P3
9. Ins (2,4,5) P3
10. Ins (1,4,5,6) P4
Dionex IonPac NS1 and NS2
Polymeric Reversed-Phase Column Ideal for the Separation
of Hydrophobic, Ionizable Compounds
The Thermo Scientific™ Dionex™ IonPac™ NS1-10μm and NS1-5μm columns are packed with a neutral, macroporous,
high-surface-area, ethylvinylbenzene polymer crosslinked with 55% divinylbenzene. This resin makes the NS1 resistant
to solvents, acids, and bases, and permits the use of eluent from pH 0 to 14. The Dionex IonPac NS1 column is the
column of choice for routine ion pair chromatography.
IonPac NS2 is a silica-based column for mobile-phase ion chromatography (MPIC) applications using eluents containing
trifluoroacetic acid (TFA), heptafluorobutyric acid (HFBA), or tetrabutylammonium borate (TBAB). It provides high
performance analysis for hydrophobic amines and hydrophobic acids using suppressed conductivity detection.
• Excellent resolution
• Good peak shape
• Ideal for separation of large molecules that carry localized charges, such as surfactants
• Compatible with acids, bases, and solvent from pH 0 to 14
• Can also be used for traditional polymeric reversed-phase applications
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
• Utilize ion-pair chromatography for difficult separations
4-104
Dionex IonPac NS1 and NS2 Ordering Guide
Description
IonPac NS1
Particle Size (µm)
5
10
IonPac NS2
5
Format
HPLC Column
Guard Column
HPLC Column
Guard Column
HPLC Column
Length (mm)
150
35
250
35
150
250
2.0mm ID
–
SP4356
SP4354
–
–
–
4.0mm ID
039568
039567
035321
SP6907
SP6906
SP6905
A good choice for robust, general-purpose columns
Hypersil BDS Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
2.4
Format
Drop-in Guard
(4/pk)
Length (mm)
10
50
100
150
3
Drop-in Guard
(4/pk)
10
HPLC Column
30
50
150
5
Drop-in Guard
(4/pk)
10
HPLC Column
50
100
125
150
250
Format
UNIGUARD Guard
Cartridge Holder
Length (mm)
10
C18
28102-012101
28102-014001
28102-052130
28102-054630
28102-102130
28102-104630
28102-152130
28102-154630
28103-012101
28103-013001
28103-014001
28103-032130
28103-052130
28103-053030
28103-054630
28103-102130
28103-103030
28103-104030
28103-104630
28103-152130
28103-153030
28103-154030
28103-154630
28105-012101
28105-013001
28105-014001
28105-052130
28105-053030
28105-054630
28105-102130
28105-103030
28105-104030
28105-104630
28105-123030
28105-124030
28105-124630
28105-152130
28105-153030
28105-154030
28105-154630
28105-252130
28105-253030
28105-254030
28105-254630
ID (mm)
1.0
2.1
3.0
4.0/4.6
Cat. No.
851-00
852-00
852-00
850-00
C8
28202-012101
28202-014001
28202-052130
28202-054630
28202-102130
28202-104630
28202-152130
28202-154630
28203-012101
28203-013001
28203-014001
–
28203-052130
–
28203-054630
–
–
–
28203-104630
–
28203-153030
–
28203-154630
28205-012101
28205-013001
28205-014001
28205-052130
28205-053030
28205-054630
28205-102130
–
–
28205-104630
–
–
–
–
–
28205-154030
28205-154630
–
–
28205-254030
28205-254630
Phenyl
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
28903-012101
–
28903-014001
–
28903-052130
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
28903-154630
–
–
28905-014001
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
28905-154630
–
–
28905-254030
28905-254630
CN
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
28803-012101
–
28803-014001
–
28803-052130
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
28803-154630
–
–
28805-014001
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
28805-154630
–
–
–
28805-254630
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Columns for Analytical LC
100
ID (mm)
2.1
4.0/4.6
2.1
4.6
2.1
4.6
2.1
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.0/4.6
2.1
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.0/4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.0
4.6
3.0
4.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.0
4.6
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Hypersil BDS
4-105
LC Columns and Accessories
Hypersil Classical
A global standard for many existing methods
Hypersil ODS Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
3
Format
Drop-in Guard (4/pk)
Length (mm)
10
HPLC Column
50
100
125
150
250
5
Drop-in Guard (4/pk)
10
HPLC Column
50
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
100
4-106
125
150
200
250
ID (mm)
2.1
3.0
4.0/4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.0
4.6
2.1
4.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.0/4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.0
4.6
2.1
4.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.0
4.6
Cat. No.
30103-012101
30103-013001
30103-014001
30103-052130
30103-053030
30103-054630
30103-102130
30103-103030
30103-104030
30103-104630
30103-122130
30103-124030
30103-124630
30103-152130
30103-153030
30103-154030
30103-154630
30103-252130
30103-253030
30103-254030
30103-254630
30105-012101
30105-013001
30105-014001
30105-052130
30105-053030
30105-054630
30105-102130
30105-103030
30105-104030
30105-104630
30105-122130
30105-123030
30105-124030
30105-124630
30105-152130
30105-153030
30105-154030
30105-154630
30105-202130
30105-204030
30105-204630
30105-252130
30105-253030
30105-254030
30105-254630
Particle Size (µm)
3
Format
Drop-in Guard (4/pk)
HPLC Column
5
Drop-in Guard (4/pk)
HPLC Column
Cat. No.
31603-014001
31603-054630
31603-104030
31603-104630
31603-154630
31605-014001
31605-054630
31605-104630
31605-154630
31605-254030
31605-254630
Length (mm)
10
50
100
150
250
ID (mm)
4.0/4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.0
4.6
Cat. No.
30205-014001
30205-054630
30205-104630
30205-154630
30205-254030
30205-254630
Length (mm)
10
150
250
ID (mm)
4.0/4.6
4.6
4.0
4.6
Cat. No.
30305-014001
30305-154630
30305-254030
30305-254630
Length (mm)
10
150
250
ID (mm)
4.0/4.6
4.6
4.6
Cat. No.
30505-014001
30505-154630
30505-254630
150
10
50
100
150
250
Hypersil MOS (C8) Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
5
Format
Drop-in Guard (4/pk)
HPLC Column
Hypersil MOS-2 (C8) Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
5
Format
Drop-in Guard (4/pk)
HPLC Column
Columns for Analytical LC
ID (mm)
4.0/4.6
4.6
4.0
4.6
4.6
4.0/4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.0
4.6
Length (mm)
10
50
100
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Hypersil ODS-2 Ordering Guide
Hypersil SAS (C1) Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
5
Format
Drop-in Guard (4/pk)
HPLC Column
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-107
LC Columns and Accessories
Hypersil Classical continued
Hypersil Phenyl Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
5
Length (mm)
10
50
100
150
250
ID (mm)
4.0/4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.0
4.6
Cat. No.
30905-014001
30905-054630
30905-104630
30905-154630
30905-254030
30905-254630
Length (mm)
10
150
250
ID (mm)
4.0/4.6
4.6
4.6
Cat. No.
31905-014001
31905-154630
31905-254630
Length (mm)
10
150
10
150
250
ID (mm)
4.0/4.6
4.6
4.0/4.6
4.6
4.0
4.6
Cat. No.
30803-014001
30803-154630
30805-014001
30805-154630
30805-254030
30805-254630
Length (mm)
10
150
250
ID (mm)
4.0/4.6
4.6
4.6
Cat. No.
31905-014001
31905-154630
31905-254630
Format
Drop-in Guard (4/pk)
Length (mm)
10
HPLC Column
50
ID (mm)
2.1
4.0/4.6
2.1
4.6
2.1
2.1
4.6
3.0
4.0/4.6
3.0
4.6
4.6
4.0
4.6
Cat. No.
30703-012101
30703-014001
30703-052130
30703-054630
30703-102130
30703-152130
30703-154630
30705-013001
30705-014001
30705-103030
30705-104630
30705-154630
30705-254030
30705-254630
Format
Drop-in Guard (4/pk)
HPLC Column
Hypersil Phenyl-2 Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
5
Format
Drop-in Guard (4/pk)
HPLC Column
Hypersil CPS Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
3
5
Format
Drop-in Guard (4/pk)
HPLC Column
Drop-in Guard (4/pk)
HPLC Column
Hypersil CPS-2 Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
5
Format
Drop-in Guard (4/pk)
HPLC Column
Hypersil APS-2 Ordering Guide
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Particle Size (µm)
3
4-108
100
150
5
Drop-in Guard (4/pk)
10
HPLC Column
100
150
250
Particle Size (µm)
3
5
Format
Drop-in Guard (4/pk)
Length (mm)
10
HPLC Column
50
Drop-in Guard (4/pk)
150
10
HPLC Column
50
100
150
250
Cat. No.
30003-012101
30003-013001
30003-014001
30003-052130
30003-053030
30003-054630
30003-154630
30005-013001
30005-014001
30005-054630
30005-104630
30005-154630
30005-254030
30005-254630
ID (mm)
2.1
3.0
4.0/4.6
2.1
4.6
3.0
4.6
Cat. No.
34105-012101
34105-013001
34105-014001
34105-052130
34105-154630
34105-253030
34105-254630
Hypersil SAX Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
5
Format
Drop-in Guard (4/pk)
Length (mm)
10
HPLC Column
50
150
250
Columns for Analytical LC
ID (mm)
2.1
3.0
4.0/4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
4.6
3.0
4.0/4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.0
4.6
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Hypersil Silica Ordering Guide
Other HPLC Columns
Aquasil HPLC Columns
Thermo Scientific™ Aquasil™ HPLC Columns are available in limited dimensions. Please contact Customer Service for more details.
BetaBasic HPLC Columns
Thermo Scientific™ BetaBasic™ HPLC Columns are available in limited dimensions. Please contact Customer Service for more
details.
BETASIL HPLC Columns
Thermo Scientific™ BETASIL™ HPLC Columns are available in limited dimensions. Please contact Customer Service for more details.
HyPurity HPLC Columns
Thermo Scientific™ HyPurity™ HPLC Columns are available in limited dimensions. Please contact Customer Service for more details.
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-109
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific LC Columns for Biomolecules
The diversity of biological samples in terms of compound structure and properties
coupled with matrix complexity demands a range of sample separation modes, column
chemistries, column configurations and detection techniques for their effective
characterization. Thermo Scientific addresses these needs with a range of silica
and polymeric columns specifically designed to handle the unique rigors of the analysis
of proteins, peptides, oligonucleotides and other biomolecules.
Columns for proteins
Reversed Phase
Thermo Scientific™ BioBasic™ reversed-phase
columns provide superior chromatography
because the extra dense bonding chemistry
used for these packings produce a highly stable,
reproducible surface for reliable results. BioBasic
reversed phase packings are available in C18, C8
and C4, chemistries.
Acclaim 300 C18 features 3μm silica particles
for rapid analysis of complex protein digests.
Compared to 5μm column packings, the smaller
particles support increased flow rates and
shallower gradients on shorter columns,
for faster separation analysis.
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Thermo Scientific™ ProSwift™ RP monolith
columns uniquely provide the advantages of
high resolution at exceptionally high flow rates
for fast protein separation analysis.
4-110
Ion Exchange
Thermo Scientific™ ProPac™ and Thermo
Scientific™ MAbPac™ ion exchange columns are
based on a pellicular nonporous core particles
providing exceptionally high resolution and efficiency
for separations of protein variants, resolving
isoforms that differ by a single charged residue.
A hydrophilic layer prevents unwanted secondary
interactions, and a grafted cation exchange
surface provides pH-based selectivity control
and fast mass transfer for high-efficiency separation
and moderate capacity. ProPac WCX and
MAbPac SCX columns are specifically
developed for monoclonal separation and
analytical characterization. Applications
include protein variants in a variety of
matrices, such as biopharmaceuticals and
diary products. MAbPac columns are
specifically designed for the analysis of
monoclonal antibody variants.
BioBasic AX and BioBasic SCX ion exchange
columns demonstrate superior reproducibility,
both column-to-column and batch-to-batch
because the 5μm, 300Å silica provides high
efficiency. Both phases provide superior
performance for proteins, peptides and nucleic
acids using protein friendly ion exchange conditions.
ProSwift ion exchange monoliths provide an
excellent alternative to porous or non porous
ion exchange media. They offer increased
loading capacity compared to pellicular phases
combined with excellent resolution compared
to traditional porous ion exchange media.
Size Exclusion
BioBasic SEC columns, based on silica with a
proprietary polymeric coating, offer the mechanical
stability of silica-based size exclusion columns
with higher efficiencies than that of polymerbased columns. Four pore sizes (60Å, 120Å, 300Å,
1000Å) are available, making them ideal for
molecular weight determination of peptides, proteins
and water soluble polymers. They can also be
used for sample clean-up prior to other analyses.
MAbPac SEC-1 (300Å 5µm silica) is a size
exclusion chromatography (SEC) column
specifically designed for separation and
characterization of monoclonal antibodies (MAb)
and their aggregates, as well as the analysis of
Fab and Fc fragments resulting from proteolysis.
Hydrophobic Interaction
The ProPac HIC-10 column is a high-resolution,
high-capacity, 300Å, 5µm silica-based HIC column
that provides excellent high resolution separations
of proteins and variants for analytical and
preparative applications. ProPac HIC columns
provide exceptional hydrolytic stability under
the highly aqueous conditions used in HIC.
Affinity
The MAbPac Protein A column is a unique nonporous polymeric column designed for fast,
accurate determination of monoclonal antibody
titer analysis from harvest cell culture. The ProPac
IMAC-10 is a high-resolution analytical and
semipreparative column for separation of
proteins and peptides by immobilized metal affinity
chromatography. It is packed with 10μm, nonporous,
polymeric beads coated with a hydrophilic
layer, then grafted with poly(IDA) chains.
The ProSwift ConA-1S affinity monolith column
is unsurpassed for fast, highly efficient enrichment
and purification of Concanavalin A (Con A) binding
glycans, glycopeptides, and glycoproteins
containing high-mannose regions.
Columns for oligonucleotides
Thermo Scientific™ DNAPac™ strong anion
exchange columns provide industry-leading
resolution for analysis and purification of
synthetic oligonucleotides. DNAPac columns
can resolve full length oligonucleotides from
n–1, n+1, and other failure sequences not
possible with other columns.
Thermo Scientific™ DNASwift™ a strong anion
exchange monolith column that provides
exceptionally high oligonucleotide purity. This
semipreparative column incorporates the high
resolution and selectivity of the DNAPac
column, with increased loading capacity.
Columns for carbohydrates
Thermo Scientific™ GlycanPac™ AXH-1 and
AXR-1 columns are HPLC columns designed
for the simultaneous separation of glycans
by charge, size and polarity. Separating either
flourescently labeled or native glycans.
Nano, capillary and micro columns
Thermo Scientific™ Acclaim™ PepMap™ and
PepMap RSLC columns are specially designed for
high-resolution analyses of tryptic, natural, and
synthetic peptides. The columns are often
applied for LC-MS/MS peptide mapping for
protein identification, biomarker discovery, and
systems biology. Due to their high loading
capacity, the columns are exceptionally suitable
for the analysis of low abundant peptides in
complex proteomics samples. Acclaim PepMap
Trap columns are typically applied for the
desalting and preconcentration of peptides
before LC separation with MS detection.
The columns are designed to provide the highest
efficiencies for one dimensional peptide
mapping experiments and 2D-LC analyses.
Thermo Scientific™ PepSwift™ monolithic
columns are specially designed for fast
separation and identification of proteins
and peptides using nano and capillary LC
coupled to MS.
Using highly pure chromatographic media and
biocompatible, metal-free fused silica capillaries,
Thermo Scientific™ EASY-Column™ capillary LC
columns are produced with a focus on design
simplicity and strict quality control. As a result,
they deliver outstanding chromatographic
performance on any nano LC system.
Thermo Scientific™ EASY-Spray™ columns
provide a fully integrated and temperature
controlled combined column-emitter design
with only a single nanoViper connection
between the LC and the MS ion source. This
dead volume reduction is a critical component
in helping to deliver state of the art
performance with ease of use.
Bio Columns Selection Guide
Mode of Analysis
Recommended Column
BioBasic SEC
4-139
MAbPac SEC-1
4-129
BioBasic AX
4-141
ProPac SCX-10, WCX-10, SAX-10, WAX-10, SCX-20
4-116
MAbPac SCX-10, MAbPac SCX-10 RS
4-127
ProSwift IEX
4-123
BioBasic 18, 8, 4
4-140
Acclaim 300 C18
4-142
Accucore 150-C18, 150-C4
4-144
ProSwift RP
4-124
ProPac HIC-10
4-121
MAbPac Protein A
4-126
ProPac IMAC-10
4-122
ProSwift ConA-1S
4-125
Acclaim PepMap
4-149
PepSwift
4-154
EASY-Column
4-155
EASY-Spray Columns
4-153
BioBasic 18, 8, 4
4-140
Acclaim 300
4-142
Preparative
BioBasic
Inquire
Amino Acids
(derivatized)
Ion Exchange
AminoPac PA10
Inquire
Reversed phase
Hypersil GOLD
4-026
Amino Acids
(underivatized)
Ion Exchange
AminoPac PA10
Inquire
Reversed phase
Hypercarb
4-084
Anion Exchange
Polar retention
BioBasic AX
4-141
Hypercarb
4-084
BioBasic AX
4-141
DNAPac PA100, PA200, PA200 RS
4-134
DNASwift
4-137
Ligand Exchange
HyperREZ XP
4-056
Ion Exchange
CarboPac
Inquire
Mixed Mode
GlycanPac AXH-1
4-032
Acclaim HILIC
4-067
Hypersil GOLD HILIC
4-037
Syncronis HILIC
4-081
Accucore 150-Amide-HILIC
4-146
Hypercarb
4-084
Size Exclusion
Ion Exchange
Monoclonal
antibodies and
Proteins
Reversed Phase
Hydrophobic Interaction
Affinity
Proteomics
Peptides
Analytical
Nucleotides
Oligonucleotides
Ion Exchange
Carbohydrates
HILIC
Polar retention
View product information
and application notes
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Columns for Biomolecules
Analyte
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Columns for proteomics
4-111
LC Columns and Accessories
HPLC Phases for Biomolecules
Silica-based Reversed Phase and Ion Exchange Phases
Phase
Particle Type
Acclaim Phase
300 C18
Spherical, fully porous silica
Acclaim PepMap Phases
100 C18
Spherical, fully porous silica
300 C18
Spherical, fully porous silica
100 C8
Spherical, fully porous silica
300 C4
Spherical, fully porous silica
Accucore Phases
150-C18
Spherical, solid core silica
150-C4
Spherical, solid core silica
150-Amide-HILIC
Spherical, solid core silica
BioBasic Phases
18
Spherical, fully porous silica
8
Spherical, fully porous silica
4
Spherical, fully porous silica
AX
Spherical, fully porous silica
SCX
Spherical, fully porous silica
Particle Size
(µm)
Pore
Nominal Surface %
Endcapping
Carbon
Size (Å) Area (m2/g)
USP
Code
Phase
Code
Page
3
300
100
8
Yes
L1
–
4-142
2, 3, 5
5
3, 5
5
100
300
100
300
300
100
300
300
15
9
9
3
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
L1
L1
L7
L26
–
–
–
–
4-149
4-149
4-149
4-149
2.6
2.6
2.6
150
150
150
80
80
80
7
2
–
Yes
Yes
–
L1
L26
–
161
165
167
4-144
4-145
4-146
5
5
5
5
5
300
300
300
300
300
100
100
100
100
100
9
5
4
3
3
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
L1
L7
L26
–
L52
721
722
723
731
733
4-140
4-140
4-140
4-141
4-141
Columns for Protein Separations
Silica-based Size Exclusion Chromatography Phases
Phase
SEC Type
BioBasic Phases
SEC 60
Aqueous
SEC 120
Aqueous
SEC 300
Aqueous
SEC 1000
Aqueous
Particle Type
Particle Size
(µm)
Pore
Exclusion Limit
Size (Å) Operating Range (kDa)
USP
Code
Phase
Code
Page
Spherical, fully porous silica
Spherical, fully porous silica
Spherical, fully porous silica
Spherical, fully porous silica
5
5
5
5
60
120
300
1000
–
L33
L33, L59
L33
733
734
735
736
4-139
4-139
4-139
4-139
0.1 – 6
0.1 – 50
1 – 500
20 – 4000
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Silica-based Hydrophobic Interaction Chromatography Phases
4-112
Column
Phase
Target Applications
ProPac
HIC-10
Hydrophobic High resolution
Interaction separations of
proteins and
protein variants
Base Matrix
Particle Pore
Nominal Surface
Material
Size (µm) Size (Å) Area (m2/g)
Spherical, porous 5
300
100
ultrapure silica
with amide/ethyl
surface chemistry
Breakthrough
Capacity
340mg lysozyme
per 7.8 x 75mm
column
Search our database of
thousands of applications
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Solvent
pH
Compatibility
Range
Ammonium
2.5-7.5
sulfate/phosphate
salts, organic
solvent for cleanup
Phase
ProPac
WCX-10
Weak
Cation
Exchange
ProPac
SCX-10
Strong
Cation
Exchange
ProPac
SCX-20
Strong
Cation
Exchange
ProPac
WAX-10
Weak
Anion
Exchange
ProPac
SAX-10
Strong
Anion
Exchange
ProSwift Reversed
RP-1S
Phase
ProSwift Reversed
RP-2H
Phase
ProSwift Reversed
RP-3U
Phase
ProSwift Reversed
RP-4H
Phase
ProSwift Strong
SAX-1S Anion
Exchange
ProSwift Strong
SCX-1S
Cation
Exchange
ProSwift Weak
WAX-1S Anion
Exchange
ProSwift Weak
WCX-1S Cation
Exchange
Target
Applications
High resolution
separations of
proteins and protein
variants
Base Matrix
Material
Ethylvinylbenzene
cross linked with
55% divinylbenzene
10µm nonporous
particles
High resolution
Ethylvinylbenzene
separations of
cross linked with
proteins and protein 55% divinylbenzene
variants
10µm nonporous
particles
High Resolution
Divinlybenzene
separations of
10μm nonporous
proteins and protein particles
variants
High resolution
Ethylvinylbenzene
separations of
cross linked with
proteins and protein 55% divinylbenzene
variants
10μm nonporous
particles
High resolution
Ethylvinylbenzene
separations of
cross linked with
proteins and protein 55% divinylbenzene
variants
10µm nonporous
particles
Fast protein analysis Monolith;
with high resolution polystyreneof large peptides to divinylbenzene
medium proteins
Fast protein analysis Monolith;
with high resolution polystyreneover a wide size range divinylbenzene
Fast protein analysis Monolith;
with high resolution polystyrenedivinylbenzene
of large proteins
Fast protein analysis Monolith;
with high resolution polystyrenedivinylbenzene
Fast protein analysis Monolith;
with high resolution polymethacrylate
Functional
Groups
Carboxylate
Breakthrough
Capacity
6mg/mL
lysozyme
Recommended
Flow Rate
0.2-2.0
mL/min
Sulfonate
3mg/mL
lysozyme
0.2-2.0
mL/min
Sulfonic
20μg/mL
Dynamic
capacity
0.2-2.0
mL/min
Tertiary
amine
5mg/mL BSA
Quaternary
ammonium
Solvent
Compatibility
80% ACN,
acetone.
Incompatable
with alcohols
and MeOH
80% ACN,
acetone,
MeOH
Maximum
pH
Backpressure Range
3000psi
2.0-12
(21 MPa)
3000psi
(21 MPa)
2.0-12
50%
acetonitrile
3000psi
(21 MPa)
2.0-12
0.2-2.0
mL/min
80% ACN,
acetone,
MeOH,
3000psi
(21 MPa)
2.0-12
15mg/mL
BSA
0.2-2.0
mL/min
80% ACN,
acetone,
MeOH
3000psi
(21 MPa)
2.0-12
Phenyl
5.5mg/mL
Insulin
2.0-4 .0
mL/min
Most common 2800psi
organic
(19.2 MPa)
solvents
1.0-14
Phenyl
1.0mg/mL
Lysozyme
1.0-10
mL/min
2800psi
(19.3 MPa)
1.0-14
Phenyl
0.5mg/mL
Lysozyme
1.0-16
mL/min
2800psi
(19.3 MPa)
1.0-14
Phenyl
2.3mg/mL
Lysozyme
0.1-0.3
mL/min
1500psi
1.0-14
Quaternary
amine
18mg/mL
BSA
Most common
organic
solvents
Most common
organic
solvents
Most common
organic
Solvents
Most common
organic
solvents
2.0-12
Fast protein analysis Monolith;
with high resolution polymethacrylate
Sulfonic
acid
30mg/mL
Lysozyme
Fast protein analysis Monolith;
with high resolution polymethacrylate
Tertiary
amine
(DEAE)
18mg/mL
BSA
Fast protein analysis Monolith;
with high resolution polymethacrylate
Carboxylic
acid
23mg/mL
Lysozyme
>60mg
lysozyme/mL
gel
(4 x 250mm)
1000psi
(4.6mm)
2000psi
(1.0mm)
Most common 1000psi
0.5-1.5
(4.6mm)
organic
mL/min
solvents
(4.6mm)
Most common 1000psi
0.5-1.5
(4.6mm)
mL/min
organic
2000psi
solvents
(4.6mm)
(1.0mm)
0.5-1.5mL/min Most common 1000psi
(4.6mm),
organic
(4.6mm)
2000psi
solvents
0.05-0.20
(1.0mm)
1.0mL/min
EtOH, urea,
3000psi
NaCl, non-ionic (21MPa)
detergents,
glycerol,
acetic acid,
guanidine HCl
0-1.0mL/min Up to 10%
2000psi
methanol
ProPac
Immobilized High resolution
separation of
IMAC-10 Metal
Affinity
certain metalbinding proteins
and peptides
Polystyrene
divinylbenzene
10μm nonporous
particles
Poly (IDA)
grafts
ProSwift Affinity
ConA-1S
Monolith;
polymethacrylate
Concanavalin 12-16mg of
A ligands
protein
Concanavalin A
binding (highmannose) glycans,
glycopeptides
and proteins
0.5-1.5
(4.6mm)
Columns for Biomolecules
Column
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Polymeric Ion Exchange, Reversed Phase and Affinity Columns
2.0-12
2.0-12
2.0-12
2.0-12
5.0-8
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-113
LC Columns and Accessories
Columns for Monoclonal Antibody Separations
Polymeric Ion Exchange Columns
Phase
IEX Type
MAbPac Strong cation
SCX-10 exchange
(sulfonic)
ProPac
WCX-10
Particle
Size (μm)
Polymeric, Highly 3, 5, 10
crosslinked DVB
Pore Size
(Å)
non-porous
Polymeric,
Non-porous DVB
non-porous
Particle Type
Weak cation
exchange
(carboxylate)
10
Dynamic
Capacity
MAbPac
SCX-10
PEEK
3µm:
60µg/mL
5µm:
40µg/mL
10µm:
20µg/mL
MAbPac
SCX-10 RS
5µm:
40 µg/mL
6mg/mL
Recommended
Flow Rate
0.2-2.0mL/min
(Depending on
the particle size
and column
pressure limits)
Solvent
Compatibility
50%
Acetonitrile
Maximum
pH
Page
Backpressure Range
3000psi
2.0-12 4-127
(21MPa)
RS columns
7000psi
0.2-2.0mL/min
80% ACN,
3000psi
acetone.
(21MPa)
Incompatible
with alcohols
including
methanol
2.0-12
Silica-based Size Exclusion Chromatography Columns
Phase
SEC Type
Particle Type
Particle Size (μm)
Pore Size (Å)
MAbPac SEC-1
Aqueous
Spherical, fully
porous silica
5
300
Exclusion Limit Operating
Range (kDa)
1-500
USP Code
Page
L33, L59
4-129
Affinity Columns
Phase
Affinity ligand Particle Type
MAbPac Protein A
Protein A
Polymeric
Particle
Size (μm)
12
Pore Size
(Å)
non-porous
Recommended
Flow Rate
< 2.5
Capacity
100µg
IgG/
column
Maximum
temperature
30
Maximum
pH
Backpressure Range
1000
2.5-7.5
Page
4-126
Columns for Carbohydrate Separations
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Polymeric Ligand Exchange Columns
4-114
Phase
Particle Type
HyperREZ XP Phases
Spherical, polymer
Carbohydrate H +
Carbohydrate Pb2+ Spherical, polymer
Carbohydrate Ca2+ Spherical, polymer
Carbohydrate Na+ Spherical, polymer
Organic Acid
Spherical, polymer
Sugar Alcohol
Spherical, polymer
Particle Size
(µm)
Pore
Nominal Surface %
Endcapping
Carbon
Size (Å) Area (m2/g)
USP
Code
Phase
Code
Page
8
8
8
10
8
8
–
–
–
–
–
–
L17
L34
L19
–
L17
L19
690
691
692
693
696
697
4-156
4-156
4-156
4-156
4-156
4-156
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Silica-based HILIC and Mixed-Mode Columns
Phase
Particle Type
GlycanPac Phases
AXH-1
Spherical, fully porous silica
AXH-1
Spherical, fully porous silica
Accucore Phase
150-Amide-HILIC
Spherical, solid core silica
Particle Size
(µm)
Pore
Nominal Surface %
Endcapping
Carbon
Size (Å) Area (m2/g)
USP
Code
Phase
Code
Page
1.9
3
175
120
220
300
-
Yes
Yes
-
-
4-132
4-132
2.6
150
80
-
-
-
167
4-156
Phase
Particle Size
(µm)
Particle Type
ProSwift Phases
ConA-1S
Concanavalin A binding (high
"Monolith;
mannose) glycans, glycopeptides
and proteins
Pore
Nominal Surface %
Endcapping
Carbon
Size (Å) Area (m2/g)
USP
Code
Phase
Code
Page
175
-
-
4-125
220
-
Yes
5%
40µeq
Hydroxide or 1.5mL/min
sodium and
lithium salts
of Chloride or
Perchlorate
0-100%
4000psi
(28MPa)
2-12.5
55%
5%
40µeq
Hydroxide,
1.2mL/min
acetate/ or
sodium and
lithium salts
of Chloride or
Perchlorate
0-100%
4000psi
(28MPa)
2-12.5
55%
5%
40µeq
0-100%
10,000
psi
(69MPa)
2-12.5
70%
3%
8mg,
of a 20 mer
oligonucleotide
Hydroxide,
1.3mL/min
acetate/
hydroxide or
sodium and
lithium salts
of Chloride or
Perchlorate
NaClO4 and 0.5-2.5mL
NaCl
Most
Common
Organic
Solvents
1500psi,
10MPa
6.0-12.4
pH Range
Maximum
Backpressure
Recommended
Flow Rate
Recommended
Eluents
55%
Capacity
Base Matrix
Material
Solvent
Compatibility
DNASwift
Latex
Crosslinking
DNAPac
PA200
RS
13µm diameter
nonporous substrate
agglomerated with
alkyl quaternary
ammonium
functionalized latex
100nm MicroBeads
Improved high
8µm diameter
resolution
nonporous substrate
separations of
agglomerated with
single and double alkyl quaternary
stranded DNA or
ammonium
RNA orthogonal to functionalized latex
DNAPac PA100
130nm MicroBeads
UHPLC-resolution 4µm diameter
separations of
nonporous substrate
single and double agglomerated with
stranded DNA or
alkyl quaternary
RNA Best
ammonium
available
functionalized latex
resolution
130nm MicroBeads
High resolution
Monolith;
separations for
polymethacrylate
purification of
substrate agglomerated
oligonucleotides
with quaternary amine
Highest
functionalized latex
latex-based
capacity
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Columns for Biomolecules
DNAPac
PA200
High resolution
separations of
single and double
stranded DNA or
RNA
oligonucleotides
Substrate
Crosslinking
DNAPac
PA100
Target
Applications
Column
Columns for Oligonucleotide Separations
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Monolithic Affinity Columns
4-115
LC Columns and Accessories
ProPac WCX-10 and SCX-10
Weak and strong cation exchange columns are based on a nonporous core particle
providing exceptionally high resolution and efficiency for separations of protein variants
• Characterization and quality control assessment of monoclonal antibodies and other proteins
• Unequalled high resolution separations
• High-efficiency peaks
• Unmatched column-to-column and lot-to-lot reproducibility
• Useful for characterization of related protein variants including deamidation and MAb lysine
truncation variants
• ProPac WCX-10 is a weak cation exchanger with a carboxylate functional groups
• ProPac SCX-10 is a strong cation exchange column with sulfonate functional groups
ProPac WCX-10 and SCX-10 columns can resolve isoforms that differ by a single charged residue. A hydrophilic layer
prevents unwanted secondary interactions, and a grafted cation exchange surface provides pH-based selectivity
control and fast mass transfer for high-efficiency separation and moderate capacity.
ProPac WCX-10 Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
10
Format
Guard Column
HPLC Column
Length (mm)
50
50
100
150
250
2.0mm ID
063480
–
–
–
063472
4.0mm ID
054994
074600
SP5829
SP6703
054993
9.0mm ID
–
–
–
–
063474
22.0mm ID
–
–
–
–
SP5482
Length (mm)
50
250
2.0mm ID
063462
063456
4.0mm ID
079930
054995
9.0mm ID
–
063700
22.0mm ID
–
SP5522
ProPac SCX-10 Ordering Guide
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Particle Size (µm)
10
4-116
Format
Guard Column
HPLC Column
LC Columns and Accessories >>
ProPac WCX-10 and SCX-10 continued
MAb lysine truncation variants
Column: ProPac WCX-10 , 4 x 250mm
Lysine truncation
variants*
Eluents:
K
AU
KK
MAb sample as received
Acidic charge
variants
Basic charge
variants
After digestion with carboxypeptidase B
0
10
20
Minutes
30
40
21104
(E1) 20mM MES
+ 115mM NaCl
+ 1mM EDTA, pH 5.5
(E2) 20mM MES
+ 145mM NaCl
+ 1mM EDTA, pH 5.5
Gradient:
t (min) %E1 %E2
0
100
0
2
100
0
40
0
100
60
0
100
Sample:
MAb
Flow Rate:
1.0mL/min
λ:
280nm
* Peak assignment supported by data from R.J. Harris,
et.al, J.Chromatogr., A 1995,705, 129–134. and
Carboxypeptidase B digest.
Hemoglobin variants
Eluent:
2
AU
3
Gradient:
4
Flow Rate:
Inj. Vol.:
Detection:
Sample:
0
0
5
10
15
20
Minutes
25
14067
Columns for Biomolecules
Column: ProPac SCX-10, 4 × 250mm
1
1.60
A) 20mM Sodium phosphate,
4mM Potassium cyanide, pH 6
B) 1 M Sodium chloride in water
C) Water
Time %A
%B
%C
Init
50
0
50
30 min 50
50
0
1mL/min
10μL
220nm
1. Fetal hemoglobin
2. Hemoglobin
3. Sickle cell hemoglobin
4. Hemoglobin C
ProPac Kits Ordering Guide
Part Number
SP5731
SP5732
SP5729
SP5730
SP5512
SP5513
SP5727
SP5728
Phase Description
ProPac WAX-10 Lot Select Column Set
ProPac WAX-10 Lot Select Column Set
ProPac SAX-10 Lot Select Column Set
ProPac SAX-10 Lot Select Column Set
ProPac WCX-10 Lot Select Column Set
ProPac WCX-10 Lot Select Column Set
ProPac SCX-10 Lot Select Column Set
ProPac SCX-10 Lot Select Column Set
Set Contents
3 columns from 1 lot of resin
3 lots of resin, 1 column from each lot
3 columns from 1 lot of resin
3 lots of resin, 1 column from each lot
3 columns from 1 lot of resin
3 lots of resin, 1 column from each lot
3 columns from 1 lot of resin
3 lots of resin, 1 column from each lot
Column Dimensions
250 x 4mm
250 x 4mm
250 x 4mm
250 x 4mm
250 x 4mm
250 x 4mm
250 x 4mm
250 x 4mm
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-117
The ProPac SCX-20 column is a strong cation exchange (SCX) column designed specifically to provide highresolution separations of proteins. The stationary phase is composed of 10μm, non-porous, solvent
compatible resin beads that are uniformly coated with a highly hydrophilic layer to reduce non-specific
interactions between the bead surface and the biopolymer.
• Grafted cation-exchange surface provides pH-based selectivity control
• Fast mass transfer for high-efficiency separation
Snake venoms from naja naja and Russell’s viper
Column: ProPac SCX-20, 4 × 250mm
400
Eluent A:
Eluent B:
Gradient:
Inj. Volume:
Temperature:
Detection:
Samples:
A
300
200
mAU
LC Columns and Accessories
ProPac SCX-20 Columns
20mM Tris pH 7.3
0.5M NaCl in Eluent A
1–100% B in 10 min
10μL
30°C
UV, 214nm
A. Snake Venom (Naja naja) 1mg/mL
B. Snake Venom (Russell’s viper)
1mg/mL
100
-50
350
B
mAU
200
100
-50
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
0
4-118
5
Minutes
10
15
17
ProPac SCX-20 Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
10
Description
Guard Column
HPLC Column
Length (mm)
50
250
4.0mm ID
074643
074628
Weak and strong anion exchange columns are based on a nonporous core particle providing
unequalled high resolution and efficiency in the separations of protein variants
• Unequalled resolution
• High-efficiency peaks
• Useful for characterization and quality control assessment of closely-related protein variants
• Supports separation of proteins that differ by as little as one amino acid residue
• Neutral hydrophilic coat that eliminates protein-resin hydrophobic interactions
• Superior lot-to-lot and column-to-column reproducibility
• ProPac WAX-10 column is a weak anion exchanger with a tertiary amine functional group
• ProPac SAX-10 is a strong anion exchange column with quaternary amine functional group
These columns can resolve protein isoforms that differ by as little as one charged residue. A hydrophilic layer prevents
unwanted secondary interactions and a grafted anion exchange surface provides pH based selectivity control and fast mass
transfer for high peak efficiency and resolution separations.
Column: ProPac SAX-10, 4 x 250mm
Eluents:
mAU
Gradient:
Flow Rate:
Inj.Volume:
Detection:
Sample:
Ovalbumin + alk. phos.
Ovalbumin
0
2
4
6
8
Minutes
10
12
14
A) Water
B) 2.0 M NaCl
C) 0.1 M Tris/HCl (pH 8.5)
Time %A %B %C
Init
80
0
20
15 min 67.5 12.5 20
1.0mL/min
30μL
214nm
Ovalbumin before and after
alkaline phosphatase treatment
Columns for Biomolecules
Resolution of phosphorylation variants of ovalbumin
LC Columns and Accessories >>
ProPac WAX-10 and SAX-10
16
16445
Effect of sialylation on transferrin chromatography
Columns: ProPac SAX-10, 4 × 250mm
Eluents:
mAU
HOLO
HOLO + neur
Flow Rate:
Inj. Volume:
Detection:
Samples:
APO Lot #1
APO Lot #1+neur
APO Lot #2
APO Lot #2 + neur
0
4
8
12
16
Minutes
20
24
28
Gradient:
A) Water
B) 2.0 M NaCl
C) 0.2 M Tris/HCl (pH 9)
Time %A %B %C
Init
87
3
10
30 min 83
7
10
1.0mL/min
50μL
214nm
HOLO (iron rich) and APO (iron poor)
human transferrin samples before
and after neuraminidase treatment.
Digestions were carried out
overnight at 37 C in sodium acetate
buffer at pH 5.
32
16446
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-119
LC Columns and Accessories
ProPac WAX-10 Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
10
Format
Guard Column
HPLC Column
Length (mm)
50
250
2.0mm ID
063470
063464
4.0mm ID
055150
054999
9.0mm ID
–
063707
22.0mm ID
–
SP5598
Length (mm)
50
250
2.0mm ID
063454
063448
4.0mm ID
054998
054997
9.0mm ID
–
063703
22.0mm ID
–
SP5594
ProPac SAX-10 Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
10
Format
Guard Column
HPLC Column
ProPac PA1
For hydrophilic anionic protein separations
• Good for hydrophilic proteins and peptides
• Ideal for high-resolution separations of proteins with pI values from 3 to 11
• Available in semipreparative format
• Pellicular packing ensures high-efficiency and fast mass transport
The ProPac PA1 column supports the analysis and purification of hydrophilic anionic proteins and peptides.
ProPac PA1 Ordering Guide
4-120
Format
Guard Column
HPLC Column
Length (mm)
50
250
4.0mm ID
039657
039658
9.0mm ID
–
040137
Gradient separation of protein standards
2
3,4
Column: ProPac PA1 (4 × 50mm)
5
Eluent:
0
Flow Rate:
Detection:
Peaks:
6
1
mAU
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Particle Size (µm)
10
50
Seconds
100
150
3828
10 to 350mM NaCl
in 1.0mM Tris, pH 8.2
5mL/min
UV, 280nm
1. Horseheart Myoglobin 33μg
2. Contaminant –
3,4. Conalbumin 66
5. Ovalbumin 66
6. Soybean Trysin Inhibitor 66
LC Columns and Accessories >>
ProPac HIC-10
Hydrophobic Interaction Chromatography columns for the high resolution separation
of proteins and peptides
• High-resolution HPLC separation of proteins, protein variants and peptides
• Proteins are separated under non-denaturing conditions
• High protein loading capacity for protein purification applications
• Wide range of applications
• Based on 5μm ultra high purity spherical silica gel particles with 300Å pores
The ProPac HIC-10 column is a high-resolution, high-capacity, silica-based HIC column that provides
excellent separations of proteins and variants for analytical and preparative applications. ProPac HIC
columns provide exceptional hydrolytic stability under the highly aqueous conditions used in HIC.
ProPac HIC-10 Ordering Guide
Format
HPLC Column
Length (mm)
75
100
250
2.1mm ID
–
063653
–
4.6mm ID
–
063655
074197
7.8mm ID
063665
–
–
Protein mixture
Column: 7.5 × 75mm (Competitors A and B);
7.8 × 75mm (ProPac HIC-10)
600
mAU
1
Flow:
WVL:
Eluents:
1.0mL/min
214nm
(A) 2 M (NH4)2 SO4 in 0.1 M NaH2PO4 (pH 7.0)
(B) 0.1 M NaH 2PO 4 (pH 7.0)
Sample:
Mixture of proteins
(1mg/mL each final after 1:1 dilution
with eluent A)
Inj. Volume:
20μL
Order of elution: 1. Cytochrome c
2. Myoglobin
3. Ribonuclease A
4. Lysozyme
5. Chymotrypsinogen
100
4
5
2
3
0
Competitor A
Competitor B
-300
0
10
20
30
50
40
60
Minutes
70
21286
Columns for Biomolecules
Particle Size (µm)
5
Monoclonal antibody
1000
Column: ProPac ® HIC-10, 4.6 × 100mm
10% CH3CN in eluent B
100
Eluents:
70
mAU
Gradient:
Flow:
Inj. Volume:
Detection:
Sample:
%B
(A) 0.5 M (NH 4) 2 SO 4
in 0.1M NaH 2PO 4 (pH 7.0)
(B) 0.1 M NaH 2PO 4 (pH 7.0)
70–100% B in 15 min
1mL/min
5μL (25μg)
UV, 214nm
MAb 50μL (50mg/mL)
+ 450μL Eluent B
0
-100
0
2.0
4.0
6.0
Minutes
8.0
10.0
12.2
21538
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-121
LC Columns and Accessories
ProPac IMAC-10
Immobilized Metal Affinity Chromatography (IMAC) column for analytical and
semipreparative protein and peptide applications
• High-purity separations of metal-binding proteins
• State-of-the-art technology for reusable columns with metal tailored specificity
• Resolve target proteins using a single column in a high-resolution gradient run
• Retention control by imidazole concentration or pH gradient
• High loading capacity for protein purification applications
• Wide range of metal-specific applications
The ProPac IMAC-10 is a high-resolution analytical and semipreparative column for separation of proteins
and peptides by immobilized metal affinity chromatography
ProPac IMAC-10 Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
10
Format
Loading Column
Length (mm)
50
250
50
250
HPLC Column
1.0mm ID
–
–
063617
–
2.0mm ID
–
–
063272
063274
4.0mm ID
063667
–
063276
063278
9.0mm ID
063710
063718
063615
063280
Standard proteins with surface-exposed histidines
0.020
2
Column: ProPac IMAC-10 (4mm x 250mm)
3
1
mAU
Proteins with surface exposed histidine
4-122
ribonuclease A
0
5
15 20 25
Minutes
10
30
myoglobin
35 40
20416
Prion-related peptides
0.070
3
1 2
Column: ProPac IMAC-10 (4 × 250mm)
4
Eluent:
7
(E1) 20mM HEPES + 0.5 M NaCl, pH = 7.5
(E2) E1 + 50mM imidazole, pH = 7.5
t (min)
%A
0
95
10
0 curve 7
30
0
Inj. Volume:
15µL
Sample:
Prion-derived peptides
Flow Rate:
0.5mL/min
Wavelength:
280nm
Peak
# Sequence
1
PHGGGWGQ
2
PHGXGWGQ
3
KKRPKP(PHGGGWGQ) 2
4
KKRP(PHGXGWGQ) 2
5
KKRPKPWGQ(PHGGGWGQ) 4
6
WGQ(PHGGGWGQ) 4
7
WGA(PHGGGWGA) 4
X = sarcosine (N-methyglycine)
Gradient:
mAU
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
0.000
-0.002
E1: 20mM MES + 0.5 M NaCl, pH = 7.5
E2: E1 + 100mM imidazole, pH = 7.5
Gradient:
t (min)
%E1
0
96
15
0 curve 7
40
0
Inject Vol:
15µL
Sample:
1. 0.25mg/mL ribonuclease A
2. 1.00mg/mL myoglobin
3. 1.50mg/mL carbonic anhydrase
Flow Rate:
0.5mL/min
Wavelength:
280nm
5
5i
3i 4i
0.000
1
6
6i
4 repeats
2 repeats
1 repeat
-0.007
0
5
10
15
20
Minutes
25
30
20420
2
3
4
5
6
7
22.0mm ID
–
–
–
063282
Monolith IEX columns for high-resolution and fast protein analysis
ProSwift IEX monoliths provide excellent resolving power at high mass loading combined with fast
analysis capability
• High resolution
• High loading capacity
• Fast analysis
• Wide range of operational flow rates
• Excellent stability over a wide pH range
• Outstanding reproducibility and ruggedness
ProSwift Ion Exchange Monolith Ordering Guide
Functional Group
WAX-1S
WCX-1S
SAX-1S
SCX-1S
Length (mm)
50
50
50
50
1.0mm ID
066642
066643
068459
071977
4.6mm ID
064294
064295
064293
066765
Columns for Biomolecules
ProSwift polymer monolith (poly(Meth)acrylate) media are uniquely suited for separation of proteins.
Each monolith is a single cylindrical, sponge-like polymer rod containing an uninterrupted, interconnected
network of flow-through channels of a specific pore size. These large channels combined with the
monolith’s nonporous surfaces result in fast mass-transfer, high-resolution, and fast protein separations.
The unique globular morphology of the polymer medium provides its high capacity.
LC Columns and Accessories >>
ProSwift IEX
Dynamic protein loading capacity of ProSwift WCX-1S 1 × 50mm
Column: ProSwift WCX-1S, 1 × 50mm
2
Eluents:
3
Gradient:
mAU
1
Flow Rate:
Inj. Volume:
Temperature:
Detection:
Sample:
Peaks:
72µg
48µg
24µg
12µg
6µg
3µg
0
4
Minutes
A. 10mM Sodium phosphate (pH 7.6)
B. 1 M NaCl in eluent A
0% B for 2 min, 0–85% B in 7.5 min,
85% B for 3 min
0.2mL/min
1–24μL
30°C
UV, 280nm
Protein mix, 1mg/mL each
1. Ribonuclease A
2. Cytochrome C
3. Lysozyme
12
8
Protein separation
Column: ProSwift WAX-1S, 1 × 50mm
Eluents:
Gradient:
mAU
Flow Rate:
Temperature:
Detection:
Inj. Volume:
Sample:
0
5
10
Minutes
A. 10mM Tris, pH 7.6
B. 1 M NaCl in 10mM Tris, pH 7.6
5 to 55% of B in 13 min,
hold for 2 min
0.2mL/min
30°C
UV, 280nm
1.3μL
1.25mg/mL E. coli protein
15
24270
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-123
LC Columns and Accessories
ProSwift RP
Reversed-phase monolith columns that uniquely provide the advantages of high
resolution at exceptionally high flow rates for fast protein separations and analysis
Deliver the outstanding resolving power of nonporous analytical media combined with faster separations
and analysis than any bead based columns available.
• High resolution at high speed
• Highest operational flow rates available
• High throughput and improved productivity
• Excellent stability over a wide pH range of 1 to 14
• Outstanding reproducibility and ruggedness
• High stringent wash compatible, for example, 1 M NaOH
• High loading capacity
ProSwift polymer reversed-phase monolith media are (polyStyrene-co-DVB) uniquely suited for the
separation of proteins. Each monolith is a single cylindrical polymer rod containing an uninterrupted,
interconnected network of flow-through channels of a specific pore size; ranging from small channel (1S),
medium size channels (2H & 4H) to very large channel (3U) sizes. These channels and the monolith’s
nonporous surfaces result in fast mass transfer for high-resolution and fast protein separations.
The channels also produce low backpressure, allowing the use of higher linear velocities with
minimal loss of resolution.
ProSwift RP Ordering Guide
Functional Group
RP-1S
RP-2H
RP-3U
RP-4H
RP-4H
Length (mm)
50
50
50
50
250
1.0mm ID
–
–
–
069477
066640
4.6mm ID
064297
064296
064298
–
–
Proteins
Column: ProSwift RP-2H (4.6 × 50mm)
Flow Rate:
Eluents:
600
4-124
4mL/min
2mL/min
1
1mL/min
3
mAU
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
8mL/min
4
2
-300
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Minutes
7
5
8
9
10
11
22903
1, 2, 4, or 8mL/min
(A) DI H2O/CH3CN (95:5; V/V) + 0.1% TFA
(B) DI H 2O/CH 3CN (5:95; V/V) + 0.1% TFA
Gradient:
1mL/min: 1-75% B in 12 min
2mL/min: 1-75% B in 6 min
4mL/min: 1-75% B in 3 min
8mL/min: 1-75% B in 1.5 min
UV Detection: 214nm
Sample:
Mixture of fi ve proteins
Inj. Volume:
5μL
Order of Elution: 1. Ribonuclease A
1.5mg/mL
2. Cytochrome
C 0.5
3. BSA
1.5
4. Carbonic anhydrase 0.9
5. Ovalbumin
1.5
Competitive comparison
450
700
0
1
2
2 mL/min
1
-100
0
4
2
Minutes
3
4
5
1. ProSwift RP-2H, 4.6 × 50mm
2. Competitor A, 4.6 × 100mm, 15μm
Eluents:
(A) DI H 2O/CH 3CN (95:5; V/V) + 0.1% TFA
(B) DI H2O/CH 3CN (5:95; V/V) + 0.1% TFA
2mL/min: 1-75% B in 6 min
8mL/min: 1-75% B in 1. min
2 or 8mL/min
5μL
30°C
UV, 214nm
Mixture of fi ve proteins
1. Ribonuclease A
1.5mg/mL
2. Cytochrome C
0.5
3. BSA
1.5
4. Carbonic anhydrase 0.9
5. Ovalbumin
1.5
Gradient:
8 mL/min
ProSwift RP-2H
0
Columns:
ProSwift RP-2H
Competitor A
8
22904
Flow Rate:
Inj. Volume:
Temperature:
Detection:
Sample:
Peaks:
For the highly efficient enrichment and purification of Con A binding glycans
and glycoconjugates
The ProSwift ConA-1S affinity monolith column is unsurpassed for fast, highly efficient enrichment
and purification of Concanavalin A (Con A) binding glycans, glycopeptides, and glycoproteins.
• Highly efficient enrichment and purification through high-mannose-Con A binding
• Highly purified glycan and glycoconjugate products
• High capacity and ligand density
• High sample recovery
• Low elution volumes
• Fast separations
• HPLC compatible
• Reusable for over one hundred purifications
ProSwift ConA-1S Ordering Guide
Functional Group
ConA-1S
Length (mm)
50
5.0mm ID
074148
Columns for Biomolecules
The HPLC compatible ProSwift ConA-1S affinity column maintains the specificity and selectivity for Con A
binding glycans and glycoconjugates. The high capacity monolith (poly(meth)acrylate) and ligand density
of the ProSwift ConA-1S column facilitates the highly efficient enrichment of samples and can purify up
to 2mg of glycoproteins. The high peak efficiency monolith (poly(meth)acrylate) column produces sharp,
narrow peaks resulting in low elution volumes of highly concentrated products. The column is reusable,
and many enrichments and purifications are possible with minimal loss of capacity.
LC Columns and Accessories >>
ProSwift ConA-1S
Fast, highly efficient enrichment and purification of a group
of fluorescently labeled glycans
Column: ProSwift ConA-1S (5 x 50mm)
Flow rate:
Eluent A:
Eluent B:
Gradient:
mV
Temperature:
Sample:
Detection:
0
1
2
3
Minutes
4
5
1.0mL/min
50mM NaOAc, 0.2M NaCl, pH 5.3,
with 1mM CaCl2 and 1mM MnCl2
100mM α-methyl mannoside in eluent A
0% B for 2 min, 0-100% B in 0.5 min,
100% B for 3.5 min
25°C
2-AB labeled serum protein N-glycans
Fluorescence, EM at 420nm
6
27456
Glycopeptide enrichment
Column: ProSwift ConA (5 × 50mm)
Eluent A:
Eluent B:
mAU
Flow Rate:
Temperature:
Detection:
Sample:
Inj. Volume:
Gradient:
0
4
8
Minutes
12
50mM NaOAc, 0.2 M NaCl, pH 5.3,
with 1mM CaCl2, 1mM MgCl2
100mM α-methyl-mannopyranoside
in eluent A
0.5mL/min
25°C
UV 214nm
Trypsin digested HRP peptides
40μL
100% A from 0–5 min,
100% B from 6–15 min,
100% A from 16–25 min
16
27452
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-125
LC Columns and Accessories
MAbPac Protein A Column
Fast MAb titer analysis
The Thermo Scientific MAbPac Protein A column is an affinity column designed to provide fast monoclonal
antibody (MAb) titer analysis of samples such as harvest cell cultures (HCC). This HPLC column offers high
throughput and accurate analysis through a combination of low back pressure and high efficiency. The
MAbPac Protein A column format allows rapid automation of loading, binding, elution and collection using
Thermo Scientific biocompatible systems. The column is based on a novel non-porous polymeric resin
consisting of a divinylbenzene core and a hydrophilic surface, optimized for affinity separation.
• High efficiency column
• Rugged
• Excellent sample recovery
• Designed for ease of use and automation
Harvest cell culture titer analysis
Column: MAbPac Protein A, (4 × 35mm)
Unbound
5,200
Flow Rate:
Eluent A:
Area,mAu.min
40
4,000
Eluent B:
30
Gradient:
20
10
0
3,000
20
mAu
0
40
60
80
100
Amount rabbit IgG, μg
2,000
IgG
1,000
-200
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Minutes
4-126
MAbPac Protein A Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
12
Format
HPLC Column
Length (mm)
35
4.0 mm ID
082539
1.8
2.0
Temperature:
Detection:
Injection volume:
Sample:
2 mL/min
50mM Sodium Phosphate, 150mM
NaCl, 5% acetonitrile, pH 7.5
50mM Sodium Phosphate, 150mM
NaCl,5% acetonitrile, pH 2.5
0% B for 0.2 mins, 100% B for 0.60
mins,0% B for 1.20 mins
30°C
280 nm
10μL
MAb B, 5mg/mL Harvest Cell Culture
Strong cation exchange column designed specifically for the high-resolution,
high efficiency analysis of monoclonal antibodies and associated variants
• Exceptionally high resolution for monoclonal antibody variants
• High efficiency
• Ideal for characterization and quality control assessment of monoclonal antibodies
• Unmatched column-to-column and lot-to-lot reproducibility
• Hydrophobic interactions essentially eliminated
• Ideal for stability studies
• Meets the regulatory requirements for biopharmaceutical characterization
The unique nonporous pellicular resin provides exceptionally high resolving power, permitting the separation
of monoclonal antibody variants that differ by as little as one charged residue. Hydrophobic interactions
with the resin are essentially eliminated for very efficient peaks.
MAbPac SCX-10 Ordering Guide
Format
HPLC Column
HPLC Column
10
Guard Column
HPLC Column
Length (mm)
50
50
150
250
50
50
150
250
2.0mm ID
–
–
–
–
075749
–
–
075604
4.0mm ID
077907
078656
085198
078655
074631
075603
075602
074625
9.0mm ID
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
SP6866
Columns for Biomolecules
Particle Size (µm)
3
5
LC Columns and Accessories >>
MAbPac SCX-10
High resolution separations of monoclonal antibody variants
6
Column: MAbPac SCX-10 (4 × 250mm)
Eluents:
8
Gradient:
Flow Rate:
Temperature:
Inj. Volume:
Detection:
Sample:
Peaks 1–5:
Peaks 6, 8, 11:
Peaks 12–17:
mAU
11
4
1
5
7
23
9
10
12 1314 15
0
0
10
20
30
Minutes
16 17
40
50
A. 20mM MES (pH 5.6) + 60mM NaCl
B. 20mM MES (pH 5.6) + 300mM NaCl
15–36% B in 50 min
1mL/min
30°C
10μL
UV at 280nm
MAb B, 5mg/mL
Acidic variants
C-Terminal Lys variants
Basic variants
58
27562
Baseline resolution of C-terminal lysine variants of a monoclonal antibody
Column: MAbPac SCX-10 (4 × 250mm)
27.5
mAU
6
Eluents:
6
7
2
1 3
0
1 23
0
10
20
45
A. 20mM MES (pH 5.6) + 60mM NaCl
B. 20mM MES (pH 5.6) + 300mM NaCl
15–36% B in 50 min
1mL/min
30°C
5μL
UV at 280nm
1. MAb B, 900μg in 100μL
(no carboxypeptidase)
2. MAb B, 900μg in 100μL +
carboxypeptidase, 50μg,
incubation at 37°C for 3 h
Both Chromatograms: Peaks 1–5: Acidic variants
Sample 1:
Peaks 6-8: C-Terminal lysine truncation
variants of main peak
Peaks 9–11: C-Terminal lysine truncation
variants of minor variant peak
Sample 2:
Peak 6 results from peaks 6, 7, and 8
after CBP treatment. Peak 9 results
from peaks 9, 10, and 11 afer CBP treatment
Gradient:
Flow Rate:
Temperature:
Inj. Volume:
Detection:
Samples:
8
45
9
9 10
30
Minutes
40
2
11
1
50
58
27564
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-127
LC Columns and Accessories
MAbPac SCX-10 RS Columns
BioRS, strong cation exchange column designed for monoclonal antibodies and associated variants
• UHPLC, high throughput analysis
• Specially developed bio-inert PEEK lined stainless steel column hardware
• High pressure compatibility
• Suitable for operation up to 7,000 psi
Higher resolution and throughput of MAb charge variant UHPLC separations can be achieved using the small particle MAbPac
strong cation-exchange phase with specially developed bio-inert PEEK lined stainless steel column hardware. These columns
take advantage of smaller resin size as well as longer column length to maximize the resolution of MAb variant separation,
and are suitable for operation up to 7,000 psi. Higher pressure compatibility of the column hardware allows use of high flow
rates for faster separation
Improved MAb resolution
40.0
Peak resolution is shown for lysine
truncation peaks. Equivalent linear
velocity and sample load was used.
Lysine variants
2.00
30.0
mAU
2.44
3.55
2.94
20.0
n.a.
n.a.
10.0
ic
cid
ts
ian
var
B
A
0.0
0.0
4.0
8.0
Other basic variants
12.0
16.0
20.0
24.0
Minutes
28.0
A
32.0
36.0
40.0
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
MAbPac SCX-10 RS Ordering Guide
4-128
Particle Size (µm)
5
Format
BioRS Column
Length (mm)
50
150
250
4.6 mm ID
082674
085209
082673
44.0 46.0
Column: MAbPac SCX, 5μm
Dimension:
Sample:
Injection Volume:
Eluent A:
Eluent B:
Flow Rate:
Column
backpressure:
A:
B:
4.6 × 250mm
MAb 5mg/mL
15μL
20 mM MES pH 5.6 + 60 mM
20 mM MES pH 5.6 + 300 mM NaCl
1.5 mL/min
~8900Psi
Gradient: 33-53% B in 30 min
Gradient: 33-53% in 20 min
A size exclusion chromatography (SEC) column specifically designed for the high resolution
separation and characterization of monoclonal antibodies (MAb) and their aggregates
• Anaylsis of monoclonal antibodies (MAb) and their aggregates
• Analysis of MAb Fab and Fc fragments.
• Hydrophilic bonded layer for minimal nondesired interactions between the biomolecules and the stationary phase
• Nonmetallic and Biocompatible PEEK housing eliminates metal contamination from the column hardware
• Stable surface bonding leads to low column bleed and compatibility with MS, ELSD and Corona CAD detection
• Reproducible and rugged
• Superior performance for the analysis of monoclonal antibodies, even using high and low-salt concentrations
The stationary phase is packed in bio-inert PEEK format and is compatible with different eluent conditions containing both
low and high concentrations of salt in mobile phases, and mass spectrometry friendly volatile eluents.
Particle Size (µm)
5
Format
Guard Column
HPLC Column
Length (mm)
50
150
300
Columns for Biomolecules
MAbPac SEC-1 Ordering Guide
4.0mm ID
074697
075592
074696
Monoclonal antibody aggregate separation
200
LC Columns and Accessories >>
MAbPac SEC-1
Column: MAbPac SEC-1, 5μm
Dimension:
Mobile Phase:
MAb Monomer
mAU
Temperature:
Flow Rate:
Inj. Volume:
Detection:
Sample:
4.0 × 300mm (PEEK)
0.3 M NaCl in 50mM
phosphate buffer pH 6.8
30°C
0.20mL/min
2μL
UV, 280nm
MAb (10mg/mL)
Aggregates
0
0
5
10
15
Minutes
20
25
27614
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-129
LC Columns and Accessories
Monoclonal Antibody Characterization and Analysis Kits
MAb Charge Variant Analysis IEX Column Kit
MAb Charge Variant Analysis IEX Column Kit includes two ion-exchange (IEX) specialty columns for MAb charge variants
analysis. This kit is a convenient starter kit for researchers at the beginning of MAb analysis projects, and facilitates the
screening of two columns for determination of the best column for their specific monoclonal antibody sample.
Included in the Kit:
•
ProPac WCX-10 Analytical column, 4 × 250mm (P/N 054993), a weak cation-exchange column, the industry standard for
high-resolution, high-efficiency analysis of monoclonal antibodies and associated variants
•
MAbPac SCX-10 Analytical column, 4 × 250mm (P/N 074625), a strong cation-exchange column designed specifically for
high-resolution, high-efficiency analysis of monoclonal antibodies and associated variants
MAb Charge Variants Kit Ordering Guide
Description
MAb Charge Variants Analysis IEX Column Kit
Cat. No.
076196
MAb Analysis IEX and SEC Column Kit
The MAb Analysis IEX and SEC Column Kit includes two columns: an ion-exchange (IEX) column and a size-exclusion (SEC)
column. This kit is a convenient starter and column replacement kit for MAb analysis projects.
Included in the kit:
•
MAbPac SCX-10 Analytical column, 4 × 250mm (P/N 074625), a strong cation-exchange column designed specifically for
high-resolution, high-efficiency analysis of monoclonal antibodies and associated variants.
•
MAbPac SEC-1 Analytical column, 4 × 300mm (P/N 074696), a size-exclusion column designed for separating monoclonal
antibody (MAb) monomers, aggregates, and fragments.
MAb Analysis Kit Ordering Guide
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Description
MAb Analysis IEX and SEC Column Kit
4-130
Cat. No.
076197
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Thermo Scientific pH Gradient Buffers
Simple method development for charge variant characterization
The Thermo Scientific pH gradient platform accelerates method development and facilitates
method transfer to QA/QC for a wide range of protein and MAb charge variants through a generic
LC-based approach to charge variant characterization.
•
Patented buffer formulations enable fast, robust and reproducible pH gradients that are simple to
optimize and easily automated
•
Ready to use with existing LC columns and systems, without the need for time consuming
mobile phase adjustments
•
Applicable to the majority of MAbs
Thermo Scientific pH buffer concentrates used in the pH gradient platform can be purchased
individually or as a pair, in quantities of 125mL or 250mL. For added convenience, the 125mL
buffers can also be bundled with columns in a number of specifically preconfigured kits
• The CX-1pH gradient starter kit contains 125mL each of buffers A and B, plus a MAbPac
SCX-10, 10μm, 4 × 250mm column
Columns for Biomolecules
• The CX-1 pH gradient high throughput kit contains 125mL each of buffers A and B,
plus a MAbPac SCX-10, 5μm, 4 × 50mm column
• The CX-1 pH gradient high resolution kit contains 125mL each of buffers A and B,
plus a MAbPac SCX-10, 5μm, 4 × 250mm column
For the ultimate flexibility, the preconfigured kits are also available as platforms, including the pH
Designer Software.The options are listed in the table below:
pH Gradient Buffers Ordering Guide
Cat. No.
083273
083275
083274
085346
085348
085349
083381
083378
083272
083380
083376
083270
085022
Description
CX-1 pH Gradient Buffer A (pH 5.6), 125mL
CX-1 pH Gradient Buffer B (pH 10.2), 125mL
CX-1 pH Gradient Buffer Kit (pH 5.6 to 10.2), 125mL
CX-1 pH Gradient Buffer A (pH 5.6), 250mL
CX-1 pH Gradient Buffer B (pH 10.2), 250mL
CX-1 pH Gradient Buffer Kit (pH 5.6 to 10.2), 250mL
CX-1 pH Gradient Starter Kit (pH 5.6 to 10.2), 125mL
CX-1 pH Gradient High Throughput Kit (pH 5.6 to 10.2), 125mL
CX-1 pH Gradient High Resolution Kit (pH 5.6 to 10.2), 125mL
CX-1 pH Gradient Starter Platform (pH 5.6 to 10.2), 125mL
CX-1 pH Gradient High Throughput Platform (pH 5.6 to 10.2), 125mL
CX-1 pH Gradient High Resolution Platform (pH 5.6 to 10.2), 125mL
pH Designer Software
Optimiztion of MAb charge variant separation using a linear pH gradient: 25% B (pH 6.75) to 50% B (pH 7.9)
16.0
8.00
pH trace
10.0
7.50
7.25
pH
Absorbance [mAU]
7.75
5.0
7.00
-2.0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
6.60
Minutes
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-131
LC Columns and Accessories
GlycanPac AXH-1 Column
High-Resolution Columns for Glycan Analysis
• Unique glycan selectivity based on charge, size and polarity
• Excellent resolution for both native and labeled glycans
• Useful for both high-resolution glycan profile characterization and easy quantification
of glycans based on charge
• Compatible with fluorescence and MS detection methods
• High chromatographic efficiency and excellent column stability
Thermo Scientific™ GlycanPac™ AXH-1 is a high-performance, silica-based HPLC column for simultaneous
separation of glycans by charge, size and polarity. It is designed for high-resolution and high-throughput
analysis with unique selectivity for biologically important glycans, either labeled or native, by LC-fluorescence
and LC-MS methods.
Separation of 2AB labeled N-glycans from bovine fetuin by charge, size and polarity
Column: GlycanPac AXH-1 (1.9μm)
trisialylated
Dimension:
Mobile Phase
19
7E5
2.1 × 150mm
A: Acetonitrile (100%)
B: Water
C: Ammonium formate (100mM, pH = 4.4)
0.4mL/min
50 Pmoles
30 °C
Fluorescence at 320/420nm
2AB labeled N-glycan from bovine fetuin
20
Flow Rate:
Injection Vol.:
Temperature:
Detection:
Sample:
disialylated
Fluorescence Counts
14
11
monosialylated
5
neutral
1
2
3
4
7
8
15
tetrasialylated
12
13
17
9 10
18
21
22
23
16
6
24 25 26
0
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
0
4-132
10
pentasialylated
20
Minutes
Time
(min)
%A
%B
%C
Flow
(mL/min)
Curve
-10
78
20
2
0.4
5
0
78
20
2
0.4
5
30
70
20
10
0.4
5
35
60
20
20
0.4
5
40
50
20
30
0.4
5
40
30
GlycanPac AXH-1 Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
1.9
Format
UHPLC Column
3
Guard Cartridges
(2/pk)
HPLC Column
Length (mm)
100
150
250
10
2.1 mm ID
082473
082472
082521
082476
3.0 mm ID
–
–
–
082475
4.6 mm ID
–
–
–
082474
150
082470
082469
082468
Acclaim Guard Holder Ordering Guide
Description
Acclaim Guard Cartridge Holder V-2
Acclaim Guard Kit (Holder and coupler) V-2
Guard to Analytical Column Coupler V-2
Cat. No.
069580
069707
074188
LC Columns and Accessories >>
GlycanPac AXR-1
Ultra-high resolution UHPLC columns for glycan analysis
• Excellent glycan selectivity based on hydrophobicity, charge, size, and isomerization
• High resolution for isomeric glycans
• Compatibility with fluorescence and MS detection methods
• High column efficiency and stability
• Ideal tool for qualitative, quantitative and structural analysis of glycans
The GlycanPac AXR-1 column, based on 1.9µm, high-purity and spherical silica substrates, combines both
weak anion-exchange (WAX) and reversed-phase (RP) retention mechanisms for optimal selectivity and
ultra-high resolution for glycan separation. The WAX functionality separates glycans based on charge,
and RP property facilitates high resolution for glycans of the same charge according to their hydrophobicity,
branching and isomerization. As the result, the GlycanPac AXR-1 column provides unparalleled resolutions for
complex charged glycans.
No. of detected
peaks:
~80
Fluorescence Counts
7E6
disialylated
trisialylated
Column: GlycanPac AXR-1, 1.9µm
Dimension:
Mobile phase:
2.1 × 150mm
A: acetonitrile
B: D.I. water
C: ammonium formate (100 mM, pH =4.4)
0.4 mL/min
40 °C
100 pmoles
fluorescence at 320/420nm
2AB labeled N-glycan from bovine fetuin
Flow Rate:
Temperature:
Injection Vol.:
Detection:
Sample:
tetrasialylated
monosialylated
Time % A %B %C Curve
(min)
Time
%A
%B
%C
(min)
-10
0 95
5
5
0
0 0 95
5
5 5
-10
95
1
0 95
5
5
0
0
95
5
30
1 74 25
5
1
0
95
65 20 50 30
5 5
2AB
neutral
0
10
20
30
Minutes
40
50
60
65
Columns for Biomolecules
Separation of 2AB labeled N-glycans from bovine fetuin using GlycanPac AXR-1
Curve
5
5
5
30
1
74
25
5
65
20
50
30
5
GlycanPac AXR-1 Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
1.9
Format
UHPLC Column
Length (mm)
150
250
2.1 mm ID
088136
088135
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-133
LC Columns and Accessories
LC Columns and Accessories >>
DNAPac PA100
A strong anion exchange column developed to provide high-resolution analysis
and purification of synthetic oligonucleotides
• High-resolution oligonucleotide separations
• Capable of n, n-1 resolution for oligonucleotides
• Resolves oligonucleotides with secondary structures
• Compatible with solvent, high pH or high temperatures
• Analyzes phosphorothioate-based clinical samples
• Provides easy scale-up from 2.0mm to 22mm ID column (>100x)
The DNAPac PA100 is a high-resolution anion-exchange column that provides single-base
resolution. It is stable under denaturing conditions, rugged, reliable, and can be readily scaled up.
The DNAPac PA100 is a 13 μm pellicular, nonporous polymeric resin with bound quaternary aminefunctionalized Thermo Scientific™ Dionex™ MicroBeads™. The rapid mass-transport characteristics
of this resin result in very high-resolution oligonucleotide separations.
DNAPac PA100 Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
13
Format
Guard Column
HPLC Column
Length (mm)
50
250
2.0mm ID
SP4016
SP3686
4.0mm ID
043018
043010
Oligonucleotides
Column: DNAPac PA100
0.004
Eluent:
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
mAU
Flow Rate:
Detection:
Sample:
4-134
-0.001
5
10
15
Minutes
20
25
10954
410-510mM NaCl
in 25mM Tris-Cl, pH 8.0
1.5mL/min
UV, 260nm
pd(A) 40–60
9.0mm ID
SP4511
043011
22.0mm ID
SP4513
SP2091
Columns for Biomolecules
DNAPac PA100 can resolve full length from n–1, n+1, and other failure sequences.
LC Columns and Accessories >>
DNAPac PA200
The DNAPac PA200 is a strong anion exchange column developed to provide bestresolution for analysis and purification of synthetic oligonucleotides
• Industry leading resolution for oligonucleotide separations
• Achieve n, n-1 resolution for oligonucleotides
• Resolve oligonucleotides with secondary structures
• Assay phosphorothioate purity
• Selectivity control with eluent pH, salt, and solvent
• Resolve RNA with aberrant (2’, 5’) links from normal SS-RNA
• Separate individual phosphorothioate diastereoisomers
• HR/AM AXLC/MS via automated desalting
Columns for Biomolecules
The DNAPac PA200 is packed with a pellicular anion-exchange resin composed of an 8 μm diameter nonporous
polymeric substrate to which quaternary amine-functionalized Dionex MicroBeads are bound. The rapid mass
transport characteristics of this resin result in high-resolution oligonucleotide separations. DNAPac PA200 can
resolve full length from n−1, n+1, and other failure sequences not possible with other columns.
DNAPac PA200 Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
8
Format
Guard Column
HPLC Column
Length (mm)
50
250
2.0mm ID
063423
063425
4.0mm ID
062998
063000
Target, failure and trityl-on oligonucleotides
9.0mm ID
063419
063421
22.0mm ID
SP6731
SP6734
Separation of oligonucleotides by length
15
Dx98
Full-length
Trityl-off
30.1%
Oligonucleotide length:
21 22 23 24 25
87.5%
Dx96
Dx94
Dx91
Dx90
Dx88
Dx86
Dx87
D84
D80
80
mA260
mA260
55.8%
Failure
1.25 M NaCl: sequences
22.8%
Trityl-off
Full-length
Trityl-on
22.8%
0.33 M NaClO4:
22.8%
0
0
8
Minutes
16
24
21022
0
3
4
5
Minutes
6
7
21024
Column: DNAPac ® PA200
Eluent:
Flow Rate:
Inj. Volume:
Detection:
NaClO 4, pH 6.5
with 20% CH 3CN
1.2mL/min
8µL
UV, 260nm
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-135
LC Columns and Accessories
UHPLC Solutions for Nucleic Acid Analysis
DNAPac PA200 RS columns are packed with smaller, 4 μm particles, for improved resolution and better
performance. The smaller particles also allow shorter columns to provide significantly higher throughput.
These columns are packed in bioinert PEEK-lined stainless steel (SST) bodies, designed to protect from
unwanted interactions of eluents and analytes with metals, while maintaining 10,000 psi stability. They
columns offer exceptional resolution of oligonucleotides, including isomer separations; and are able
to resolve full length oligonucleotides from n-1 and n+1 oligonucleotides and other failure sequences.
• Provide single base resolution of oligonucleotides
• Higher efficiency to improve resolution
• Improved throughput
• Ruggedness consistent with the DNAPac PA200 column line.
• 10,000 psi stable
PdA26
PdA27
PdA40
PdA41
PdA42
PdA43
PdA44
PdA45
PdA46
PdA47
PdA48
PdA49
PdA50
PdA51
PdA52
PdA53
PdA54
PdA55
PdA56
PdA57
PdA58
PdA59
PdA60
PdA28
Column: DNAPac PA200 RS, 4.6 x 50mm
20 mM Tris pH 8
A + 1.25 M NaCl
30 °C
1.30 mL/min
2.5 μL
28–43% B in 4 CV*
(2.56 min) curve 3**
Sample:
PdA12–30, 40–60
*CV = column volumes
**Curve 3 indicates continuously
changing gradient, asymptotically
approaching a maximum salt
concentration. Programed in
Chromeleon 6.8.
PdA30
Eluent: A
Eluent B:
Temp:
Flow Rate:
Inj. (μL):
Detection:
dA12
PdA13
mA 260
PdA12
PdA29
PdA14
PdA15
PdA16
PdA17
PdA18
PdA19
PdA20
PdA21
PdA22
PdA23
PdA24
PdA25
16
4-136
dA20
dA21
dA22
dA23
dA24
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
0
0
1
2
3
Minutes
DNAPac PA200 RS Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
4
Format
BioRS column
Length (mm)
50
150
250
4.6 mm ID
082508
082509
082510
4
Columns for Biomolecules
Partial resolution of 46 oligonucleotides
LC Columns and Accessories >>
DNAPac PA200 RS
A strong anion exchange monolith column that provides improved capacity
and industry-leading oligonucleotide yield-purity performance.
DNASwift SAX-1S Ordering Guide
Functional Group
SAX-1S
Length (mm)
150
5.0mm ID
066766
Tritylated oligonucleotide
Mixed-Base
20-mer
2800
Tritylated
Mixed-Base
20-mer
Column:
DNASwift SAX-1S, 5 × 150mm
Mobile Phases:
A: 15mM Tris, pH 8
B: 15mM Tris, pH 8,
1.25 M NaCl
8–64% B in 10 min
1.5mL/min
20µL
UV at 260nm
Prep Cell (2mm path length)
Derivatized mixed-base 20mer,
20mg/mL
mAU
Gradient:
Flow Rate:
Inj. Volume:
Detection:
Sample:
Columns for Biomolecules
This semipreparative column incorporates selectivity control of the DNAPac
column, providing unsurpassed purity and yields.
• Micromole purifications in a 5cm column body
• Substantial capacity in a small format
• Tunable selectivity control, the DNAPac columns, for high resolution
• Compatible with high pH mobile phases, solvents, or high temperatures
• Ideal for therapeutic and diagnostic oligonucleotide research
• Purify difficult oligonucleotide products
• Use in combination with the DNAPac for industry leading purification and characterisation
of oligonucleotide products
The DNASwift column is a unique porous polymer monolith coated with functionalized latex
nanobeads, optimized for oligonucleotide separations. The monolith, a polymer cylinder with
interconnected flow through channels, provides fast mass transfer, low back pressure (for
increased flow rates), very high capacity, and refined selectivity control.
LC Columns and Accessories >>
DNASwift SAX-1S
0
0
4
8
12
27019
Minutes
Purification of a 21-base RNA Sample with aberrant 2' -5" linkages at the 1 and 3 positions
from the 3" end
Column:
Eluents:
1200
A
Gradient:
Flow Rate:
Inj. Amount:
Temperature:
Detection:
mAU
Dio-11: 5´-AUG AAC UUC AGG GUC AGC* UU*G-3´
-200
DNASwift SAX-1S, 5 × 150mm
A. 40mM Tris, pH 7
B. 40mM Tris, pH 7 + 1.25 M NaCl
26–42% B in 10 column volumes
1.5mL/min
125µg
30°C
UV at 260nm
Fr
20
0
5
10
Minutes
15
20
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-137
4-138
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
LC Columns and Accessories
Notes
LC Columns and Accessories >>
BioBasic SEC Columns
Superior separation of water soluble compounds
• Covers separation of analytes over a wide molecular weight range
• Long column life and high column efficiencies
• Simple mechanism of interaction based on molecular size and shape
• Ideal for sample clean-up
• Straightforward method development, simple mobile phases
BioBasic SEC Ordering Guide
Pore Size (Å)
BioBasic SEC 60
60
Description
ID (mm)
Length (mm)
Cat. No.
Guard
HPLC Column
HPLC Column
7.8
7.8
7.8
30
150
300
73305-037821
7.8
7.8
7.8
30
150
300
73405-037821
7.8
7.8
7.8
30
150
300
73505-037821
7.8
7.8
7.8
30
150
300
73605-037821
73305-307846
Columns for Biomolecules
BioBasic SEC 120
120
Guard
HPLC Column
HPLC Column
BioBasic SEC 300
300
Guard
HPLC Column
HPLC Column
BioBasic SEC 1000
1000
Guard
HPLC Column
HPLC Column
73305-157846
73405-157846
73405-307846
73505-157846
73505-307846
73605-157846
73605-307846
1/2
4
3
60Å
1
Columns: BioBasic SEC, 5µm, 300 x 7.8mm
2
4
3
120Å
4
2
1
300Å
Eluent:
Flow:
Detector:
Injection:
Sample:
0.1M KH 2PO 4 pH 7
1.0mL/min
UV at 254nm
20µL
1. Thyroglobulin (MW669,00)
2. Ovalbumin (MW 45,000)
3. Angiotensin II (MW 1,046)
4. PABA (Vm) (MW 137)
3
3/4
1
1000Å
0
2
4
6
2
8
10 MIN
Molecular weight calibration curves
Effect of pore size on SEC resolution
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-139
LC Columns and Accessories
BioBasic 18
Outstanding separation of small to medium peptides
• 300Å pore size for maximum performance with biomolecules
• High peak capacity stationary phase
• Outstanding reproducibility, efficiency and column lifetime
• Excellent for LC-MS separations
Hydrophobicity
Low
High
pH Range
0
2 to 9
14
Pore Size
0
300
Carbon Load (%)
0
25
9
Particle Size 5µm, 10µm
USP L1
BioBasic 8
Optimized for the separation of a wide range of peptides
9
• 300Å pore size for improved biomolecule analysis
• An excellent starting column for protein and peptide analysis
• Outstanding reproducibility, efficiency and column lifetime
• Excellent for LC-MS separations
5µm
L7
BioBasic 4
• Based on 300Å silica for outstanding biomolecule performance
• Lower carbon load for optimal retention of larger peptides and proteins
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
• Outstanding reproducibility, efficiency and column lifetime
4-140
9
• Excellent for LC-MS separations
5µm
L26
Optimized for the separation of proteins, peptides, other anionic
species and polar molecules
• Weak anion exchange phase for multiple charged species
• 300Å pore size for enhanced protein and peptide separations
• Suitable for HILIC retention and separation of highly polar molecules
• Superb stability under demanding pH conditions
N/A
5µm
L52
BioBasic SCX
For the separation of proteins, peptides, and other cationic species
• Strong cation exchange phase based on sulfonic acid chemistry
• Separation and retention of basic and other cationic species
• 300Å pore size for enhanced protein and peptide separations
• Outstanding stability under demanding pH conditions
BioBasic Ordering Guide
Particle
Size (µm)
5
Format
Drop-in Guard
(4/pk)
HPLC Column
Length
(mm)
10
50
100
150
250
Format
UNIGUARD Guard
Cartridge Holder
ID (mm)
C18
C8
C4
AX
SCX
1.0
2.1
3.0
4.0/4.6
1.0
2.1
3.0
4.6
1.0
2.1
3.0
4.6
1.0
2.1
3.0
4.6
1.0
2.1
4.6
72105-011001
72105-012101
72105-013001
72105-014001
72105-051030
72105-052130
–
–
72105-101030
72105-102130
72105-103030
72105-104630
72105-151030
72105-152130
–
72105-154630
72105-251030
72105-252130
72105-254630
72205-011001
72205-012101
72205-013001
72205-014001
72205-051030
72205-052130
–
–
72205-101030
72205-102130
72205-103030
72205-104630
72205-151030
72205-152130
–
72205-154630
72205-251030
72205-252130
72205-254630
72305-011001
72305-012101
72305-013001
72305-014001
72305-051030
72305-052130
–
–
72305-101030
72305-102130
72305-103030
72305-104630
72305-151030
72305-152130
–
72305-154630
72305-251030
72305-252130
72305-254630
73105-011001
73105-012101
73105-013001
73105-014001
73105-051030
73105-052130
73105-053030
73105-054630
73105-101030
73105-102130
73105-103030
73105-104630
73105-151030
73105-152130
73105-153030
73105-154630
73105-251030
73105-252130
73105-254630
73205-011001
73205-012101
73205-013001
73205-014001
73205-051030
73205-052130
73205-053030
73205-054630
73205-101030
73205-102130
73205-103030
73205-104630
73205-151030
73205-152130
73205-153030
73205-154630
73205-251030
73205-252130
73205-254630
Length (mm) ID (mm)
10
1.0
2.1
3.0
4.0/4.6
Columns for Biomolecules
5µm
LC Columns and Accessories >>
BioBasic AX
Cat. No.
851-00
852-00
852-00
850-00
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-141
LC Columns and Accessories
Acclaim 300 C18
Hydrophobicity
High-resolution reversed-phase separation of proteins and peptides
Low
0
• Designed for high-resolution peptide mapping and protein separations
14
• High-efficiency 3μm spherical silica substrate
0
• High-performance bonding chemistry on 300Å pore silica
300
Carbon Load (%)
• Application tested for suitability in peptide mapping
• Reproducible for dependable results
0
• LC-MS compatible
Particle Size 3µm
8
• Ultrapure silica with low metal content and exhaustive bonding and endcapping
Acclaim 300 C18 Ordering Guide
Particle Size (µm)
3
Format
HPLC Column
5
Guard Cartridges
(2/pk)
Length (mm)
50
150
10
2.1mm ID
060263
060264
069690
3.0mm ID
–
063684
075721
Cat. No.
069580
069707
074188
Description
Acclaim SST Guard Cartridge Holder V-2
Acclaim Guard Kit (Holder and coupler) V-2
Guard to Analytical Column Coupler V-2
Budesonide and related substances
Column: Acclaim 300 C18 3.0µm, 4.6 x 150mm
7
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
2.5 to 7.5
Pore Size
Acclaim Guard Holder Ordering Guide
4-142
High
pH Range
0–24 mAU FS
1 2
0
3 4
5
Pump:
Mobile Phase:
8
Flow:
Temperature:
Injection:
Detector:
Sample:
6
9
1 0
Peaks:
0–400 mAU FS
0
5
10
Minutes
15
20
21523
Summit P580 HPG/4
(A) Acetonitrile:ethanol 15:1
(B) 0.1% phosphoric acid
Isocratic 66% B
1.0mL/min
30°C
ASI-100 autosampler, 15μL
UVD 340U; UV at 240nm
Budesonide, 500μg/mL
after three days
7, 8. Budesonide epimers, 99%
Reference: Hou S, Hindle M, Byron PR;
J. Pharm. Biomed. Analy. 2001 24:371-80.
4.6mm ID
060265
060266
069697
25
USP L1
Ultimate Core Performance for Biomolecule Separations
The range of Accucore HPLC columns packed with 150Å pore diameter particles allow biomolecule separations to benefit
from the superb resolution and high speed enabled by the Core Enhanced Technology™ that Accucore columns are based on.
The 150Å pore diameter solid core particles used in the Accucore 150-C18, 150-C4 and 150-Amide-HILIC columns are designed
specifically to provide the optimum combination of retention and resolution for biomolecules.
The chromatograms below show the improved resolution and peak shapes achieved with Accucore 150-C18 compared
to a C18 solid core phase with an 80Å pore diameter.
3.76
7.09
8.74
13.46
8.91
11.20
Columns for Biomolecules
Accucore 150-C18
1.12
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Accucore Columns for Biomolecules
Conventional Solid Core C18
1.01
8.52
6.98
3.60
13.13
10.84
Improved resolution Improved peak shape
Peak Capacity
150
140
130
120
110
100
90
Peak Capacity Comparison
Sharper peaks result in a significantly higher
peak capacity for 150-C18 compared to the
conventional solid core C18 column.
80
70
60
Accucore 150-C18
Conventional
Solid Core C18
Stationary Phase
Accucore 2.6µm 150Å HPLC and nanoLC Columns Optimum Conditions and Ratings
Column ID
75µm
2.1mm
3.0mm
4.6mm
Optimum Flow Rate
300nL/min
400µL/min
800µL/min
1800µL/min
Backpressure Rating
800 bar
1000 bar
1000 bar
1000 bar
Temperature Rating
70°C
70°C
70°C
70°C
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-143
LC Columns and Accessories
Accucore 150-C18
Hydrophobicity
• Designed for the separation of peptides
Low
pH Range
• Outstanding resolution
• 150Å pore diameter material
0
Higher peak capacities facilitate increased peptide identifications. Accucore 150-C18
provides much narrower peak widths, therefore significantly higher peak capacity
than a column packed with <2μm wide pore fully porous C18.
Precision of retention times is critical for reliable analysis. The Accucore 150-C18
column exhibits excellent retention time reproducibility.
0
0
Mobile phase A:
Mobile phase B:
Gradient:
180000
Flow:
Temperature:
Injection:
Detection:
Peaks:
160000
mAU
140000
1
120000
100000
80000
2
60000
4
3
7
5
6
40000
20000
0
-20000
-40000
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Minutes
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
150Å
7
Particle Size 2.6µm
Column: Accucore 150-C18 2.6µm, 100 x 2.1mm
240000
200000
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
14
300
Carbon Load (%)
Peptide separations
220000
4-144
1 to 11
Pore Size
0.1% TFA in 10:90 acetonitrile:water
0.1% TFA in 70:30 acetonitrile:water
0-50% B over 15 min; hold for 2 min;
drop to 0% in 0.1 min; hold at 0% B
for 5 min
300µL/min
35°C
5µL
UV (220nm)
1. Glycine-Tyrosine
2 . Valine-Tyrosine-Valine
3. Met-Enkephalin
4. Angiotensin III
5. Leu-Enkephalin
6. Ribonuclease A
7. Insulin
25
USP L1
Hydrophobicity
• Significantly lower hydrophobic retention than C18
Low
pH Range
• Ideal for retention of proteins and larger peptides
0
2 to 9
14
Pore Size
Accucore 150-C4 provides significantly sharper and higher peaks than a column
packed with 5μm wide pore fully porous C4, thus offering better resolution and
sensitivity. The Accucore 150-C4 also performs better than a column packed with
<2μm wide pore fully porous C4 and generates only a fraction of the backpressure.
0
150Å
300
Carbon Load (%)
0
2
Particle Size 2.6µm
25
USP L26
Intact proteins
Column: Accucore 150-C4 2.6µm, 100 x 2.1mm
130000
Mobile phase A:
Mobile phase B:
Gradient:
120000
110000
5
100000
3
80000
mAU
70000
60000
2
50000
6
40000
1
30000
*
20000
*
4
10000
0
-10000
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Columns for Biomolecules
Flow:
Temperature:
Injection:
Detection:
Peaks:
90000
0.1% TFA in 30:70 acetonitrile:water
0.1% TFA in 98:2 acetonitrile:water
0-30% B over 8 mins
30-95% B over 2 mins
95% B hold for 1 min
0% B hold for 4 mins
400µL/min
40°C
2µL 10pmol/µL solution
UV (214 and 280nm)
1. Insulin
2. Cytochrome C
3. Lysozyme
4. Myoglobin
5. Carbonic anhydrase
6. Ovalbumin
Carbonic anhydrase impurity
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Accucore 150-C4
10
Minutes
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-145
Low
High
pH Range
2 to 8
0
14
Accucore 150-Amide-HILIC
0
Hydrophobicity
300
150 Å
• Amide
phase
bonded onto 150 Å pore diameter solid core particles
Particle
Size 2.6µm
Low
High
pH Range
• High retention of a broad range of hydrophilic analytes in HILIC mode
• Recommended for hydrophilic biomolecules such as glycans
2 to 8
0
14
Pore Size
The amide bonded phases provide strong hydrogen bonding interaction between the
stationary phase and the analytes, resulting in unique selectivity compared to other
HILIC phases. Combined with larger pore size of the solid core particles, Accucore
150-Amide-HILIC is well suited for separating a variety of hydrophilic molecules,
including carbohydrates and peptides. As a result the Accucore 150-Amide-HILIC
is an excellent choice for glycan separations.
0
300
150 Å
Particle Size 2.6µm
2-AB labelled dextran ladder
1200000
1
A
2
1100000
1000000
300000
3
11
250000
900000
12
200000
13
150000
800000
4
700000
Counts
10
14
15 16
100000
17 18
50000
600000
Column: Accucore 150-Amide-HILIC, 2.6μm,
100 x 2.1mm
B
350000
Mobile phase A:
Mobile phase B:
Gradient:
19 20 21
0
500000
5
400000
30
300000
35
Minutes
40
45
6
200000
7
100000
8
9 10
11
0
-100000
-200000
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
Minutes
acetonitrile
50 mM ammonium formate, pH 4.5
20–50 % B in 40.0 minutes
50 % B for 5.0 minutes
50–20 % B in 0.5 minutes
50 % B for 4.5 minutes
500 μL/min
Flow:
1
Backpressure at
1200000
starting conditions: 110 bar
2
1100000
Run time:
50 minutes
1000000
Temperature:
60 °C
Injection:
2μL to 5μL of sample.900000
Injection wash
800000
solvent:
80:20 (v/v) acetonitrile:water.
700000
Fluorescence detector
600000
acquisition parameters: 330nm excitation wavelength; 420nm
500000
emission wavelength;
acquisition start
after 3 min from 400000
gradient start.
A
300000
11
200000
12
13
150000
4
14
15 16
100000
17 18
50000
19 20 21
0
5
30
35
Minutes
40
45
6
200000
7
100000
(B) 5 µL injection of sample, zoomed-in to the later part of the gradient rise.
A further 10 glycans were detected.
10
250000
300000
(A) 2 µL injection of sample, where 11 glycans were separated.
B
350000
3
Counts
LC Columns and Accessories
Pore Size
8
0
9 10
11
-100000
-200000
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Minutes
4-146
mAU
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
2-AB labelled dextran ladder
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
(A) 2 µL injection of sample, where 11 glycans were separated.
Column: Accucore 150-Amide-HILIC 2.6μm,
(B) 5 µL injection of sample, zoomed-in to the later part of the gradient rise.
150mm x 75μm
1
Mobile phase A:
Mobile phase B:
Gradient:
3
2
4
5
6
25
30
35
40
Minutes
7
8 9
10 11 12
13 14 15161718
45
50
55
Flow:
Temperature:
Backpressure:
Sample Pick-up:
Sample Loading:
Detection:
A further 10 glycans were detected.
98:2 (v/v) acetonitrile: water
2:98 (v/v) acetonitrile: water
0–50 %B in 50 minutes
50 % B for 8 minutes
200 nL/min
40 °C
60 bar (100% A)
0.5μL at 20 μL/min
1μL at 280 bar
UV (240 and 33 nm)
35
40
45
Particle Size (µm)
2.6
Format
Defender Guard
(4/pk)
Length (mm)
10
HPLC Column
30
50
100
150
Format
UNIGUARD Guard Cartridge Holder
Length (mm)
10
150-C18
16126-012105
16126-013005
16126-014005
16126-032130
16126-033030
16126-034630
16126-052130
16126-053030
16126-054630
16126-102130
16126-103030
16126-104630
16126-152130
16126-153030
16126-154630
–
ID (mm)
2.1
3.0
4.6
Cat. No.
852-00
852-00
850-00
150-C4
16526-012105
16526-013005
16526-014005
16526-032130
16526-033030
16526-034630
16526-052130
16526-053030
16526-054630
16526-102130
16526-103030
16526-104630
16526-152130
16526-153030
16526-154630
–
150-Amide-HILIC
16726-012105
16726-013005
16726-014005
–
–
–
16726-052130
16726-053030
16726-054630
16726-102130
16726-103030
16726-104630
16726-152130
16726-153030
16726-154630
16726-252130
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Columns for Biomolecules
250
ID (mm)
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
3.0
4.6
2.1
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Accucore Columns for Biomolecules Ordering Guide
4-147
LC Columns and Accessories
Nano, Capillary and Micro LC Columns
Introduction
Nano, capillary and micro columns are ideal
in cases where the sample amount is limited.
The (theoretical) sensitivity increase of these
LC columns is obtained by introducing the
limited sample amounts in an environment
with a low internal volume. This will result
in a sensitivity gain that is dependent on the
internal diameter, as shown in the table below.
The best known use is the application of nano
LC columns in proteomics, but certainly the
concentrating effects of capillary and micro
columns are beneficial in e.g. metabolomics
or facilitation of LC-MS interfacing.
Loadability
Name
Conventional
Narrowbore
Micro
Capillary
Nano
Internal
Diameter
4.6mm
2.1mm
1.0mm
300µm
75µm
Theoretical
Sensitivity
1
5
21
235
3761
Predominant
application area
Small molecules, pharma
DMPK, Metabolomics, LC-MS
Protein prefractionation
Peptide prefractionation
Proteomics
Sensitivity
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Formats
4-148
Our columns come in a variety of formats.
We offer most chemistries in nano (75µm),
capillary (300µm) and micro (1000µm) internal
diameter. In addition, different lengths are
available to allow tuning for throughput with
short micro columns or high resolution and
sensitivity with 50cm long nano columns.
However most importantly, Thermo Scientific™
Dionex™ nanoViper™ fingertight fitting system
has now become the standard column format
for our nano, capillary, and micro LC columns.
nanoViper fingertight connections eliminate
the assembly of PEEK sleeve connections,
allowing tool-free nano-LC connections. They
are capable of withstanding pressures up to a
1000 bar, offering the same levels of
performance with improved ease of use.
Our trap columns come in two formats as well,
the nano trap design, features a single capillary
with the trap column at the end. These are ideal
for high resolution separation of relatively clean
samples or samples with hydrophilic peptides.
The cartridge based trap columns are use at
higher flow rates and have a wider ID. These
are ideal for large sample amounts and when
sample quality demands more robustness. For
more details on trap columns, please check the
RSLCnano standard applications manual.
Thermo Scientific EASY-Spray columns
minimize the impact of dead volumes through
the use of specifically designed columns in
which the separation column, column heater,
high-voltage electrode, and emitter are
integrated in a ready-made assembly which
incorporates a nanoViper connector.
Eliminating imperfect connections makes it far
easier to achieve state-of-the-art nanospray
performance and data.
Chemistries
The most common “sample limited” sources
are from biological origin and involve the
analysis of peptides and proteins. It is for that
reason that our nano, capillary and micro
column portfolio has a strong focus on column
chemistries for peptides and proteins.
The Acclaim PepMap range (C18, C8, C4) has
been the benchmark for nano LC peptide
analysis for many years. The Acclaim PepMap
RSLC (C18, 2µm particle) range builds on this
heritage improving peptide separation
capabilities. Acclaim PepMap columns are
available in 100 and 300Å pore size to
accommodate a wide range of peptides and
proteins. In addition to these hallmark columns
our range also includes monolithic columns
that are capable of separating both proteins
and peptides with very high efficiency. Our
portfolio is completed by a selection of
columns that are applicable as the first
dimension in a multidimensional approach.
The standard for peptide separations in proteomics
• High resolution protein identification for biomarker discovery, verification or any other analysis
• Highest sensitivity in LC-MS
• Quality control by factory testing all columns
Acclaim PepMap and Acclaim PepMap RSLC columns are specially designed for high-resolution analyses
of tryptic, natural, and synthetic peptides. The columns are often applied for LC-MS/MS peptide mapping
for protein identification, biomarker discovery, and systems biology. Due to their high loading capacity, the
columns are exceptionally suitable for the analysis of low abundant peptides in complex proteomics samples.
Protein mixture digest
Column: Acclaim PepMap C18 3µm
(75um ID x 50cm)
10.0
Flow Rate:
Mobile Phase:
8.0
mAU
4.0
2.0
0.0
-1.5
15
30
40
50
60
70
80
Minutes
90
100
110
120
130
Columns for Biomolecules
Gradient:
Detection:
Sample:
Temperature:
6.0
300 nL/min
A: water + 0.1% formic acid
B: water/acetonitrile 20/80 v/v%
+ 0.08% formic acid
4–55% B in 120min, 5 min wash
UV, 214nm
Protein mixture digest
35°C
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Acclaim PepMap C18 100Å
Acclaim PepMap C8, 100Å
An excellent alternative to Acclaim PepMap 100Å C18, when separating very hydrophobic
peptides (e.g., non-tryptic peptides)
Acclaim PepMap C4, 300Å
Ideal for the separation of larger hydrophobic peptides and proteins, providing higher recoveries
Acclaim PepMap C18, 300Å
Wide pore version allows larger peptides and proteins
Accucore 150-C18
Designed to give narrow peaks and high peak capacity for peptide separations
Accucore 150-C4
Ideal for high resolution protein separations
Accucore 150-Amide-HILIC
Well suited for separating a variety of hydrophilic molecules, including carbohydrates and peptides
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-149
LC Columns and Accessories
Separation Columns
Acclaim PepMap C18 100Å Ordering Guide
Particle size (µm)
2
3
5
Length (mm)
50
150
250
500
50
150
250
500
50
150
250
50µm ID
164561
164562
164709
164710
164712
164713
164714
164715
–
–
–
nanoViper Column
75µm ID
300µm ID
164563
164560
164534
164537
164536
–
164540
–
164567
164716
164568
164571
164569
–
164570
–
–
164901
–
164902
–
–
Classic Column
75µm ID
–
–
–
–
1000µm ID
164454
164711
–
–
164717
164572
–
–
164899
164900
–
160321
164261
–
–
160323
160326
1000µm ID
164723
Classic Column
75µm ID
161185
1000µm ID
164721
Classic Column
75µm ID
163579
1000µm ID
164719
Classic Column
75µm ID
163574
Acclaim PepMap C8 100Å Ordering Guide
Particle size (µm)
3
Length (mm)
150
50µm ID
–
nanoViper Column
75µm ID
300µm ID
164706
164722
Acclaim PepMap C4 300Å Ordering Guide
Particle size (µm)
5
Length (mm)
150
50µm ID
–
nanoViper Column
75µm ID
300µm ID
164707
164720
Acclaim PepMap C18 300 Å Ordering Guide
Particle size (µm)
5
Length (mm)
150
50µm ID
–
nanoViper Column
75µm ID
300µm ID
164708
164718
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Accucore 150-C18 Ordering Guide
4-150
Particle size (µm)
2.6
Length (mm)
150
500
nanoViper Column
75µm ID
16126-157569
16126-507569
Accucore 150-C4 Ordering Guide
Particle size (µm)
2.6
Length (mm)
150
500
nanoViper Column
75µm ID
16526-157569
16526-507569
Accucore 150-Amide-HILIC Ordering Guide
Particle size (µm)
2.6
Length (mm)
150
nanoViper Column
75µm ID
16726-157569
Acclaim PepMap C18 100Å Ordering Guide
Type
nanoViper Column
Classic Column
Part number
164535
164705
164564
164197
164199
164213
Particle Size
3
3
5
5
5
5
ID
75
75
100
100
100
200
Bed Length (mm)
20
20
20
10
20
20
Total Length
150
70
150
150
150
150
Quantity
2
2
2
2
2
2
Note: 164705 is a shorter total length used for vented column set up for example with EASY nLC 1000
Trap Columns – Cartridge (Set of 5)
Acclaim PepMap C18 100Å Ordering Guide
300µm ID
160454
–
1000µm ID
160434
160438
Columns for Biomolecules
Length (mm)
5
15
Acclaim PepMap C8 100Å Ordering Guide
Length (mm)
5
300µm ID
161194
Acclaim PepMap C4 300Å Ordering Guide
Length (mm)
5
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Trap columns – nano trap design
300µm ID
163591
Acclaim PepMap C18 300Å Ordering Guide
Length (mm)
5
300µm ID
163589
Accucore 150-C18 Ordering Guide
Length (mm)
5
300µm ID
16126-900379
Accucore 150-C4 Ordering Guide
Length (mm)
5
300µm ID
16526-900379
Accucore 150-Amide-HILIC Ordering Guide
Length (mm)
5
300µm ID
16726-900379
μ-Precolumn™ holder, 5mm, with 30μm ID
connecting tubing, nanoViper fi ttings
Length (mm)
5
300µm ID
164649
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-151
LC Columns and Accessories
1st dimension columns for 2D separations
Improving separation efficiency can be achieved by adding a column to the setup for multidimensional
analysis. There are dedicated application kits which utilize either SCX or RP as the first dimension.
A TiO2 trapping column can be added to the application for phosphopeptide analysis. Check the
RSLCnano standard applications manual on the Thermo Scientific website for more information
on 2D separations.
1st dimension columns Ordering Guide
Part Number
164565
Chemistry
SCX
Description
300μm ID x 10cm, packed with Poros 10 S,
nanoViper column
1.0mm ID x 15cm, packed with Polysulfoethyl ASP,
5μm, 300Å, nanoViper column
300μm ID x 15cm, packed with Acclaim PA2,
nanoViper column
100µm ID x 1cm packed with TiO2
200µm ID x 1cm packed with TiO2
164566
RP
164592
TiO2
164205
164215
Application
2D Salt plugs (6720.0325)
Automated off-line 2D LC of Peptides,
micro SCX x nano RP (6720.0330)
Automated off-line 2D LC, Cap RP (basic) x
Nan RP (acidic) (6720.0335)
Phosphopeptide analysis
Phosphopeptide analysis
Isolation of two synthethic phosphopeptides from a BSA tryptic digest
x10 8
4
Breakthrough
A
3
2
1
0
x10 8
4
Bound fraction
B
SVENLPEAGlpTHEQR
1758.8 Da
3
2
ENIMRpSENSESQLTSK
1931.8 Da
1
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
0
4-152
5
10
15
20
25
Minutes
30
35
40
45
23731
Trap Column: 200μm ID x 1cm, packed with TiO2 , 5μm
100μm ID x 1cm, packed with Acclaim PepMap C18, 5μm
Separation Column: Acclaim PepMap C18, 3μm
Dimensions:
75μm x 15cm
Loading Solvent: 0.05% HFBA in DI H 2O
Wash Solvent:
0.01% HFBA in DI H 2O
Mobile Phases:
(A) 0.05% TFA in DI H 2O
(B) 0.04% TFA in acetronitrile/
DI H 2O (80:20 v/v)
Gradient:
3–40% acetronitrile in 30 min
TiO 2 Trap Eluent: 250mM NH 4HCO 3 in DI H 2O, pH 9.0
Flow Rate:
300nL/min
Loading Flow:
8μL/min
Inj. Volume:
5μL
Detection:
MS
Nanoflow LC-MS utilizes very narrow fused silica columns and as a result, even the slightest
inconsistency in column connection can result in leaks and dead volumes and are a frequent source of
poor data, causing unstable spray and a significant loss in performance. Trouble-shooting connection
issues can be difficult and time consuming, even for experts.
Thermo Scientific™ EASY-Spray™ columns address the aforementioned issues by incorporating
high-performance nanobore columns and integrating them within a radical new design.
Packed with either C18 for peptide separations or with selected wide pore phases and monoliths
for the separation of intact proteins, e.g. top-down proteomics or the structural identification
of biotherapeutics, the “plug and spray” approach delivers state of the art performance in
a simple to use format, making research routine.
Acclaim PepMap C18 100Å Ordering Guide
Particle size (µm)
2
50µm ID
ES801
–
–
–
75µm ID
–
ES802
ES803
ES800
–
75µm ID
ES811
Columns for Biomolecules
3
Length (mm)
150
250
500
150
Accucore C4 150Å Ordering Guide
Particle size (µm)
2.6
Length (mm)
150
Acclaim PepMap C18 300Å Ordering Guide
Particle size (µm)
5
Length (mm)
150
–
LC Columns and Accessories >>
EASY-Spray Columns
75µm ID
ES812
PepSwift Ordering Guide
Length (mm)
250
–
200µm ID
ES810
EASY-Spray Emitters
EASY-Spray emitters are integrated devices consisting of a sprayer coupled with a transfer line.
The EASY-Spray benefits of pre-made connections, as well as the easy installation in the MS ion
source can now be exploited in cases where no chromatography is required, for example when
tuning the mass spectrometer.
EASY-Spray Emitters Ordering Guide
Description
EASY-Spray emitter, nanoflow (Emitter ID 7µm, Transfer line ID
20µm, Transfer line length 500mm)
EASY-Spray emitter, microflow (Emitter ID 20µm, Transfer line ID
75µm, Transfer line length 500mm)
Cat. No.
ES791
ES792
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-153
LC Columns and Accessories
PepSwift and ProSwift (PS-DVB) Capillary
and Micro HPLC Columns
• High-resolution for protein identification, biomarker discovery, and systems biology
• High-speed peptide and protein separations (<15 min)
• Highest sensitivity for LC/MS
• Highest column-to-column reproducibility
• Wide range of column IDs and lengths available
• Superior lifetime
• nanoViper fittings for easy column installation
PepSwift and ProSwift monolithic columns are specially designed for fast and high-resolution LC/MS
analysis in protein identification, biomarker discovery, and systems biology. Based on a polystyrene
divinylbenzene copolymer, the monolithic structure offers a high-quality alternative to traditional
microparticulate sorbents, providing important advantages to the chromatographic separation.
High-sensitivity proteomics and biotech applications are easily performed using these columns.
PepSwift Precolumns can be used for preconcentration and desalting of samples consisting of peptides
and proteins without negative impact on the chromatographic performance or recovery of the compounds.
Various ion-pairing agents can be used in the loading solvent and/or mobile phases to change the selectivity
of the separation or improve the trapping efficiency.
PepSwift and ProSwift, nanoViper Ordering Guide
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Length (mm)
5
50
250
4-154
100µm ID
–
164584
164543
PepSwift
200µm ID
164558
164557
164542
500µm ID
–
164585
–
ProSwift
1000µm ID
–
164586
–
Excellence in nanoscale separations
• Compatible with any nanoscale HPLC system
• Optimized for online LC-MS
• Quality control on every column
• Simple, flexible design
Using highly pure chromatographic media and biocompatible, metal-free fused silica capillaries,
Thermo Scientific™ EASY-Column™ capillary LC columns are produced with a focus on design simplicity
and strict quality control. As a result, EASY-Column capillary LC columns deliver outstanding
chromatographic performance on any nano LC system.
EASY-Columns Ordering Guide
Quantity
3
1
3
1
Cat. No.
SC001
SC200
SC2003
SC600
1
SC601
1
SC602
30
SC603
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Columns for Biomolecules
Description
EASY-Column, 2cm, ID 100µm, 5µm, C18-A1 (Trap column)
EASY-Column, 10cm, ID 75µm, 3µm, C18-A2 (Analytical column)
EASY-Column, 10cm, ID 75µm, 3µm, C18-A2 (Analytical column)
HPLC-to-Column Connector kit Zero-dead-volume union
(1/32in OD tubing), 10x SC603
A/B mixing tee & Venting Tee for two-column setup Nanoliter-dead-volume tee
(1/32in OD tubing), 10 sleeves for 360µm OD fused silica (10xSC603).
Connector Kit for two-column setup Zero-dead-volume union
(1/32in OD tubing), Nanoliter-dead-volume tee (1/32 inch OD tubing), 10x SC603
Sleeves (2cm, 1/32in OD) for 360µm OD fused silica
LC Columns and Accessories >>
EASY-Columns
4-155
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
4-156
HyperREZ XP
Polymer-based columns for carbohydrate analysis
• Designed for the determination of carbohydrates, saccharides,
8µm, 10µm
organic acids, and alcohols
• Efficient and reproducible monodisperse particles
• Stable for long column lifetimes even at low pH and high temperatures
Thermo Scientific™ HyperREZ™ XP Carbohydrate
columns are based on a monodisperse resin with
a 4 or 8% divinylbenzene content, and provide an
ideal medium for the analysis of carbohydrates
and organic acids. Unlike silica based columns
they are stable at low pH, allowing the use of
dilute acid as a mobile phase. The columns
can also be run at elevated temperatures, for
faster analysis and improved resolution of
some closely eluting analytes. The columns can
easily be regenerated for increased column
lifetime. Control of the degree of cross-linking
of the gel provides a size exclusion mode of
operation in addition to the ligand exchange
interactions with the metal ion associated
with the sulfonated resin. Selectivity
differences arise from the interactions of the
different counter-ion forms with the hydroxyl
groups on the analyte molecules. HyperREZ XP
columns are available in H+, Ca2+, Pb2+, and Na+
forms, enabling you to choose the
appropriate counter-ion to meet your
application requirements. Refer to the tables
below to help choose the best column based on
application area or retention times. HyperREZ
XP columns are also available in dedicated
organic acid and sugar alcohol forms.
Phase
HyperREZ XP Carbohydrate H+ Counter-ion
HyperREZ XP Carbohydrate Pb2+ Counter-ion
HyperREZ XP Carbohydrate Ca2+ Counter-ion
HyperREZ XP Carbohydrate Na+ Counter-ion
HyperREZ XP Organic Acids
HyperREZ XP Sugar Alcohols
Column Type
HyperREZ XP Ca2+
HyperREZ XP Pb2+
HyperREZ XP H+
HyperREZ XP Na+
12
+
HyperREZ XP Organic Acids,
8µm, 100 x 7.7mm
HyperREZ XP Carbohydrate Na ,
10µm, 300 x 7.7mm
Part Number:
Eluent:
Flow Rate:
Temperature:
Detector:
Sample:
Part Number:
Eluent:
Flow Rate:
Temperature:
Detector:
Sample:
3
69608-107780
0.0001mM H 2SO 4
0.7mL/min
57°C
RI
1. Maltotriose
2. Maltose
3. Glucose
4. Succinic Acid
5. Lactic Acid
6. Glycerol
7. Acetic Acid
8. Ethanol
69310-307780
H 2O
0.3mL/min
80°C
RI
1. Dp8
2. Dp7
3. Dp6
4. Dp5
5. Dp4
6. Dp3
7. Dp2
8. Dpl (Glucose)
9. Fucose
1
8
8
4
5
6
7
7
23
4
6
9
5
REZ-9023
REZ-9025
0
4
MIN
Products of fermentation, including organic acids, sugars
and alcohols, can be separated using a HyperREZ XP Organic
Acids column
Particle Size (µm)
8
8
8
10
8
8
Porosity
8% cross linkage
8% cross linkage
8% cross linkage
4% cross linkage
8% cross linkage
8% cross linkage
Application Areas
Adulteration of food & beverages, confectionary, disaccharides, food additives
Alcohols, dairy products, fermentation, wine
Anomer separation
Fruit juice, monosaccharides
Alcohols, dairy products, fermentation, wine
Oligosaccharides, glycoprotein constituents, organic acids, fermentation products
Corn syrup
0
10
20
30
MIN
Analysis of sports drink using a HyperREZ XP Carbohydrate
Na+ column
HyperREZ XP Carbohydrate H+
Particle Size (µm)
8
HyperREZ XP Carbohydrate Ca2+
8
HyperREZ XP Carbohydrate Pb2+
8
HyperREZ XP Carbohydrate Na+
10
HyperREZ XP Organic Acids
8
HyperREZ XP Sugar Alcohols
8
Format
HyperRez Guard Cartridge Holder
Length (mm)
5
50
300
5
50
300
5
50
300
5
50
300
5
–
100
5
–
300
ID (mm)
3.0
7.7
7.7
3.0
7.7
7.7
3.0
7.7
7.7
3.0
7.7
7.7
3.0
–
7.7
3.0
–
7.7
Cat. No.
69008-903027
69008-057726
69008-307780
69208-903027
69208-057726
69208-307780
69108-903027
69108-057726
69108-307780
69310-903027
69310-057726
69310-307780
69008-903027
Inquire
69608-107780
69208-903027
Inquire
69708-254030
Length (mm)
5
ID (mm)
3
Cat. No.
60002-354
Retention Times of Common Saccharides (min)
Saccharide
Adonitol
Arabinose
Erythritol
Fructose
Fucose
Galactose
Glucose
Glycerol
Lactose
Maltose
Maltotriose
Mannitol
Mannose
Raffinose
Sorbitol
Sucrose
Xylose
H+
11.5
11.4
12.7
10.6
12.2
1.07
9.9
14.1
8.6
8.4
7.7
11.0
1.5
8.2
11.1
9.8
10.6
Ca2+
14.9
13.6
15.6
13.5
13.7
12.2
11.1
16.1
9.7
9.5
8.7
17.3
12.5
8.6
20.7
9.4
12.0
Pb2+
20.4
19.4
20.3
19.3
17.1
15.6
13.9
19.5
12.8
12.5
11.9
28.9
16.7
11.4
N/A
11.9
15.0
Conditions:
Column: 300 x 7.7mm
Mobile Phase:
H2O
Flow Rate:
0.6mL/min
Detection:
RI
Temperature:
75°C (H +)
85°C (Ca 2+)
80°C (Pb2+)
Note: partial hydrolysis may occur with some
saccharides using H +.
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Columns for Biomolecules
Format
Guard Cartridge (2/pk)
Guard Column
HPLC Column
Guard Cartridge (2/pk)
Guard Column
HPLC Column
Guard Cartridge (2/pk)
Guard Column
HPLC Column
Guard Cartridge (2/pk)
Guard Column
HPLC Column
Guard Cartridge (2/pk)
Guard Column
HPLC Column
Guard Cartridge (2/pk)
Guard Column
HPLC Column
LC Columns and Accessories >>
HyperREZ XP Ordering Guide
4-157
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific LC Accessories
Viper Fingertight Fittings
Provides ease of use and dead-volume free plumbing of every conventional
HPLC and UHPLC system
• Provides virtually zero-dead volume fingertight connections
• Supports operating pressures up to 1250 bar (18,130 psi)
• Available in different lengths: 65mm and from 150 to 950mm in 100mm steps
• Available in different inner diameters: 0.1mm (0.004in), 0.13mm (0.005in) or 0.18mm (0.007in)
• Easy to use due to stainless steel or biocompatible MP35N™ capillaries (1/32in OD) and
fingertight design
• Works with virtually any valve and column from any manufacturer
• Fits narrow connections such as 10-port valves and enables mixed use with different designs
The Thermo Scientific™ Dionex™ Viper™ fingertight
fitting system provides ease of use and virtually
dead-volume free plumbing of every conventional
HPLC and modern UHPLC system. Together with
flexible stainless steel (SST) or biocompatible
MP35N® capillaries, it opens a new dimension
in liquid chromatography. The Viper system
improves chromatographic results, independent
of various different connection geometries and
system backpressures. Connecting LC modules,
valves, and columns quickly and easily without
tools is simple with the Viper system.
Extra column volumes in HPLC have the most
detrimental effects on the separation
efficiency of an LC system and must be
minimized. Conventional fittings tightened by
hand or using tools have considerable
drawbacks which can compromise efficiency.
The Viper fitting system overcomes these
drawbacks by design, working without ferrules
to reduce the dead volume of any fluidic
connection to virtually zero. The Viper system
unifies robust performance, ease of use,
acceptable lifetime, and universal
compatibility with virtually all different valves
and columns for HPLC system users. All Thermo
Scientific™ Dionex™ UltiMate™ 3000 XRS, RS,
BioRS and SD systems are equipped with Viper
fingertight fitting system as a standard.
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Viper Fingertight Fitting Systems – SST and Biocompatible MP35N
4-158
Length (mm)
65
150
250
350
450
550
650
750
850
950
0.1mm ID, SST
6040.2207
6040.2215
6040.2225
6040.2235
6040.2245
6040.2255
6040.2265
–
–
–
0.1mm ID, MP35N
6042.2306
6042.2320
6042.2330
6042.2340
6042.2350
6042.2360
–
–
–
–
0.13mm ID, SST
6040.2307
6040.2315
6040.2325
6040.2335
6040.2345
6040.2305
6040.2310
6040.2320
6040.2330
6040.2350
Viper Accessories
Description
Plug, SST
Union, SST
Cat. No.
6040.2303
6040.2304
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
0.18mm ID, SST
6040.2357
6040.2360
6040.2385
6040.2375
6040.2365
6040.2355
6040.2395
6040.2370
6040.2380
6040.2390
0.18mm ID, MP35N
–
–
6042.2315
6042.2327
6042.2337
6042.2365
–
6042.2355
–
6042.2375
LC Columns and Accessories >>
LC Accessories
Viper Fingertight Fittings Kits for UltiMate 3000 Systems
Viper Fingertight Fitting Kits for UltiMate 3000 systems
Description
Viper Capillary Kit for ISO, LPG or DGP pumps
Viper Capillary Kit for HPG pumps
Viper Capillary Kit for biocompatible RSLC systems
On-line SPE Solution Kit for x2 Dual Standard or RSLC systems
Tandem Operation Solution Kit for x2 Dual Standard or RSLC systems
Application Switching Solution Kit for x2 Dual Standard or RSLC systems
Parallel Setup Solution Kit for x2 Dual Standard or RSLC systems
Inverse Gradient Kit for x2 Dual Standard or RSLC systems
Automated Method Scouting Solution Kit for Standard or RSLC systems
MS Connection Kit for MS-frontends with WPS autosampler, excluding UV detection
MS Connection Kit for MS-frontends with WPS autosampler, including UV detection
MS Connection Kit for MS-frontends with HPG-RS pump and OAS autosampler excluding UV detection
MS Connection Kit for MS-frontends with HPG-RS pump and OAS autosampler including UV detection
SD Systems
6040.2302
6040.2309
–
6040.2802
6040.2804
6040.2806
6040.2810
6040.2819
6040.2808
6720.0355
6720.0365
–
–
Description
Viper Capillary Kit for standalone system with with WPS autosampler
Viper Capillary Kit for standalone system with with OAS autosampler
MS Connection Kit for MS-frontends with WPS autosampler excluding UV detection
MS Connection Kit for MS-frontends with WPS autosampler including UV detection
MS Connection Kit for MS-frontends with LPG-XRS pump and OAS autosampler excluding UV detection
MS Connection Kit for MS-frontends with LPG-XRS pump and OAS autosampler including UV detection
XRS Systems
6043.2301
6845.2301A
6720.0380
6720.0385
6720.0372
6720.0377
RS Systems
6040.2301
6040.2308
6841.2301
6040.2801
6040.2803
6040.2805
6040.2809
6040.2820
6040.2807
6720.0370
6720.0375
6720.0372
6720.0377
An overview of all UltiMate 3000 systems can be found in the Instruments spare parts section on 4-209.
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-159
LC Columns and Accessories
nanoViper Fingertight Fittings
The Thermo Scientific™ Dionex™ nanoViper™ fingertight UHPLC fitting system is virtually dead volume-free
by design. It offers nano LC connections that never fail and brings a peace of mind appreciated by novices,
as well as the most experienced users.
• Provides virtually zero-dead-volume connections
• Compatible with backpressures up to 1000 bar (14,500 psi)
• Suitable for temperatures up to 80°C
• Easy to use 1/32" PEEK sheathed fused silica and fingertight design
• Works with virtually any valve, and any column, from any manufacturer
• Paves the way for the easy, tool-free nano, capillary and micro LC setup of any application
• nanoViper fingertight fittings allow you to configure your nano, capillary,
and micro LC application completely tool free.
Classical connections in nano LC involve either PEEKsil™ or fused silica in PEEK™ sleeves. These connections consist of a nut, ferrule,
sleeve, and fused silica, which all need to be assembled correctly. The sealing is at the ferrule, which theoretically leaves a large
potential dead volume. Apart from the risk of dead volume (an extreme case indicated above), there is also a risk of damaging the
fused silica tubing or column at the point where the ferrule is compressed. The ferrule has to hold the tubing in the sleeve and seal
of the connection.
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
The nanoViper connections come preassembled and high pressure tested. The fittings do not “grab” the tubing at a single point.
It seals at the tip and not with a ferrule. Nor does it “grab” the tubing at a single point. It is this feature that gives nanoViper fittings
their UHPLC, virtually dead-volume-free capabilities. The theoretical performance effect between the two example chromatograms
below is about 20% increase in peak capacity.
4-160
Length (mm)
70
150
250
350
450
550
650
750
950
Orange
20µm ID
6041.5120
6041.5121
–
6041.5240
–
6041.5260
6041.5275
6041.5280
6041.5122
Brown
50µm ID
6041.5123
6041.5124
–
6041.5540
–
6041.5560
6041.5575
6041.5580
6041.5125
Black
75µm ID
6041.5126
6041.5127
6041.5730
6041.5735
–
6041.5760
6041.5775
6041.5780
6041.5128
Red
100µm ID
6041.5820
6041.5811
6041.5812
6041.5813
6041.5814
6041.5815
–
6041.5816
–
Purple
150µm ID
6041.5817
6041.5818
6041.5819
6041.5820
6041.5821
6041.5822
–
6041.5823
–
Fitting ID (µm)
30
75
Cat. No.
164649
164650
Trap Column Cartridges Holders with nanoViper Fittings
Description
µ-Precolumn holder for trap cartridges with 2 x 100mm
length nanoViper fittings
Cartridge Length (mm)
5
15
Sample Loops with nanoViper Fittings
Cat. No.
6826.2401
6826.2405
6826.2410
6826.2420
6826.2450
6826.2412
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
LC Accessories
Volume (µL)
1
5
10
20
50
125
LC Columns and Accessories >>
nanoViper Fingertight Fittings
nanoViper Application Kits
nanoViper fittings are also included in tubing and application kits designed
for use with the UltiMate 3000 RSLCnano systems.
nanoViper Fitting Kits for UltiMate 3000 RSLCnano Systems
Description
Tubing
Samples
Trap Column
Separation Column
Direct Injection nano LC Kit
Direct Injection capillary LC Kit
Preconcentration nano LC kit
Preconcentration capillary LC kit
Preconcentration monolithic LC kit
2D salt plugs kit
Automated off line SCX-RP peptides kit
Automated off line RP-RP peptides kit
Tandem nano LC kit
FLM nanoViper tubing kit
(All tubing for nano LC preconcentration)
MS connection kit
EASY-Spray connection kit
(Supports direct injection as well
as preconcetration)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
–
–
–
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
–
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
–
RSLCnano
Systems
6720.0300
6720.0305
6720.0310
6720.0315
6720.0320
6720.0325
6720.0330
6720.0340
6720.0335
6041.5100
Y
Y
–
Y
–
Y
–
–
6720.0345
6720.0395
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-161
LC Columns and Accessories
SLIPFREE Connectors
Universal self-adjusting connections
• Void-free and leak-free by pushing tubing and ferrule
SLIPFREE Ferrules
into the end-fitting
• Compatible with all column end-fittings
• Stainless-steel threads
• Fingertight connections to 10,000psi
Material
PEEK
Vespel
Kel-F
Cat. No.
36023
36024
36025
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
SLIPFREE Connectors, Single
Length (cm)
0.005in ID
0.010in ID
0.020in ID
6
10
20
30
50
30106
30110
30120
30130
30150
31106
31110
31120
31130
–
32106
32110
32120
32130
–
10.5
15
28
40
50
60
30111-FLEX
30115-FLEX
30128-FLEX
30140-FLEX
30150-FLEX
30160-FLEX
39111-FLEX
39115-FLEX
39128-FLEX
39140-FLEX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
6
10
20
30306
30310
30320
31306
31310
31320
32306
32310
32320
10
20
30510
30520
31510
31520
–
32520
Length (cm)
0.005in ID
0.010in ID
0.020in ID
6
10
20
30
40
30206
30210
30220
30230
30240
31206
31210
31220
31230
–
32206
32210
32220
32230
–
10.5
15
28
40
30211-FLEX
30215-FLEX
30228-FLEX
30240-FLEX
39211-FLEX
39215-FLEX
39228-FLEX
39240-FLEX
–
–
–
–
6
10
20
30406
30410
30420
31406
31410
31420
32406
32410
32420
10
20
31710
31720
32710
32720
–
–
Single
Single Flexible
Single PEEK Collared
Single Long-neck
SLIPFREE Connectors, Double
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Double
4-162
Double Flexible
Double PEEK Collared
Double Long-neck
LC Columns and Accessories >>
PTFE One-Piece Column Connector
Excellent for high-throughput screening and quick connection
• Fingertight, leak-free connection of analytical and guard columns with 10-32 threads
• Minimizes dead volume
• Inert and biocompatible material
PEEK One-Piece Column Connector
Description
One Piece Coupler
Cat. No.
60170-370
Quantity
1 Each
Solvent Inlet Filters
Feature a large surface area for a long lifetime
LC Accessories
• 10μm inlet filters for longer lifetime
• No tools required for replacement
Solvent Inlet Filters for UltiMate 3000 Systems
Description
Filter frit, porosity 10µm, V4A
stainless steel
Filter frit, porosity 10µm, titanium
Filter holder
Solvent supply line, 1.5 x 3.0 x
1000mm
Model
UltiMate 3000 pumps
Cat. No.
6268.0110
Quantity
10 Each
UltiMate 3000 pumps
UltiMate 3000 pumps
UltiMate 3000 pumps
6268.0111
6268.0115
6030.2548
10 Each
6 Each
1 Each
Bottom-of-the-Bottle solvent filters
• Efficient draw
• 100% PTFE polymer, including 2µm filters
• Built-in helium sparge port and frit
Solvent Filters for HPLC Systems
Type
For Use with
Cat. No.
Quantity
Stainless Steel
Fit 1/16in OD tube to 1/8in OD plastic tubing
A-302
1 Each
Stainless Steel
Fit to 1/8in OD plastic tubing using 1/8in PP nut
A-302A
1 Each
Bottom-of-the-Bottle
3/16in OD plastic tubing
A-436
1 Each
Bottom-of-the-Bottle
1/8in OD tubing
A-437
1 Each
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-163
LC Columns and Accessories
High Pressure Stainless Steel Nuts and Ferrules
Accommodate a wide range of configurations
• Designed for 10-32 port configurations
• Burr and contaminant free
Thermo Scientific High Pressure Stainless Steel Nuts and Ferrules
Type
Cat. No.
Quantity
10-32 thread nut with ferrule
F-190
1 Each
Replacement PEEK Ferrules
F-192x
10 Pack
Male hex nut
U-400x
10 Pack
Universal ferrules, 0.625in
U-401x
10 Pack
Valco male hex nut, 10-32 thread
U-320x
10 Pack
Valco ferrules, 0.625in
U-321x
10 Pack
Male hex nut, Waters compatible
U-410x
10 Pack
Reducing Union for Preparative Columns
Connects 30 to 50mm ID preparative columns to 1/16in tubing
• Stainless steel construction
• 1.0mm bore
• Without frit
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Reducing Union for Preparative Column
4-164
Description
1/8in to 1/16in Reducing Union for Preparative Column
Cat. No.
60182-357
Quantity
1 Each
LC Columns and Accessories >>
PEEK Fingertight Fittings
Machined for reliability and ease of use
• Resist cracking, breaking, thread stripping and leaking in both low and high pressure applications
• Biocompatible for a broad range of applications
PEEK Fingertight Fittings
Type
Cat. No.
Quantity
One-piece Fingertight Fitting, 1/16in, 0.37in head
F-120x
10 Pack
One-Piece Long Fingertight Fitting, 1/16in, 0.37in head
F-130x
10 Pack
One-Piece PEEK Fingertight Fitting, 1/32in, 0.25in head
M-645x
10 Pack
Two-Piece Fingertight Wing Nut with Ferrule, 1/16in
F-300x
10 Pack
Replacement PEEK Ferrules
F-142x
10 Pack
Column End Plugs, 1/16in, 10-32 coned, Delrin, Black
Column End Plugs, 1/16in, 10-32 coned, Delrin, Red
U-467BLKx
U-467Rx
10 Pack
10 Pack
LC Accessories
Viper Unions
Suitable only for direct connection of two Viper capillaries
Description
Viper union, stainless steel
Cat. No.
6040.2304
Quantity
1 Each
Stainless Steel Unions, Tees and Crosses
Well-suited to high pressure applications
• Absolute zero or low dead volume formats
• Includes two stainless steel nuts and ferrules
Stainless Steel Unions, Tees and Crosses
Description
Through Hole (in)
Swept Volume (µL)
Cat. No.
Quantity
Union, stainless steel, Upchurch Scientific/Parker fittings
compatible, includes 2 stainless steel nuts and ferrules
0.010
0.025
U-435
1 Each
Union, stainless steel, Upchurch Scientific/Parker fittings
compatible, includes 2 stainless steel nuts and ferrules
0.020
0.134
U-402
1 Each
Union, stainless steel, Upchurch Scientific/Parker fittings
compatible, includes 2 stainless steel nuts and ferrules
0.050
0.836
U-437
1 Each
Union, stainless steel, Upchurch Scientific/Parker fittings
compatible, includes 2 stainless steel nuts and ferrules
0.062
~0.0
U-438
1 Each
Union, stainless steel, Waters fittings compatible,
includes 2 stainless steel nuts and ferrules
0.020
0.129
U-412
1 Each
Union, stainless steel, Valco fittings compatible,
includes 2 stainless steel nuts and ferrules
0.020
0.103
U-322
1 Each
Tee, stainless steel, 10-32 fittings
for use with 1/16in OD tubing
0.020
0.57
U-428
1 Each
Cross, stainless steel, 10-32 fittings
for use with 1/16in OD tubing
0.020
0.72
U-430
1 Each
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-165
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
4-166
PEEK Unions, Tees and Crosses
Well-suited to high pressure applications
• Absolute zero or low dead volume formats
• Biocompatible
PEEK and PEEK Lined Unions, Tees and Crosses
Description
Through Hole (in)
Swept Volume (µL)
Cat. No.
Quantity
Union, PEEK polymer, includes two PEEK 2-piece fittings
0.010
0.070
P-742
1 Each
Union, PEEK polymer, includes two PEEK 2-piece fittings
0.020
0.28
P-704
1 Each
Tee, PEEK, 10-32 fittings for use with 1/16in OD tubing,
includes three 10-32 PEEK double-winged nuts
0.020
0.57
P-727
1 Each
PEEK, 10-32 fittings for use with 1/16in OD tubing, includes
four 10-32 PEEK double-winged nuts
0.020
0.72
P-729
1 Each
Excellent chemical compatibility and very low carryover
• Precision-bore fused silica tubing coated with 1/16in OD PEEK covering
• Usable in most standard chromatography systems
• Withstands high pressures
• Smooth internal surface for excellent flow characteristics
• Tubing is stiff: not recommended for uses requiring tubing bends
• Precut lengths only: cutting in the lab may damage tubing
PEEKsil Capillary Tubing
ID (in)
0.002
0.007
Cat. No.
60182-500
60182-501
60182-502
60182-503
60182-504
60182-505
60182-506
60182-507
60182-508
Quantity
5 Pack
5 Pack
2 Pack
5 Pack
5 Pack
2 Pack
5 Pack
5 Pack
2 Pack
Applications:
•
HPLC
•
LC-MS
LC Accessories
0.004
Length (cm)
10
20
50
10
20
50
10
20
50
LC Columns and Accessories >>
PEEKsil Capillary Tubing
PEEK Sleeves for Fused Silica Capillary Tubing
Withstands high pressures
1/16in OD PEEK Sleeves for Fused Silica Capillary Tubing
ID (in)
0.008
0.010
0.012
0.015
0.021
0.030
Color
Yellow
Blue
Natural
Orange
Natural
Natural
Cat. No.
F-227
F-228
F-229
F-230
F-231
F-232
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-167
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
4-168
316 Stainless Steel Capillary Tubing
Cleaned, polished, passivated and ready-to-use
• Suitable for ultra high pressure applications
• Wide chemical compatibilty
• Prefinished, square, burr-free ends and interiors to minimize dead volume connections
• Not recommended for biological samples
• Rough internal surface may lead to sample carryover
316 Stainless Steel Capillary Tubing
ID (in)
Length (cm)
Color
1/16in OD Precut Tubing
0.005
5
Red
10
Red
20
Red
30
Red
50
Red
100
Red
0.007
5
Black
10
Black
20
Black
30
Black
50
Black
100
Black
0.010
5
Blue
10
Blue
20
Blue
30
Blue
50
Blue
100
Blue
1/32in OD Precut Tubing with 1/16in Sleeves
0.005
10.5
Red
15
Red
28
Red
40
Red
0.007
10.5
Yellow
15
Yellow
28
Yellow
40
Yellow
Cat. No.
Quantity
U-152
U-153
U-154
U-155
U-156
U-157
U-126
U-127
U-128
U-129
U-130
U-131
U-111
U-112
U-113
U-114
U-132
U-133
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
30011-FLEX
30015-FLEX
30028-FLEX
30040-FLEX
39011-FLEX
39015-FLEX
39028-FLEX
39040-FLEX
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Cat. No.
U-158
U-108
U-106
U-105
U-107
U-144
U-151
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1/16in 316 Stainless Steel Tubing, 5-Foot Coil
ID (in)
0.005
0.007
0.010
0.020
0.030
0.040
0.046
Pre-cut and color-coded for easy identification and use
• Broad chemical compatibility
• Biocompatible
• Easily cut to desired length
• Appropriate for many HPLC applications
• Resistant to most organic solvents, but nitric acid, sulfuric acid, dichloromethane, THF and DMSO are not recommended
1/16in OD Precut PEEK Tubing
ID (in)
0.003
0.007
0.010
0.020
Color
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Cat. No.
37003-5
37003-10
37003-20
37003-30
37003-50
37003-100
37005-5
37005-10
37005-20
37005-30
37005-50
37005-100
37007-5
37007-10
37007-20
37007-30
37007-50
37007-100
37010-5
37010-10
37010-20
37010-30
37010-50
37010-100
37020-5
37020-10
37020-20
37020-30
37020-50
37020-100
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Cat. No.
37003
37005
37007
37010
37020
37030
37040
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
LC Accessories
0.005
Length (cm)
5
10
20
30
50
100
5
10
20
30
50
100
5
10
20
30
50
100
5
10
20
30
50
100
5
10
20
30
50
100
LC Columns and Accessories >>
PEEK Capillary Tubing
1/16in OD PEEK Tubing, 5-Foot Coil
ID (in)
0.003
0.005
0.007
0.010
0.020
0.030
0.040
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-169
LC Columns and Accessories
Polymer Tubing Cutter
Produces a flat, 90°, burr-free end
• Compatible with rigid polymeric tubing
• Guide holes for 1/16in and 1/8in tubing
Polymer Tubing Cutter
Description
Polymeric Tubing Cutter
Replacement blades
Cat. No.
A-327
A-328
Quantity
1 Each
5 Pack
Terry Tool Tubing Cutters
Produce clean, 90° cuts of stainless steel tubing
Terry Tool Tubing Cutters
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Description
1/16in stainless steel tubing
1/8in stainless steel tubing
4-170
Cat. No.
60182-509
60182-510
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
Cat. No.
6720.0016
Quantity
1 Each
Fused Silica Cutter
Fused Silica Cutter
Description
Cutter for fused silica capillaries
Allow continuous flow between the load and inject positions to protect
against pressure shock
• Stainless steel construction
• Make-Before-Break (MBB) design
• Can use partial filling for zero sample waste or complete filling for better reproducibility
• Inject 1µL to 5mL with high accuracy and precision
• 7725i features a position sensing switch for a reproducible start signal
Rheodyne 7725 and 7725i Sample Injectors
Model
7725
7725i
Mode
Dual
Dual
Features
Continuous flow
Continuous flow, position sensing switch
Cat. No.
7725
7725i
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
Allow continuous flow between the load and inject positions to protect against
pressure shock
• Biocompatible PEEK construction
LC Accessories
Rheodyne 9725 and 9725i Sample Injectors
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Rheodyne 7725 and 7725i Sample Injectors
• Make-Before-Break (MBB) design
• Can use partial filling for zero sample waste or complete filling for better reproducibility
• Inject 1µL to 5mL with high accuracy and precision
• 9725i features a position sensing switch for a reproducible start signal
Rheodyne 9725 and 9725i Sample Injectors
Model
9725
9725i
Mode
Dual
Dual
Features
Continuous flow
Continuous flow, position sensing switch
Cat. No.
9725
9725i
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
Rheodyne 8125 Low-dispersion Microscale Injector
Designed for use with 1 and 2mm ID HPLC columns
• Can use partial filling for zero sample waste or complete filling for better reproducibility
• Position sensing switch provides reproducible start signal
• Suitable for use with 5 to 50µL sample loops
Rheodyne 8125 Low-dispersion Microscale Injector
Model
8125
Mode
Dual
Features
Continuous flow
Cat. No.
8125
Quantity
1 Each
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-171
LC Columns and Accessories
Rheodyne 7010 Sample Injector
Single-mode sample injector designed for the complete filling method
Rheodyne 7010 Sample Injector
Model
7010
Mode
Single
Features
Complete filling method
Cat. No.
7010
Quantity
1 Each
Rheodyne 9010 Sample Injector
Single-mode sample injector designed for the complete filling method
• Compatible with sample loop sizes 5µL to 10mL
• PEEK stator
• Position sensing switch provides a reproducible start signal
Rheodyne 9010 Sample Injector
Model
9010
Mode
Single
Features
Continuous flow, position sensing switch
Cat. No.
9010
Quantity
1 Each
Rheodyne Ports for Injectors
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Suitable for popular Rheodyne injector models
4-172
Rheodyne Ports for Rheodyne Injectors Models 7010 and 9010
For Use with Rheodyne Model
7010 Filler Port, Stainless Steel
9010 Filler Port, PEEK
9010 Needle Port, PEEK
Cat. No.
7012
9012
9013
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Compatible with:
sample loop sizes 5µL to 20mL
For Rheodyne sample injectors in stainless steel or biocompatible PEEK
PEEK and Stainless Steel Sample Loops
Description
Sample loops for
7010 and 7125
injectors,
Stainless Steel
Sample loops for
7725 and 7725i
injectors Stainless
Steel
Sample loops for
9010 and 9725
injectors, PEEK
Sample loops for
9725 and 9725i
injectors, PEEK
ID (mm / in)
0.18 / 0.007
0.30 / 0.012
0.30 / 0.012
0.51 / 0.020
0.51 / 0.020
0.76 / 0.030
0.76 / 0.030
0.76 / 0.030
1.0 / 0.040
0.18 / 0.007
0.30 / 0.012
0.30 / 0.012
0.51 / 0.020
0.20 / 0.008
0.20 / 0.008
0.25 / 0.010
0.30 / 0.012
Internal
0.18 / 0.007
0.25 / 0.010
0.25 / 0.010
0.51 / 0.020
0.51 / 0.020
0.51 / 0.020
0.76 / 0.030
0.76 / 0.030
0.76 / 0.030
0.18 / 0.007
0.25 / 0.010
0.25 / 0.010
0.51 / 0.020
Cat. No.
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7029
7755-020
7755-021
7755-022
7755-023
8020
8021
8022
8023
7755-015
9055-020
9055-021
9055-022
9055-023
9055-024
9055-025
9055-026
9055-027
9055-029
9055-020
9055-021
9055-022
9055-023
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Cat. No.
3725-999
7010-999
7125-999
7410-999
7520-999
7725-999
8125-999
9125-999
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
LC Accessories
Sample loops for
8125 injectors,
Stainless Steel
Volume
5μL
10μL
20μL
50μL
100μL
200μL
500μL
1mL
5mL
5μL
10μL
20μL
50μL
5μL
10μL
20μL
50μL
2µL
5µL
10µL
20µL
50µL
100µL
200µL
500µL
1mL
5mL
5μL
10μL
20μL
50μL
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Rheodyne Sample Loops
RheBuild Kits
Maintain Rheodyne valves and injectors
RheBuild Kits
For Use with Rheodyne Models
3725/3725i/3725-038/3725i-038
7010/7000
7125/7126
7410
7520/7526
7725/7725i/7726
8125/8126
9125/9126
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-173
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
4-174
Rheodyne Suction Needle Adapter
For use with Rheodyne sample injectors
Rheodyne Suction Needle Adapter
For Use with
Rheodyne Injector Models 9725 and 9725i
Cat. No.
9125-076
Quantity
1 Each
Rheodyne Replacement Rotor Seals for Injectors
Suitable for popular Rheodyne injector models
Rheodyne Replacement Rotor Seals for Injectors
For Use with Rheodyne Models
Vespel Seals
7000/7010/7040/7067
7030
7060/7066
7125/7126
7410
7413
8125/8126
Tefzel Seals
7000/7010/7040
7030
7060/7066/9060
7410
7125/7126
8125
9010
9125
PEEK Seals
3725/3725i/3725-038/3725i-038
Cat. No.
Quantity
7010-039
7030-003
7060-070
7125-047
7410-038
7413-013
8125-038
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
7010-071
7030-015
7060-074
7410-075
7125-079
8125-097
9010-051
9125-082
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
3725-018
1 Each
Suitable for popular Rheodyne injector models
Rheodyne Stators
For Use with Rheodyne Models
7000/7010/7030/7040/7125
7010-087/7125-081
7060/7066
7410/7413
9010/9030/9125
9060
7725
8125/8126
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Cat. No.
3725-039
7125-067
8125-074
8125-094
9060-015
7725-026
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Cat. No.
7125-054
Quantity
1 Each
Cat. No.
7160-010
7160
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
Rheodyne Stator Face Assemblies
For Use with Rheodyne Models
3725/3725i/3725-038/3725i-038
7125
8125
9125/9010/9030
9060
9725
LC Accessories
Cat. No.
7010-040
7010-066
7060-039
7410-041
9125-043
9060-016
7725-010
8125-098
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Rheodyne Stators
Rheodyne Injection Port Needle Cleaner
For use with Rheodyne sample injectors
Rheodyne Injection Port Needle Cleaner
For Use with
Rheodyne injectors
Rheodyne Valve Mounting Brackets
For use with Rheodyne sample injectors
Rheodyne Injection Port Needle Cleaner
For Use with
Angle bracket
Mouting panel
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-175
LC Columns and Accessories
RheFlex High Pressure Fittings
Precision machined from 316 stainless steel
RheFlex High Pressure Fittings
Type
Short Fittings Set
Short Fittings Set
Long Fittings Set
Long Fittings Set
Extra Long Fittings Set
Extra Long Fittings Set
1/16in Ferrule
1/16in Ferrule
0.5mm Ferrule for Model 8125
Cat. No.
6000-109
6000-209
6000-111
6000-211
6000-162
6000-262
6000-110
6000-210
8125-084
Quantity
5 Pack
10 Pack
5 Pack
10 Pack
5 Pack
10 Pack
5 Pack
10 Pack
1 Each
RheFlex Two-Piece PEEK Fittings
Provide inert, metal-free connections
• Slotted back-side of the ferrule is squeezed down onto the tube by the
mating conical surface of the nut
• May be used on 1/16in metal or plastic tubing reliably up to 5000 psi
• Reusable ferrule and nut
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
RheFlex Two-Piece PEEK Fittings
4-176
Type
Fitting set, standard length
Fitting set, short
Fitting set, X-long
Replacement ferrules
Cat. No.
6000-054
6000-055
6000-066
6000-051
Quantity
5 Pack
5 Pack
1 Each
5 Pack
Can be used as an injector or switching valve
• 1/16in fittings
• 0.010in ports
• Available in 6-port or 10-port configurations
• Available with manual or microelectric actuator
Cheminert Model C2 Microbore Injector
Description
Model C2 injector, N60 stainless stator, 5μLloop, manual
Model C2 injector, N60 stainless stator, 5μL loop,
microelectric actuator
Sample injector loops, stainless steel
Sample injector loops, PAEK
Cat. No.
C2-1006
C2-1000
C2-1006EH
C2-1000EP
CSL2
CSL5
CSL10
CSL20
CSL50
CSL100
C2-1346EH
C2-1340EP
CZSL5PK
CZSL10PK
CZSL50PK
CZSL100PK
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Volume
20μL loop
20μL loop
–
2μL
5μL
10μL
20μL
50μL
100μL
Cat. No.
C6W
EPC6W
SSAC6W
SL2CW
SL5CW
SL10CW
SL20CW
SL50CW
SL100CW
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Cat. No.
VISF-1
VISF-2
ZN1-10
LZN1-10
ZF1-10
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
10 Pack
10 Pack
10 Pack
LC Accessories
Model C4 injector, PAEK stator, 5μL loop,
microelectric actuator
Sample Volume
6 ports
10 ports
6 ports
10 ports
2μL
5μL
10μL
20μL
50μL
100μL
6 ports
10 ports
5μL
10μL
50μL
100μL
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Cheminert Model C2 Microbore Injector
Valco Injector Model C6W
Description
Model C6W injector, six 0.016in ports, manual
Model EPC6W injector, six 0.016in ports, microelectric actuator
Replacement rotor
Sample injector loop, stainless steel
Sample injector loop, stainless steel
Sample injector loop, stainless steel
Sample injector loop, stainless steel
Sample injector loop, stainless steel
Sample injector loop, stainless steel
Valco Accessories
Description
Valco syringe ports
Valco syringe ports
Valco Nuts and Ferrules
Valco Nuts and Ferrules
Valco Nuts and Ferrules
Volume
22 ga. needles; 1/16in fittings
22 ga. 2in needles
1/16in standard nut
1/16in long nut
1/16in SS ferrule
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-177
LC Columns and Accessories
HPLC Syringes
Syringes and needles for Thermo Scientific LC instruments
Syringes for UltiMate 3000 Instruments
Volume (µL)
25
100
250
500
1000
Instrument
All WPS-3000 variants
All WPS-3000 variants
All WPS-3000 and ACC-3000 variants, except the WPS-3000TXRS
All WPS-3000 variants, except the WPS-3000TXRS
All WPS-3000 and ACC-3000 variants, except the WPS-3000TXRS
Volume (µL)
250
500
250
500
2500
Needle Type
Removable
Removable
–
–
–
Instrument
LCQ, XP, DECA, Advantage
LCQ MS
LCQ XSQ
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Cat. No.
365ILT21
365JLT41
365ILT91
365JLT61
365LLT81
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Syringes for Thermo Scientific Instruments
Length (mm)
50
50
–
–
–
Gauge
22
22
–
–
–
Instrument
LCQ
LCQ
AS1000, AS3000
AS1000, AS3000
AS3000, AS3500
Mass Spectrometry Replacement ESI Probe Needles
4-178
Cat. No.
6822.0001
6822.0002
6822.0003
6822.0004
6822.0005
Cat. No.
365RNLT1
365RNLT2
365RNLT3
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Easy, accurate and reproducible manual injection
• Square tip to prevent damage to the injector
• Wide range of volumes
• Precision made from borosilicate glass and stainless steel
• Robust design and easy-to-read markings
Gas Tight Syringes for Rheodyne / Valco Injectors
Volume (µL)
10
25
50
100
250
500
Needle Type
Removable
Removable
Removable
Removable
Removable
Removable
Length (mm)
50
50
50
50
50
50
Gauge
22
22
22
22
22
22
Tip Style
90° Blunt End
90° Blunt End
90° Blunt End
90° Blunt End
90° Blunt End
90° Blunt End
Cat. No.
365RNL15
365RNL25
365RNL25
365RNL25
365RNL25
365RNL25
Quantity
5 Pack
5 Pack
5 Pack
5 Pack
5 Pack
5 Pack
Cat. No.
365DLG21
365FLG31
365GLG41
365HLG51
365ILG61
365JLG71
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Replacement Needle for Syringe
365DLG21
365FLG31
365GLG41
365HLG51
365ILG61
365JLG71
LC Accessories
Replacement Needles
LC Columns and Accessories >>
LC Syringes for Manual Injection valves
Gas Tight Syringes for Rheodyne / Valco Injectors
Volume (µL)
10
25
50
100
250
500
Needle Type
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
Length (mm)
50
50
50
50
50
50
Gauge
22
22
22
22
22
22
Tip Style
90° Blunt End
90° Blunt End
90° Blunt End
90° Blunt End
90° Blunt End
90° Blunt End
Cat. No.
365DL263
365F6315
365G6316
365H6317
365ILG61
365J6319
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Gauge
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
Tip Style
90° Blunt End
90° Blunt End
90° Blunt End
90° Blunt End
90° Blunt End
90° Blunt End
90° Blunt End
Cat. No.
365CL221
365DL231
365FL241
365GL251
365HL261
365IL271
365JL281
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Syringes for Rheodyne / Valco Injectors
Volume (µL)
5
10
25
50
100
250
500
Needle Type
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
Length (mm)
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-179
LC Columns and Accessories
Other LC Syringes
• Instrument specific syringes
• Luer-Lok syringes ideal for priming
• Macro volume sampling syringes suitable for liquid or gas samples
Syringes for CTC Instruments
Volume (µL)
10
25
50
100
Needle Type
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
Length (mm)
50
50
50
50
Cat. No.
365DL991
365FL715
365GL810
365HL331
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Tip Style
Bevel
90° Blunt End
Cat. No.
365BL443
365BL447
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
Gauge
–
–
–
–
–
Tip Style
–
–
–
–
–
Cat. No.
365KL531
365LL541
365ML551
365NL561
365PL571
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Gauge
22
Tip Style
90° Blunt End
Cat. No.
365RNL22
Quantity
2 Pack
Gauge
22s
22s
22s
22s
Tip Style
Bevel
Bevel
Bevel
Bevel
Cat. No.
365K3051
365LL375
365M5212
365N5214
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Gauge
22
22
22
22
Tip Style
–
–
–
–
Cat. No.
365RP532
365RP922
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
Length (mm)
70
70
Gauge
26s
26s
Length (mm)
–
–
–
–
–
Replacement Plungers
Replacement Plunger for Syringe
365DL991
365FL715
Syringes for Waters Instruments
Volume (µL)
1
1
Needle Type
Fixed
Fixed
PTFE Luer-Lok Syringes
Volume (mL)
1
2.5
5
10
25
Needle Type
–
–
–
–
–
Needles for Luer-Lok Priming Syringes
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Length (mm)
50
4-180
Syringes for Macro Volume Sampling
Volume (mL)
1
2.5
5
10
Needle Type
Fxed
Fxed
Fxed
Fxed
Length (mm)
50
50
50
50
Detector Lamps for UltiMate 3000 Instruments
Description
Deuterium Lamp
Tungsten Lamp
Quantity
1 Each
6074.2000
1 Each
Model
SP8400/SP8430/SP8440/SP8450/SP8480/SP8490
Cat. No.
DSP-901
Quantity
1 Each
SP8480XR/SP8773XR
Linear UV100/UV200/UV1000/UV2000/UV3000/
Focus/Spectrochrom
DSP-907
DSP-908
1 Each
1 Each
Cat. No.
DHP-901
Quantity
1 Each
DHP-902
DHP-903
DHP-909
DHP-910
DHP-911
DHP-912
DHP-913
DHP-906
DHP-910LL
DHP-911LL
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Detector Lamps for Thermo Scientific Instruments
Description
Deuterium Lamp
Detector Lamps for Agilent Instruments
Description
Deuterium Lamp
Xenon Lamp
LL Deuterium
Lamp
Model
Agilent HP1040/HP1050 (G1306A) DAD/HP 1050 DA
(1050 MWD)/ HP MW (79854A) / HP 1090 (75880A) DAD
HP 1080/HP 1081/HP1081B/HP1082B/HP1084/HP1084B
HP 1050 VW (79853C)
HP 8450/8450A
HP 1100 (G1314) VW
HP 1100 (G1315A) DAD
HP 8453
HP 8452 A DAD/HP 8452A Opt 002
HP 1046/HP1046A
Agilent 1100 VWD long life
Agilent 1100 DAD long life
LC Accessories
Cat. No.
6074.1110
Model
MWD-3000(RS), DAD-3000(RS), VWD-3100
and VWD-3400RS
MWD-3000(RS), DAD-3000(RS), VWD-3100
and VWD-3400RS
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Detector Lamps
Detector Lamps for Merck-Hitachi Instruments
Description
Deuterium Lamp
Model
101/102/111
Cat. No.
DHI-901
Quantity
1 Each
DHI-902
1 Each
DHI-903
1 Each
Xenon Lamp
100-10/100-40/100-50/100-60
150-20/200/220/300/330/340/2000/3000/4000/
L2500/L3000/L4000/L-4500
L4200/L4250/L4500
LaChrom L4720/L4520/L7400/L450
Hitachi fluorescence detectors F1000/2000/4000 Series
DHI-908
DHI-910
DHI-911
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Our applications team is regularly presenting
at key events, download one of our recent posters.
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-181
LC Columns and Accessories
Detector Lamps for PerkinElmer Instruments
Description
Deuterium Lamp
Model
Lambda 3/7/9
Cat. No.
DPE-903
Quantity
1 Each
Tungsten Lamp
360/460/560
Integral 2000/Integral 4000/LC55/LC65/LC85/LC95
LC-90/LC-290
Lambda 2/2S/10/11 and others
Series 200 DAD
Lambda 2/2S/10/11 and others
DPE-906
DPE-911
DPE-913
DPE-914
DPE-915
DPE-908
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Model
UV120/UV160/UV160A/UV240/UV260/UV265
Cat. No.
DSH-901
Quantity
1 Each
SPD-2A/SPD-3/SPD-4
D300L/UV200S
SPD 6A/SPD-6AV
SPD 10A/SPD 10AS/SPD-10AV/SPD-10AVP
SPD-M10AVP PDA
Shimadzu RF530/RF510
Shimadzu RF540/RF535/RF551/RF500
Shimadzu RF1501.5301/5000
RF10A RF10AX
DSH-902
DSH-903
DSH-916
DSH-917
DSH-918
DSH-912
DSH-913
DSH-914
DSH-915
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Shimadzu SPD-10 Series long life
DSH-918LL
1 Each
Model
UV 2050
Cat. No.
DVA-901
Quantity
1 Each
UV 50/Varichrom
UV100/UV200
UV5/2550
LC5000/LC5500
Star 9050
ProStar 340/345 UV/Vis
DVA-903
DVA-904
DVA-905
DVA-906
DVA-907
DVA-909
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Detector Lamps for Shimadzu Instruments
Description
Deuterium Lamp
Xenon Lamp
LL Deuterium
Lamp
Detector Lamps for Varian Instruments
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Description
Deuterium Lamp
4-182
Detector Lamps for Waters Instruments
Description
Mercury Lamp
Model
440/441/490
Cat. No.
DWA-901
Quantity
1 Each
Deuterium Lamp
480/481/480LC/481LC/Lambda Max/LC1
484
486
2486
996 PDA/2996
990/991/994 PDA
2487 Dual Wavelength/2488
RI/R401/R403/R404
440/441/490
440/441/490
470/475/2475 Lamp only
474
Waters 996
Waters Alliance 2487/2488
DWA-910
DWA-915
DWA-918
DWA-918LC
DWA-921
DWA-926
DWA-930
DWA-911
DWA-912
DWA-913
DWA-923
DWA-929
DWA-921LL
DWA-930LL
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Tungsten Lamp
Cadmium Lamp
Zinc Lamp
Xenon Lamp
LL Deuterium
Lamp
Pump Spares for UltiMate 3000 Instruments
Model
Cat. No.
Quantity
ISO-3100SD
LPG-3400SD
DGP-3600SD
HPG-3x00SD
LPG-3400RS
DGP-3600RS
HPG-3x00RS
LPG-3400XRS
6040.1950
6040.1951
6040.1952
6040.1953
6040.1954A
6040.1955A
6040.1956A
6043.1954
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
SD, RS, BM pumps
LPG-3400XRS pump
6040.0042
6043.0169
2 Each
1 Each
SD, RS pumps
SD, RS pumps
LPG-3400XRS pump
6040.0304
6040.0306
6043.0295
2 Each
2 Each
1 Each
SD, RS, BX, BM pumps
SD, RS, BX, BM pumps
LPG-3400XRS pump
6041.2300
6041.2301
6043.0145
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Model
Cat. No.
Quantity
Accela pump
Accela pump
00201-11328
00950-01-00126
2 Each
2 Each
Accela pump
Surveyor LC
Surveyor LC
Surveyor LC
Surveyor MS
Surveyor MS
Surveyor MS
00950-01-00128
SFS-220
SFS-220G
SFS-230
SFS-320
SFS-320U
SFS-330
2 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Accela pump
Accela pump
Surveyor LC
Surveyor LC
Surveyor MS
00950-01-00131
00950-01-00130
SFS-3001
SFS-3002
SFS-6001C
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
LC Accessories
Description
Maintenance Kits
Maintenance Kit for ISO-3100SD
Maintenance Kit for LPG-3400SD
Maintenance Kit for DGP-3600SD
Maintenance Kit for HPG-3x00SD
Maintenance Kit for LPG-3400RS
Maintenance Kit for DGP-3600RS
Maintenance Kit for HPG-3x00RS
Maintenance Kit for LPG-3400XRS
Pistons
Pistons, sapphire
Pistons, sapphire
Piston Seals
Piston Seals, RP
Piston Seals, NP
Piston Seal
Check Valves
Check valve, sapphire, cardridge type
Check valve, ZrO ceramics, cardridge type
Check valve, sapphire, cardridge type
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Pump Spares
Pump Spares for Thermo Scientific Instruments
Description
Pistons
Piston
Piston, sapphire
Piston Seals
Secondary piston seal (wash seal)
Piston Seal Black
Piston Seal Yellow
Wash Seal White
Piston Seal Black
Piston Seal Clear
Wash Seal clear
Check Valves
Outlet Check Valve
Inlet Check Valve
Inlet Check Valve Assembly – Cartridge Type
Outlet Check Valve Assembly – Cartridge Type
Inlet/Outlet Check Valve Cartridge
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-183
LC Columns and Accessories
Pump Spares for Agilent Instruments
Description
Pistons
Piston Assembly Sapphire
Piston Assembly Sapphire
Piston Seals
Piston Seal Yellow
Piston Seal Black
Check Valves and Spares
Replacement Inlet/Outlet Check Valve Cartridge
Inlet/Outlet Check Valve Assembly
Model
Cat. No.
Quantity
1090
1050 and 1100
SHP-200
SHP-400
1 Each
1 Each
1050, 1090 and 1100
1050 and 1100
SHP-220G
SHP-420K
1 Each
1 Each
1090
1090
SHP-5002
SHP-5001
1 Each
1 Each
Model
Cat. No.
Quantity
Series 200, 400, 410, 620, Model 250, Integral 4000
Series 200, 400, 410, 620, Model 250, Integral 4000
SOT-PE600
SOT-PE500
1 Each
1 Each
Series 200, 400, 410, 620, Model 250, Integral 4000
Series 200, 400, 410, 620, Model 250, Integral 4000
Series 200, 400, 410, 620, Model 250, Integral 4000
Series 200, 400, 410, 620, Model 250, Integral 4000
SOT-PE220
SOT-PE220G
SOT-PE320
SOT-PE320G
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Series 200, 400, 410, 620, Model 250, Integral 4000
Series 200, 400, 410, 620, Model 250, Integral 4000
SOT-PE3001
SOT-PE3002
1 Each
1 Each
Model
Cat. No.
Quantity
5000, 5500, 5600
2010, 2210, 2510
SOT-VA200
SOT-VA400
1 Each
1 Each
5000, 5500, 5600
2010, 2210, 2510
2010, 2210, 2510
SOT-VA220
SOT-VA320
SOT-VA320G
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
2010, 2210, 2510
2010, 2210, 2510
SVA-3001
SVA-3002
1 Each
1 Each
Pump Spares for PerkinElmer Instruments
Description
Pistons
HP Piston Assembly Sapphire
HP Piston Assembly Sapphire
Piston Seals
HP Piston Seal Grey
HP Piston Seal Yellow
LP Piston Seal Black
LP Piston Seal Yellow
Check Valves and Spares
Inlet/Intermediate Check Valve Assembly
Outlet Check Valve Assembly
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Pump Spares for Varian Instruments
4-184
Description
Pistons
Piston Assembly Sapphire
Piston Assembly Sapphire
Piston Seals
Piston Seal Black
Piston Seal Black
Piston Seal Yellow
Check Valves and Spares
Inlet Check Valve Assembly
Outlet Check Valve Assembly
Pump Spares for Shimadzu Instruments
Cat. No.
Quantity
LC-10 AS, LC-6, LC-6A
LC-9, LC-10AD, LC-600
SOT-SH200
SOT-SH202
1 Each
1 Each
LC-10 AT
LC-10 AT
LC-3, LC-4, LC-5, LC-6, LC-6A, LC-10 AS
LC-3, LC-4, LC-5, LC-6, LC-6A, LC-10 AS
LC-3, LC-4, LC-5, LC-6, LC-6A, LC-10 AS
LC-9, LC-10AD, LC-600
LC-10 ATvp
SOT-SH-100-01
SOT-SH-100-02
SOT-SH220
SOT-SH220G
SOT-SH520G
SOT-SH420
SOT-SH520
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
LC-3, LC-4, LC-5, LC-6, LC-6A, LC-10 AS
LC-3, LC-4, LC-5, LC-6, LC-6A, LC-10 AS
LC-9, LC-10AD, LC-600
LC-9, LC-10AD, LC-600
SOT-SSH3001
SOT-SSH3002
SSH-6001
SSH-6002
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Model
Cat. No.
Quantity
M510, M590, M600, M610 M6000
M510, M590, M600, M610 M6000
M45, M501
M515
Alliance 2690
SWA-WA200
SWA-WA200R
SWA-WA205
SWA-WA800
SWA-WA900
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
M45, M501, M510, M590, M600, M610 M6000
M45, M501, M510, M590, M600, M610 M6000
M510EF, M590EF, M600EF, M610EF, M6000EF
M515
M515
Alliance 2690
Alliance 2690
SWA-WA220
SWA-WA220G
SWA-WA600S
SWA-WA820
SWA-WA820G
SWA-WA920
SWA-WA920G
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
M45, M501, M510, M590, M600, M610 M6000
M45, M501, M510, M590, M600, M610 M6000
M45, M501, M510, M590, M600, M610 M6000
M510, M590, M600, M610 M6000
M45, M501, M510, M590, M600, M610 M6000
M45, M501, M510, M590, M600, M610 M6000
M510EF, M590EF, M600EF, M610EF, M6000EF
M510EF, M590EF, M600EF, M610EF, M6000EF
M515
M515
Alliance 2690
SWA-3201
SWA-3202
SWA-3202B
SWA-3212
SWA-3402
SWA-3402B
SWA-4107
SWA-4123
SWA-8001
SWA-8002
SWA-9001
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
Pump Spares for Waters Instruments
Description
Pistons
Piston Assembly Sapphire
Piston Assembly Ruby
Piston Assembly Sapphire
Piston Assembly Sapphire
Piston Assembly Sapphire
Piston Seals
Piston Seal Black
Piston Seal Yellow
Piston Seal Grey
Piston Seal Black
Piston Seal Yellow
Piston Seal Black
Piston Seal Yellow
Check Valves and Spares
Inlet Check Valve Assembly
Outlet Check Valve Assembly Actuator Type
Outlet Check Valve
Inlet Check Valve Repair Kit
Outlet Check Valve Assembly Actuator Type
Outlet Check Valve Assembly Ball & Seat Type
Inlet Check Valve Assembly
Inlet Check Valve Repair Kit
Inlet Check Valve Assembly
Outlet Check Valve Assembly
Check Valve Cartridge
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
LC Accessories
Model
Description
Pistons
Piston Assembly Sapphire
Piston Assembly Sapphire
Piston Seals
Piston Seal Yellow
Wash Seal White
Piston Seal Grey
Wash Seal White
Piston Seal Yellow
Piston Seal Grey
Piston Seal Black
Check Valves and Spares
Inlet Check Valve Assembly
Outlet Check Valve Assembly
Inlet Check Valve Assembly – Cartridge Type
Outlet Check Valve Assembly – Cartridge Type
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Pump Spares continued
4-185
LC Columns and Accessories
Dionex ICS-900 Ion Chromatography Systems
Routinely Analyze Multiple Anions or Cations in 10-15 Minutes
• Sensitive, stable, heated conductivity detection for precise results
• Compatibility with a broad range of polymeric separation columns for unparalleled application
flexibility and reliability
• Thermo Scientific™ Dionex™ Chromeleon™ SE allows control of a single Thermo Scientific Dionex ICS-900
with an autosampler
The Dionex ICS-900 is an integrated,
single-channel ion chromatography system
designed to run specific isocratic anion
and cation applications. The system uses
Thermo Scientific™ Dionex™ MMS™ 300
membrane suppression with Displacement
Chemical Regeneration (DCR) technology for
low noise and stable baselines. Each ICS-900
system has an all-polymeric flow path with a
reliable dual piston pump, high-pressure pulse
damper, electrically actuated PEEK™ valve, and
a temperature-controlled conductivity cell.
Dionex ICS-900 Key Features:
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
•
4-186
Dionex MMS 300 membrane suppression
with DCR technology for drift-free baseline
and ease-of-use
•
Wide pump flow rate range to support 2, 3,
and 4mm isocratic anion and cation columns
•
Dual-piston, serial-pumping system with
PEEK™ flow path for low maintenance costs
and maximum up-time
•
All-polymeric flow pathway to eliminate
contamination and corrosion
•
Chromeleon Chromatography Data System
software for full control, quality integration,
and versatile reports to exceed all your data
processing needs
•
USB connectivity for fast, trouble-free
instrument connection and configuration
Dionex ICS-900 Physical Specifications
Dimensions (h × w × d):
33 × 24 × 40cm (13 × 9.5 × 15.75in)
Weight 10kg (22lbs)
Power Requirements:
100 - 240 VAC, 50–60Hz, autoranging
The AS-DV autosampler is a low-cost, metalfree, rugged, automated sample loading device
designed especially for ion chromatography
applications. The random access and sample
preparation capabilities provide easily
automated sample introduction to the
chromatograph. Its new software control
provides high flexibility to select the optimum
injection parameters for filling injection loops
or loading concentrator columns.
AS-DV Key Features:
•
Full loop and concentrator loading
•
Optional 6-port or 10-port valve for automated
sample preparation or sample injection
•
Random access
•
Chromeleon control provides high flexibility
to select the optimum injection parameters
•
0.5mL and 5.0mL polymeric vials with
optional filter caps
•
Automatic switching power supply for
universal input voltage
•
Sample Overlap injections for increased
productivity
AS-DV Autosampler Specifications
Dimensions (h × w × d):
23 × 45 × 56cm (9 × 17.5 × 22in)
Weight: 16 kg (35 lbs)
Power Requirements:
100 - 240 VAC, 50–60Hz, autoranging
Description
Dionex ICS-900 IC System for Anions with AS-DV Autosampler and Chromeleon Software
Dionex ICS-900 IC System for Cations with AS-DV Autosampler and Chromeleon Software
Cat. No.
078028
078029
Contact Customer Service for details of replacement columns and reagents for the Dionex ICS-900
The Anion Bundle includes:
•
•
•
•
The Cation Bundle includes:
•
•
•
•
Dionex ICS-900 Ion Chromatography System
AS-DV Autosampler
Chromeleon 7 SE Software
CS12A 4mm Consumables Bundle:
1- Dionex IonPac CS12A 4mm, 046073
1- Dionex IonPac CG12A 4mm, 046074
1- Thermo Scientific™ Dionex™ CMMS™
300 Cation MicroMembrane Suppressor
4mm, 064560
1- Dionex CMMS III Regenerant
Concentrate, 4 pack, 057556
1- Dionex ICS-900 DCR Cation Regenerant
2L Bottle, 057713
1- CS12A Eluent Concentrate, 057562
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
LC Accessories
Dionex ICS-900 Ion Chromatography System
AS-DV Autosampler
Chromeleon 7 SE Software
AS22 4mm Consumables Bundle:
1- Dionex IonPac AS22 4mm, 064141
1- Dionex IonPac AG22 4mm, 064139
1- Thermo Scientific™ Dionex™ AMMS™
300 Anion MicroMembrane™
Suppressor 4mm, 064558
1- Dionex AMMS III Regenerant
Concentrate, 4 pack, 057555
1- Dionex ICS-900 DCR Anion Regenerant
2L Bottle, 057712
1- AS22 Eluent Concentrate, 0670
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Dionex ICS-900 Ion Chromatography System Bundles
4-187
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
4-188
HOT POCKET and COOL POCKET Column Temperature Controllers
Wrap-around column temperature control systems
• Easy to install and use with a variety of column lengths
• Dual display of both actual and set point temperature
• HOT POCKET
range from just above ambient to 85°C
• COOL POCKET range from 5°C to 55°C
• Explore sample selectivity and stability on both sides of ambient
Column Heating and Cooling in an
Efficient, Compact Design
The Thermo Scientific™ HOT POCKET™ and
Thermo Scientific™ COOL POCKET™ Column
Temperature Controllers have a unique, space
saving design for the efficient control of HPLC
column temperature using a novel, soft, wraparound sealing mantle. The mantle is wrapped
directly onto the column, in situ, in horizontal,
vertical, or slant position. The standard size
accepts column lengths up to 300mm, and
columns up to 150mm can be used with the
short HOT POCKET model. The inserts also allow
the use of guard columns or the optional eluent
pre-heater. The inserts are modular, allowing
them to be easily removed or rearranged for
your specific column configuration. Special
inserts are available for larger or smaller
diameter columns. The temperature is set on the
Temperature Controller Unit, which is
permanently attached to the heater/cooler. Both
the actual temperature and the user selected set
point are simultaneously displayed on the LED
controller display.
HOT POCKET Column Heater
The HOT POCKET Column Heater has a
temperature range of just above ambient to
85°C with excellent control, allowing validation
of HPLC methods at accurate temperatures.
HPLC method ruggedness can be investigated
by exploring the sensitivity of a separation
to temperature changes. The HOT POCKET is
available in a standard size to accommodate
column combinations up to 300mm in length,
and a short version for columns up to 150mm.
It is easy to install a column into the
HOT POCKET or COOL POCKET. Depending
upon column length and auxiliary fixtures such
as a guard column or eluent pre-heater, some
of the inserts may have to be rearranged
or removed through the special slot at one end.
Rotate the inserts so that the groove in each
is positioned in the open part of the channel.
Columns are simply placed into the inserts,
which are then rotated to lock the column into
the channel. The insulated mantle is wrapped
around the column with a Velcro™ closure.
COOL POCKET Temperature Controller
The COOL POCKET Temperature Controller
provides efficient control of the temperature
of HPLC columns both above and below
ambient, with an operational temperature range
of 5°C to 55°C. The COOL POCKET Temperature
Controller is ideal for chiral applications where
a lower temperature may give better separation
of enantiomers or other closely related
compounds. It also allows you to validate HPLC
methods at accurate temperatures near ambient
and check HPLC method ruggedness by
exploring the sensitivity of your separation to
temperature changes on both sides of ambient.
Column heating or cooling in a compact, efficient design
• The Eluent Pre-Heater provides a dramatic improvement in chromatography
as demonstrated by the USP method for enalapril maleate at 80°C
• For preheating or precooling the mobile phase before it enters column
• Use in temperatures above 50°C or below 15°C
• 0.005in ID
Product Specifications
Controller Dimensions
Mantle Dimensions
Power Cord
Weight
Power
With Eluent Pre-heater
Without Eluent Pre-heater
80°C
80°C
oven4
0
1
2
LC Equipment
HOT POCKET
COOL POCKET
5°C above ambient to 85°C
5°C to 55°C
Dual LED displays of actual and set point temperatures in °C
± 2°C over entire range
± 2°C over entire range
± 1°C
± 1°C
± 0.1°C
± 0.1°C
85°C in less than 30 minutes
55°C in 25 minutes, 5°C in 20 minutes
Standard: up to 3/8in OD and up to 300mm in length and end-fittings up to 19mm OD
(250mm length column with guard or eluent pre-heater in addition to column)
Short (HOT POCKET only): up to 150mm total length (100mm column plus guard or pre-heater)
2.8 x 4.0 x 6.5in
2.8 x 4.0 x 6.5in
Standard: 1.5 x 1.5 x 17in
Standard: 1.5 x 4.0 x 17in Short: 1.5 x 1.5 x 12in
3 foot retractable coil cord
3 foot retractable coil cord
1lb enclosure (3lb total with power supply)
2lb enclosure (4lb total with power supply)
24 VAC, 25 Watts maximum
15 VDC, 20 Watts maximum
Operating Range
Display
Temperature Accuracy
Temperature Repeatability
Temperature Stability
Time to Stabilization (from ambient)
Column Capacity
LC Columns and Accessories >>
HOT POCKET Column Heaters, Eluent Preheater/Precooler
and COOL POCKET Chiller
3
4
5
MIN
oven3
0
1
2
3
4
5
MIN
Effect of eluent pre-heater on efficiency
Data courtesy of Dr. Richard F. Myer, Quantitative Technologies, Inc., Whitehouse, NJ
HOT POCKET Column Heaters, Eluent Preheater/Precooler and COOL POCKET Chiller
Description
HOT POCKET Column Heater
HOT POCKET Column Heater – short version
COOL POCKET Column Chiller
Eluent Preheater/Precooler
Cat. No.
92016
92016-150
92017
92018
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-189
LC Columns and Accessories
ColumnOven
Exact temperature control for LC columns
• Temperature control from ambient to 90°C
• Fits up to four columns in one compartment
• Compatible with CTC autosamplers and Thermo Scientific Mass Spectrometer ion sources
Product Description
Options
The Thermo Scientific ColumnOven delivers
efficient temperature control of HPLC columns.
With exact temperature control to +/- 0.1°C,
ColumnOven provides the highest levels of
reproducibility and stability. Temperatures up
to 90°C can significantly reduce backpressure
when using columns packed with sub 2µm
particle sizes, allowing the use of higher flow
rates to accelerate the chromatography.
ColumnOven 200 can accommodate up to
4 analytical HPLC columns with lengths up
to 150mm while ColumnOven 300 can
accommodate up to 4 analytical columns
with lengths up to 250mm.
Optional mounts allow ColumnOven to be secured
to a CTC PAL® autosampler and many Thermo
Scientific Mass Spectrometer ion sources.
The optional software package includes a
standalone version (Windows™ compatible)
and drivers for Thermo Scientific™ XCalibur™
and other instrument control software.
An optional heat exchanger can be used as a
connection / transfer line between injection
port and column.
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Product Specifications
4-190
Description
Column oven dimensions:
Column oven dimensions (with mounted heat shield):
Thermostated column compartment:
Remote control
Power supply
Temperature control:
Temperature stability:
ColumnOven 200
212mm x 40mm x 46mm
212mm x 62mm x 52mm
200mm x 21mm x 21mm
LAN or serial port
110 - 240 VAC
Ambient to 90°C in 0.1°C increments
+/- 0.1°C
Thermo Scientific ColumnOven
Description
ColumnOven 200
CTC Mount
Thermo MS Mount
ABI MS Mount
Heat Exchanger
Heat Exchanger (low volume)
Software drivers
ColumnOven 300
Cat. No.
66001-020
66001-021
66001-022
66001-023
66001-024
66001-025
66001-026
66001-030
ColumnOven 300
312mm x 40mm x 46mm
312mm x 62mm x 52mm
300mm x 21mm x 21mm
LAN or serial port
110 - 240 VAC
Ambient to 90°C in 0.1°C increments
+/- 0.1°C
Reduce mobile phase consumption by up to 90%
• Continuously monitors the output signal of the chromatographic detector, recycling the
mobile phase to the solvent reservoir when the baseline is below a certain preset threshold
• Easy-to-use software is provided to configure system parameters, perform on-line monitoring
and audit trail facilities
• No power adapter is required as the solvent saver is powered directly from the
chromatography data system PC through a USB connection
• Recycles the mobile phase only if switched on: in case of power failure the valve remains
in the waste position and the mobile phase in the reservoir remains uncontaminated
• Analog input allows unipolar or bipolar operation of the device within a range of ±1V with
an analog-to-digital converter
• TTL/contact closure for the device can be configured as start, auto-zero or valve position
control input
(a) - At start of 1st waste run
(b) - After delay
Operational Principle
LC Equipment
• If the input signal level exceeds this threshold value, the SRS Pro redirects the eluent flow
LC Columns and Accessories >>
SRS Pro Solvent Recycling System
to waste (a), taking account of the transport time from the detector to the switching valve
• When the signal returns below the threshold (b), the SRS Pro again waits for the transport
delay and then switches the mobile phase back to the reservoir
• Autosampler injection marker connected to the SRS Pro zeroes signal input at the moment
of injection
Product Specifications
Data Rate
Wetted Material
Power Source
Max. Pressure
Requires
Compatible with:
1Hz
PEEK
USB port of PC
30psi/0.2MPa
1 free USB port, MS-Windows XP/2000/Vista
Any HPLC detector
SRS Pro Solvent Recycling System
Description
SRS Pro solvent recycling system
Cat. No.
66001-001
Quantity
1 Each
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-191
LC Columns and Accessories
SDG Pro Solvent Degasser
For gas-free HPLC solvents
• High efficiency in-line system
• Reliable, continuous operation
• Quick equilibration and short startup times
• Removes dissolved gases from solvents
• Used to degas the mobile phase for HPLC and can be employed in other applications where
gases may interfere with the use of the system (such as an autotitrator)
Product Specifications
General
Channels
Mode of Degassing
Maximum Flow Rate
Degassing Capacity
Dead Volume
Materials Contacting Solvents
Power
Power Requirement if using supplied AC Adapter
Power Requirement if not using supplied AC Adapter
Wall Sockets
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Installation Over-Voltage Category
Validation Output
Signal
4-192
Accuracy
Operating Conditions
Ambient Temperature
Ambient Relative Humidity (RH)
Altitude
Indoor vs. Outdoor Use
Pollution Degree
Storage Conditions
Ambient Temperature
Ambient Relative Humidity
Altitude
Physical
Dimensions
Weight
4 independent
Gas permeation through a fluoropolymer tube
10mL/min
~2ppm at 1mL/min
~480µL per channel for standard channel
PEEK, Glass-filled PTFE, Teflon AF
100 – 240 VAC (±10%), 1A, 50 to 60Hz (±3Hz)
15 – 24 VDC at 0.85 A maximum (0.5 A typical)
4 supplied with AC adapter, interchangeable: North
America/Japan, U.K., Continental Europe, Australia
II
5mVDC / 1mm Hg absolute from 20 to 800mm Hg
(0.100 VDC at 20mm Hg; 4.000 VDC at 800mm Hg)
±1.0% of reading ±0.010 VDC from 20 to 800mm Hg
10 to 35°C
20 to 80 % RH (without condensation)
0 to 2000 Meters
Indoor
2
-20 to +60°C
20 to 80% RH (without condensation)
0 to 12000M
Height: 127mm (5.0in) Width: 73mm (2.8in) Depth:
250mm (9.8in)
2.7kg (6lb).
SDG Pro
Description
SDG Pro degasser
Cat. No.
66001-010
Quantity
1 Each
Introduction to HPLC Ion Pair Reagents
High-purity reagents with the selectivity needed for good separation.
In the past, reverse-phase HPLC analysis of
highly charged acidic and basic compounds
was frustrating and resulted in poor resolution.
Important biomolecules such as amino acids,
peptides, organic acids, polyamines and
catecholamines had to be separated by ion
exchange or by suppression techniques.
By using the correct ion pair reagents,
you achieve:
Two principal theories have been proposed
to explain reverse-phase ion pair
chromatography. In the first theory, small
polar ion pair reagents react with the ionized
solute, forming neutral ion pairs. The second
theorizes that an active ion exchange surface
is produced in which long chain, nonpolar
anions and cations are absorbed by the
hydrophobic stationary phase.
To optimize chromatographic separations in
ion pair elution systems, high-purity reagents
of exceptional optical transparency are needed.
Ion Pair Reagents are specially purified for
ion pair chromatography and provide the
selectivity needed for good separations.
LC Reagents
Thermo Scientific Ion Pair Reagents enable
you to quickly and efficiently analyze charged
compounds using reverse-phase techniques.
Our ion pair reagents are simply dissolved
in the HPLC solvent system, resulting
in the formation of stable chromatographic
complexes that can be separated using
reverse-phase columns.
Reverse-phase ion pair
chromatography theories
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Thermo Scientific Liquid Chromatography Reagents
• Increased or decreased retention,
permitting controlled selectivity
• Resolution of complex ionic mixtures
without using ion exchange columns
• Improved peak symmetry
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-193
LC Columns and Accessories
Derivatization and Visualization Reagents for HPLC
Designed to provide selectivity and improve sensitivity.
The lack of a universal HPLC detector that
provides high sensitivity (as well as some
degree of selectivity) established the need
for suitable derivatization procedures.
Derivatization is the chemical modification
of an existing compound, producing a new
compound that has properties more suitable
for a specific analytical procedure. It is an
analytical tool that can be used to provide
both selectivity and improved sensitivity.
There are several requirements for
derivatization protocol:
1. At least one acidic, polar functional group
must be available for reaction on the
parent compound.
2. A single derivative should be formed per
parent compound.
3. The reaction should be reproducible under
the given time and reaction conditions.
4. The reaction should proceed quickly and
easily under mild conditions.
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
5. The reaction byproducts (if any) should not
interfere with the chromatography, or with
detection of the sample.
4-194
Pre- and post-chromatographic techniques
are both used in HPLC derivatization. In
addition, off-line and on-line reactions have
been employed with both techniques. Prechromatographic (or pre-column techniques)
offer more than greater selectivity and
sensitivity in detection. Pre-column
techniques can be used to enhance stability,
improve resolution, improve peak symmetry
and increase or decrease retention of solutes.
FDAA (Marfey’s Reagent) allows separation
and quantification of optical isomers of amino
acids (Figure 2). Post-chromatographic (or
post-column) techniques are used primarily
to provide selectivity and improve sensitivity.
We offer a variety of HPLC detection
reagents for pre- and post-chromatographic
techniques. All compounds and formulations
are purified for chromatography, minimizing
artifact formation.
Separation of D- and L-DOPA on 100mm x 4.6mm C18
Conditions: A – 0.05 M triethylamine
phosphate, pH 3.0;
B – acetonitrile.
Linear gradient: 10 to 40% B in 45 minutes,
2.0mL /minute, 25˚C, 340nm
Functional Group
Carboxylic Acid
Page
4-201
Comments
Formulation of 1.0mmol/ml p-bromophenacyl
bromide and 0.005mmol/ml crown ether in
acetonitrile; pre-column; nanomole detection
levels: λmax = 260nm1-7
Vis
4-204
4-N, N-dimethylaminoazobenzene-4’-sulfonyl
chloride (dabsyl chloride); pre-column; nanomole
detection levels: λmax = 436nm8-14
UV
4-200
1-fluoro-2,4-dinitrophenyl-5-L-alanine amide
(FDAA); pre-column; nanomole detection levels:
λmax = 340nm.
For chiral separations of amino acids.15, 28-29
Vis
4-203
UV
4-204
Phenylisothiocyanate (PITC); pre-column;
picomole detection levels: λmax = 254nm23-24
EC, UV
4-201
2,4,6-Trinitrobenzene-sulfonic acid (TNBSA);
pre- or post-column; nanomole detection levels
with EC and UV, GC - 0.85V; λmax = 250nm25-26
Ninhydrin
(see structure above)
Vis
4-203
PITC
(see structure above)
UV
4-204
O
O
R
C
OH
Primary Amine
R
Br
C
CH2 Br
Dabsyl
Chloride
p-Bromophenacylate
MW 277.94
N H
N
H
O
N
S
N
O
Cl
Dabsyl Chloride
MW 323.80
FDAA, Marfey’s Reagent
O
N
–
O
N
+
O–
O
H
N
NH 2
+
O
F
Ninhydrin
FDAA O
(Marfey's Reagent)
MW 272.19 OH
OH
Ninhydrin
MW 178.14
Post-column; nanomole detection levels:
λmax = 570nm22
O
PITC
N
TNBSA
O
–
O
O
S
O
Secondary Amine
R
NH R'
N+
PITC
Edman‘s Reagent
MW 135.19
O
N
O
S
OH
N+
–
C
+
O–
TNBSA
MW 293.17
LC Reagents
Detection*
UV
Description
p-Bromophenacylate
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Derivatization Reagents for HPLC
O
Post-column; nanomole detection levels:
λmax = 440nm22
Phenylisothiocyanate (PITC); pre-column;
picomole detection levels: λmax = 254nm23-24
*EC = electrochemical; F = fluorescence; UV = ultraviolet; Vis = visible.
References
1. Durst, H.D., et al. (1975). Anal. Chem. 47, 1797.
2. Borch, R.F., et al. (1975). Anal. Chem. 47, 2437.
3. Grushka, E. et al. (1975). J. Chromatogr. 112, 673.
4. Fitzpatrick, F.A. (1976). Anal. Chem. 48, 499.
5. Nagels, L., et al. (1980). J. Chromatogr. 190, 411.
6. Ahmed, M.S., et al. (1980). J. Chromatogr. 192, 387.
7. Pierce Technical Bulletin: Preparation of Phenacyl
and p-Bromophenacyl Derivatives for HPLC.
8. Stocchi, V., et al. (1985). J. Chromatogr. 349, 77-82.
9. Chang, J.Y., et al. (1981). Biochem. J. 199, 547-555.
10. Chang, J.Y., et al. (1982). Biochem. J. 203, 803-806.
11. Vendrell, J., et al. (1986). J. Chromatogr. 358, 401-413.
12. Chang, J.Y., et al. (1984). J. Chromatogr. 295, 193-200.
13. Lin J.K., et al. (1980). Anal. Chem. 52, 630-635.
14. Chang, J.Y., et al. (1981). FEBS Letters 132, 117-120.
15. Marfey, P. (1984). Carlsberg Res. Comm. 49, 591-596.
16. Jones, B.N. and Gilligan, J.P. (1983). Amer.
Biotech. Lab. 12, 46-51.
17. Fiedler, H.P., et al. (1986). J. Chromatogr. 353, 201-206.
18. Fried, V.A., et al. (1985). Anal. Biochem. 146, 271-276.
19. Jones, B.N., et al. (1983). J. Chromatogr. 266, 471-482.
20. Seaver, S.S., et al. (Sept./Oct. 1984).
Biotechniques 254-260.
21. Böhlen, P., et al. (1979). Anal. Biochem. 94, 313-321.
22. Stein, W.H. and Moore, S. (1949). Cold Spring
Harbor Symp. Quant. Bio. 14, 179.
23. Heinrickson, R.L. and Meredith, S.C. (1984). Anal.
Biochem. 137, 65-74.
24. Scholze, H. (1985). J. Chromatogr. 350, 453-460.
25. Caudill, W.L., et al. (1982). J. Chromatogr. 227, 331.
26. Caudill, W.L., et al. (1982). Bioanalytical System’s
Current Separations 4(4), 59.
27. Andrews, J.L., et al. (1982). Arch. Biochem.
Biophys. 214, 386-396.
28. Aberhart, D.J., et al. (1985). Anal. Biochem. 151,
88-91.
29. Szokan, G., et al. (1988). J. Chromatogr. 444, 115-122.
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-195
LC Columns and Accessories
Developments in Amino Acid Analysis
Improvements in amino acid analysis by ion
exchange chromatography have involved the
analytical system, as well as the instrumentation.
Systems have been developed (by varying
buffer pH or ionic strength) that work to
displace the amino acids into discrete bands.
The buffer systems are compatible with
single- or two-column analysis of amino
acids found in protein hydrolyzates or
physiological fluids. Buffer systems are
determined by the counter ion used (sodium
or lithium) and by the method of buffer changes
introduced to the resin (step changes or
gradient elution).9-15 The most commonly
used buffering component, citrate, is suitable
for solutions below pH7.16 Buffers are
prepared either with citric acid or an
alkali salt.
Unfortunately, for high-sensitivity work, citric
acid is a significant contributor to amino
acid contamination. Therefore, to achieve
consistent analyses, it is essential to use
high-purity reagents for buffer preparation.
Alternatives to ion exchange are available
for the separation of amino acids. Because
amino acid analysis is one of the basic
protein chemistry tools available, more rapid
and sensitive methods for separation and
quantitation are desirable.17 Several precolumn derivatization methods using
reverse-phase HPLC have been developed.
Two of the most widely used of these methods
involve the formation of dansyl18-19 or
o-phthalaldehyde (OPA)20-24 derivatives of
amino acids prior to HPLC analysis. Both
methods offer greater sensitivity and shorter
analysis time than post-column derivatization
techniques. Other methods include the
quantitative derivatization of amino acids
with phenylisothiocyanate (PITC) and the
separation and quantitation of the resulting
phenylthiocarbonyl derivatives via HPLC.
These derivatives are stable enough to
eliminate in-line derivatization.
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Note: Please refer to page 3-122 for details of references
4-196
The extraction and purification of proteins play
an important role in determining amino acid
content. These methods are based on one or
more of their physical characteristics (e.g.,
solubility, molecular size, charge, polarity and
specific covalent or noncovalent interactions).
The techniques commonly used to
separate proteins and peptides include:
• Reverse-phase HPLC
• Polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis
• Gel filtration
• Ion exchange chromatography
• Affinity chromatography
• The table below provides a more detailed list
of methods for fractionating peptide mixtures.25
Hydrolysis
Most protein samples require some form of
chemical treatment before their component
amino acids are suitable for analysis. Protein
and peptide samples must be hydrolyzed to
free amino acids from peptide linkages. Acids
(usually HCI) are the most widely used agents
for hydrolyzing proteins.
A simplified hydrolysis procedure involves
refluxing the protein with excess HCI, then
removing the excess acid in vacuum.26 The
lyophilized protein then is suspended in
constant boiling 6 N HCI and introduced into
the hydrolysis tube. The sample is frozen by
immersing the tube in dry ice and acetone.
Before sealing, the tube is evacuated to avoid
formation of cysteic acid, methionine sulfoxide
and chlorotyrosine.27 This procedure minimizes
decomposition of reduced S-carboxymethylcysteine
and analyzes S-carboxymethylated proteins.
Hydrolysis is conducted at 110°C (with the
temperature accurately controlled) for 20-70
hours by Moore and Stein’s method.28 After
hydrolysis, residual HCI is removed in a rotary
evaporator. The residue is dissolved in water
and brought to the appropriate pH for addition
to the analyzer column.28
Technique
Centrifugation
Size exclusion chromatography
Ion exchange chromatography
Paper electrophoresis
Paper chromatography
Thin layer electrophoresis
Thin layer chromatography
Polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis
High-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC)
Gas chromatography
Counter-current extraction
Affinity chromatography
Covalent chromatography or irreversible binding
References
1. Braconnot, H. (1820). Ann. Chem. Phys. 13, 113.
2. Mulder, G.J. (1848). J. Prakt. Chem. 38, 294.
3. Kjeldahl, J.G.C.T. (1883). Z. Anal. Chem. 22, 366.
4. Rattenbury, J.M. (1981). Amino Acid Analysis, Ellow
Horwood, publisher, Chicester, England, Chapter 1.
5. Martin, A.J.P. and Synge, R.L.M. (1941). Biochem. J.
35, 1358.
6. Elsden, S.R. and Synge, R.L.M. (1944). Proc.
Biochem. Soc. IX.
7. Synge, R.L.M. (1944). Biochem. J. 38, 285.
8. Stein, W.H. and Moore, S. (1949). Cold Spring Harbor
Symposia Quant. Biol. 14, 179.
9. Liao, T.H., et al. (1973). Anal. Chem. 45, 2286.
10. Hare, P.E. (1972). Space Life Sciences 3, 354.
11. Dus, K., et al. (1966). Anal. Biochem. 14, 41.
Properties of Peptide Molecules Exploited
Solubility
Size
Charge, with some influence of polarity
Charge and size
Polarity
Charge and size
Polarity
Charge and size
Polarity
Volatility of derivatives
Polarity; sometimes specific interactions
Specific interactions
Disulfide bond formation; reactivity of homoserine lactone
12. Thomson, A.R. and Miles, B.J. (1964). Nature 203, 483.
13. Robinson, G.W. (1975). J. Chromatogr. 3, 416.
14. Benson, J.V. (1972). Anal. Biochem. 50, 477.
15. Benson, J.V. and Patterson, J.A. (1965). Anal. Chem.
37, 1108.
16. Bates, R.G. and Pinching, G.D. (1949). J. Amer.
Chem. Soc. 71, 1274.
17. Jones, B.N. and Gilligan, J.P. (1983). American
Biotech. Lab. December, 46-51.
18. Weidmeier, V.T., et al. (1982). J. Chromatogr. 231, 410-417
19. DeJong, C., et al. (1982). J. Chromatogr. 241, 345-359.
20. Lindroth, P. and Mopper, K. (1979). Anal. Chem. 51,
1667-1674.
21. Jones, B.N., et al. (1981). J. Liq. Chromatogr. 4, 565-586.
LC Reagents
Methods for the fractionation of peptide mixtures.
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Sample Preparation and Hydrolysis
22. Turnell, D.C. and Cooper, J.D.H. (1982). CIin. Chem. 28,
527-531.
23. Umagat, H., et al. (1982). J. Chromatogr. 241, 324-334.
24. Jones, B.N. and Gilligan, J.P. (1983). J. Chromatogr. 266,
471-482.
25. AlIen, G. (1981). Laboratory Techniques in
Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, T.S. Work
and R.H. Burdon, Eds., Elsevier/North-Holland,
Biomedical Press.
26. Moore, S. and Stein, W.H. (1963). Meth. Enzymol. 6, 819.
27. Eveleigh, J.W. and Winter, G.D. (1970). Protein
Sequence Determination, S.B. Needleman, Ed.,
Springer-Verlag, pp. 92-95.
28. Moore and Stein, op. cit.
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-197
LC Columns and Accessories
HPLC Ion Pair Reagents
Heptafluorobutyric Acid
Ion-pair reagent for the reverse-phase HPLC separation of proteins and peptides
• Typical purity is 99.7% by GC; <0.1% water
• Sequencing reagent for classical and automated Edman degradation of peptides and proteins
• Density: 1.645
• B.P. 120°C
• Packaged under nitrogen in amber glass ampules or bottles
• Clear, colorless liquid
Heptafluorobutyric Acid
Description
Heptafluorobutyric Acid, Sequencing Grade
Heptafluorobutyric Acid, HPLC Grade
Quantity
100mL
10 x 1mL ampules
X
Cat. No.
TS-25003
TS-53104
Quantity
1 Each
1 Pack
1. Hearn, M.T.W. and Hancock, W.S. (1979). Trends Biochem. Sci. 4, N58-N62.
2. Bennett, H.P.J., et al. (1980). J. Liquid Chromatogr. 3, 1353-1366.
3. Bennett, H.P., et al. (1981). Biochemistry. 20, 4530-4538.
X in the ordering table indicates that hazardous shipping charges apply.
Triethylamine (TEA)
2(a);0.000M TEA
2(b);0.010M TEA
2(c);0.020M TEA
4-198
0 Min
3
2(c);0.020M TEA
2,4-dimethylaniline
2,4-dimethylaniline
2,4-dimethylaniline
Triethylamine is an ion-pairing reagent that alters selectivity in reverse-phase
HPLC separations. By pairing with peptides, it effectively sharpens peaks, resulting
in improved peak resolution.
• 99.5% triethylamine purity, allowing sensitive peptide detection at low UV
wavelengths in reverse-phase HPLC peptide separation systems
• Packaged in amber glass bottles with protective PTFE-lined fluorocarbon caps
for reagent integrity
• Has a low UV absorbance to provide the most sensitive detection across
2(a);0.000M TEA
2(b);0.010M TEA
all wavelengths
0 Min
3
2(d);0.030M TEA
H N
• Molecular weight 101.19
• Density 0.726g/mL
2,4-dimethylaniline
• Molecular formula C
6 15
Triethylamine (TEA)
Description
Triethylamine, HPLC Grade
Triethylamine, Sequencing Grade
0 Min
0 Min
3
Quantity
25g
100g
2,4-dimethylaniline
• Alternate names TEA, Diethylethanamine
X
X in the ordering table indicates that hazardous shipping charges apply.
2,4-dimethylaniline
Properties of Triethylamine
2,4-dimethylaniline
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Ideal for HPLC separation and analysis of peptides
3
Cat. No.
TS-53101
TS-25108
0 Min
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
3
0 Min
3
0 Min
3
Well-suited for HPLC and mass spectrometry applications
Formic acid is a component found in reverse-phase mobile phases to provide protons for
LC/MS analysis. The presence of a low concentration of formic acid in the mobile phase
is also know to improve the peak shapes of the resulting separation. Unlike trifluoroacetic
acid (TFA), formic acid is not an ion-pairing reagent, and it does not suppress MS ionization
of polypeptides when used as a mobile phase component.
• Prescored, nitrogen-flushed, amber glass to protect formic acid from light and moisture
• 99% purity for consistent LC baselines and no interference introduced into LC and mass
spectrometry applications
• Convenient format simplifies preparation of gradient and isocratic mobile phases containing
0.1% (v/v) formic acid in water or acetonitrile
• Contents of a single vial in a final volume of 1L solvent yields a mobile phase of the most
common formic acid concentration
Description
Formic Acid 99+%
Quantity
10 x 1mL ampules
Cat. No.
TS-28905
Quantity
1 Each
For complex peptide separations, the key to success can be to vary selectivity. Varying mobile phase
composition on the same column can change selectivity enough to resolve peptide that would otherwise
overlap. The TFA concentration is usually specified as 0.1% for reverse-phase HPLC of peptides. For
reproducible separations from run-to-run or from lab-to-lab, it is essential to make concentrations the same.
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
LC Reagents
Formic Acid Ampules
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Formic Acid Ampules
4-199
LC Columns and Accessories
Derivation and Visualization Reagents for HPLC
Trifluoracetic Acid (TFA)
Routinely used ion-pairing agent in reversed-phase peptide separations
• Purity: >99.5% TFA and exceptional clarity allows sensitive, nondestructive peptide detection
at low UV wavelengths
• High-performance packaging: Packaged under nitrogen in amber glass with protective TFE-lined
fluorocarbon caps to ensure TFA integrity
• Choice of formats for convenience: 1mL ampules can prepare 1L of 0.1% v/v TFA solution for
the mobile phase in reverse-phase chromatography in moments
Trifluoracetic Acid (TFA)
Description
Trifluoracetic Acid, Sequencing Grade
Trifluoracetic Acid, Sequencing Grade
Trifluoracetic Acid, Sequencing Grade
Trifluoracetic Acid, Sequencing Grade
Quantity
500mL
100g
10 × 1mL
1g
X
X
X
X
Cat. No.
TS-28901
TS-28903
TS-28904
TS-28902
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Pack
1 Each
X in the ordering table indicates that hazardous shipping charges apply.
FDAA, Marfey’s Reagent
Makes separation and quantitation of optical isomers of amino acids by reverse-phase
chromatography quick and easy
• Optical isomers of amino acids derivatization complete in just 90 minutes
• Derivatives have an absorption coefficient of ~3 x 104
• Derivatives can be detected by UV at 340nm with picomole sensitivity
4-200
10
20
30
D-Phenyalanine
D-Methionine
L-Phenylalanine
Quantity
50mg
D-Alanine
L-Methionine
L-Aspartic Acid
L-Glutamic Acid
D-Aspartic Acid
D-Glutamic Acid
L-Alanine
Excess Reagent
Description
FDAA, Marfey’s Reagent
Absorbance @ 340 nm
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
FDAA, Marfey’s Reagent
40
Cat. No.
TS-48895
Quantity
1 Each
Gives quantitative yields with few or no side reactions
• Premixing of phenacylbromide and crown ether is not necessary
• Derivatization is both rapid and quantitative, with yields of >95% in 15 to 20 minutes at 80°C
• Excess reactants do not interfere
• Large excess of alkylating reagent is not necessary
• Small amounts of water or alcohol do not interfere
• If isolation is desired, products are usually crystalline
p-Bromophenacylate Reagent
Description
p-Bromophenacylate Reagent
Cat. No.
TS-48891
Quantity
10mL
Quantity
1 Each
1. Durst, H.D., et al. (1975). Anal. Chem. 47, 1797.
2. Borch, R.F., et al. 1975). Anal. Chem. 47, 2437.
3. Grushka, E., et al. (1975). J. Chromatogr. 112, 673.
4. Fitzpatrick, F.A., et al. (1976). Anal. Chem. 48, 499.
LC Columns and Accessories >>
p-Bromophenacylate Reagent
LC Reagents
TNBSA (Trinitrobenzene Sulfonic Acid)
An excellent choice for spectrophotometric detection
• Couples with primary amines, sulfhydryls and hydrazides in aqueous solution at pH 8, without
undesirable side reactions
• Excellent for solution or solid phase analysis
• Suitable for qualitative and quantitative estimation of biomolecules; including amino acids,
eptides or proteins
• Chromogenic, O = 335nm
max
• Reacts readily with primary amino groups of amino acids in aqueous format at pH 8 to form
yellow adducts
• No colored derivatives are formed with secondary amino acids proline and hydroxyproline
• Colored derivatives are monitored at 345nm and have extinction coefficients in range of 1-1.5 x 104
TNBSA
Description
TNBSA
Quantity
100mL
X
Cat. No.
TS-28997
Quantity
1 Each
1. Goodwin, J.F. and Choi, S-Y. (1970). Clinical Chemistry. 16, 24-31.
2. Snyder, S.L. and Sobocinski, P.Z. (1975). Anal. Biochem. 64, 284-288.
3. Drozdovskaya, N.R., et. al. (1982). FEBS Lett. 150, 385.
4. Takahashi, S., et al. (1984). Chem. Lett. (Jpn). 1, 127
X in the ordering table indicates that hazardous shipping charges apply.
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-201
LC Columns and Accessories
Hydrolysis Reagents
Constant Boiling (6N) Hydrochloric Acid
Sequencing-grade reagent for total protein hydrolysis
• Hydrolyzes peptides in 6 hours at 150°C
• Specially purified to give ninhydrin-negative blank on hydrolysis
• Packaged in prescored ampules to eliminate contamination and ensure product integrity
Constant Boiling (6N) Hydrochloric Acid
Description
Hydrochloric Acid 6N
Quantity
10 × 1mL
Cat. No.
TS-24308
Quantity
1 Pack
1. Eveleigh, J.W. and Winter, G.D. (1970). Protein Sequence Determination, Ed Needleham, S.B., Springer-Verlag, pp. 92-95.
2. Blankenship, et al. (1989). High-sensitivity amino acid analysis by derivatization with o-Phthaldialdehyde and 9-Fluorescence
detection: applications in protein structure determination. Anal. Biochem. 178, 227-232.
3. Hurley, J.B., et al. (1984). Isolation and characterization of a cDNA clone for the subunit of bovine retinal transducin. Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA. 81, 6948-6952.
4. Lee, K. et al. (1979). Derivatization of cysteine and cystine for fluorescence amino acid analysis with the o-Phthaldialdehyde/2mercaptoethanol reagent. J. Biol. Chem. July 25, 6248-6251.
Amino Acid Standard H
High-purity calibration standard for protein hydrolysates
• Uses L-form configuration to permit standardization of microbial and other assays
• Molar concentration verified by conventional amino acid analysis methods
• With the exception of cystine, each amino acid is supplied at a concentration
of 2.5µmoles/mL in 0.1N HCl
The following amino acids are included in Amino Acid Standard H:
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
L-alanine, Ammonia [(NH4)2SO4], L-Arginine, L-Aspartic Acid, L-Cystine, L-Glutamic Acid,
Glycine, L-Histidine, L-Isoleucine, L-Leucine, L-Lysine•HCl, L-Methionine,
L-Phenylalanine, L-Proline, L-Serine, L-Threonine, L-Tyrosine, L-Valine.
4-202
Amino Acid Standard H
Description
Amino Acid Standard H
Quantity
10 × 1mL
Cat. No.
TS-20088
Quantity
1 Pack
When kept frozen, an unopened vial has an indefinite storage life. Once the seal is broken, the reagent has a
maximum storage life of six months. Store frozen between uses.
Ninhydrin
The reagent of choice for detection of amino acids
• Used in amino acid chromatography
• Offers superb color response and low blank
• Indefinitely stable and requires no refrigeration
Ninhydrin
Description
Ninhydrin
Quantity
500g
Cat. No.
TS-21003
Quantity
1 Each
1. Stein, W.H. and Moore, S. (1949). Cold Spring Harbor Symp. Quant. Biol. 14, 179.
2. Moore, S. (1968). Amino acid analysis: aqueous dimethyl sulfoxide as solvent for the ninhydrin reaction. J. Biol. Chem. 243(23), 6281-6283.
3. James, L.B. (1978). Amino acid analysis: ninhydrin reaction with titanous chloride. J. Chromatogr. 152, 298-300.
Indefinitely stable. No refrigeration required. Keep bottle tightly sealed. Avoid exposure to direct sunlight and
ammonia.
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Amino Acid Detection Reagents
LC Reagents
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-203
LC Columns and Accessories
High-Purity Pre-Column Derivatization Reagents
Dabsyl Chloride
Recrystallized twice
• For the precolumn derivatization and detection of amino acids in visible light down
to sub-picomolar levels
• Analysis of 10-30ng of protein hydrolysates
• Analysis of peptides and determination of C-terminal sequence of polypeptides
• Analysis of phosphoamino and amino acid amides
• Analysis of amino acid neurotransmitters in mouse brain
Dabsyl Chloride
Description
Dabsyl Chloride (4-N,N
Dimethylaminoazobenzene-4sulfonyl chloride)
Quantity
500g
X
Cat. No.
Quantity
TS-21720
1 Each
1. Chang, J.Y., et al. (1981). Biochem. J. 199, 547-555.
2. Chang, J.Y., et al. (1982). Biochem. J. 199, 803-806.
3. Chang, J.Y. (1984). J. Chromatogr. 295, 193-200.
4. Chang, J.Y., et al. (1981). FEBS Lett. 132, 117-120.
5. Vendrell, J. et al. (1986). J. Chromatogr. 358, 401-413.
6. Lin, J.K., et al. (1980). Clin. Chem. 26, 579-583.
7. Chang, J.Y., et al. (1983). Methods. Enzymol. 92, 41-48.
8. Stocchi, V., et al. (1985). J. Chromatogr. 349, 77-82.
X in the ordering table indicates that hazardous shipping charges apply.
PITC (Phenylisothiocyanate)
High-purity reagent for pre-column quantitative derivatization of amino acids
by reverse-phase HPLC
• Also known as Edman’s Reagent
• Reacts readily with amino acids in 5 to 10 minutes at room temperature
• Resulting phenylthiocarbamyl derivatives can be separated and quantified in 30 minutes
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
using reverse-phase HPLC to produce stable products with all amino acids including proline
4-204
PITC (Phenylisothiocyanate)
Description
PITC (Edman’s Reagent)
Quantity
10 × 1mL
1. Heinrikson, R.L. and Meridith, S.C. (1984). Anal. Biochem. 136, 65-74.
2. Scholze, H. (1985). J. Chromatogr. 350, 453-460.
3. Janssen, et al. (1986). Chromatogr. 22(7-12).
Evert, R.F. (1986). Anal. Biochem. 154, 431-435.
Cat. No.
TS-26922
Quantity
1 Pack
Ultrapure solvents are carefully packed for thorough protection
• Distilled in glass, filtered through 0.2µm TFE membranes and packed in solvent-rinsed,
amber glass bottles
• TFE-lined screw caps seal bottles
Dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), Sequencing
Grade, Physical Properties
• UV Cutoff: 190nm
• C2H6OS
• Optical Absorbance: <0.02 at 220nm
• Purity (GC): >99.5%
• Refractive Index at 25°C: 1.342
• MW: 78.13
Water, HPLC Grade, Physical Properties
• Density: 1.101
• UV Cutoff: 190nm
• Water: ≤0.2%
• Optical Absorbance: <0.005 at 220nm
Pyridine
• Refractive Index at 25°C: 1.332
• C5H5N
Dimethylformamide (DMF), Sequencing
Grade, Physical Properties
• Purity (GC): ≥99%
• HCON(CH3)2
• Density: 0.978
• Purity (GC): ≥99%
• B.P. 115°C
LC Reagents
Acetonitrile, HPLC Grade, Physical
Properties
LC Columns and Accessories >>
HPLC and Spectrophotometric Grade Solvents
• MW: 79.10
• MW: 73.09
• Density: 0.944
• B.P. 153°C
• Water: 0.1%
HPLC and Spectrophotometric Grade Solvents
Description
Acetonitrile
Water
Dimethylformamide (DMF)
Dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO)
Pyridine
Quantity
1L
1L
50mL
950mL
100g
X
X
X
X
Cat. No.
TS-51101
TS-51140
TS-20673
TS-20688
TS-25104
Quantity
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
1 Each
X in the ordering table indicates that hazardous shipping charges apply.
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-205
LC Columns and Accessories
Peptide Standards
Peptide Retention Standard
Allows accurate prediction of elution time for peptides of known amino acid
composition up to 20 residues in length
Save time in peptide purification
• Simplify identification of specific peptides in a complex mixture
• Increase the efficiency of predicting peptide elution profiles
• Determine the relative order of peptide elution of a complex mixture
• Predict the HPLC retention time for peptides of known amino acid composition on reverse
phase HPLC columns
• Monitor column performance: efficiency, selectivity and resolution during column ageing
• Compare reverse-phase columns from different manufacturers
• Evaluate reverse-phase supports of varying n-alkyl chain lengths and ligand densities
•
Retention times are predicted by totaling the values that represent the contribution in minutes of each
amino acid residue and the peptide terminal groups. Retention time is dependent upon the molecular
weight of the peptide. The effect on retention is relatively unimportant with a small peptide, but it
increases with the size of the molecule. The accuracy of predicting peptide retention time significantly
decreases beyond 20 residues. To ensure accuracy, a peptide standard is used to correct for instrument
variation, column aging, n-alkyl chain length variation and ligand density.
Peptide Retention Standard
Description
Peptide Retention Standard, S1-S5
Quantity
1 vial
Cat. No.
TS-31700
Quantity
1 Each
1. Guo, D., et al. (1985). Proceedings of the Ninth American Peptide Symposium, Published by Thermo Fisher Scientific,
Rockford, Illinois, page 23.
2. Guo, D., et al. (1986). J. Chromatogr. 359, 499-517.
3. Guo, D., et al. (1986). J. Chromatogr. 359, 519-532.
4. Mant, C.T. and Hodges, R.S. (1986). L.C. Magazine Liq. Chrom. and HPLC 4(3), 250.
5. Guo, D., et al. (1987). J. Chromatogr. 386, 205-222.
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Peptide Retention Time Calibration Mixture
4-206
Heavy peptide mixture for column assessment and prediction of peptide retention times
• Assessment of chromatography and MS instrument performance
• Prediction of peptide retention across multiple instrument platforms
• Prediction of peptide retention time from sequence using calculated hydrophobicity factor
• Optimization of scheduled MS acquisition windows for improving quantification and increased multiplexing
• Internal standard to normalise for variation in retention times and peak intensities between runs
Thermo Scientific Peptide Retention Time Calibration Mixture
Description
Peptide Retention Time Calibration
Mixture, 0.5pmol/µL
Peptide Retention Time Calibration
Mixture, 5pmol/µL
Quantity
Cat. No.
Quantity
50µL
TS-88320
1 Each
200µL
TS-88321
1 Each
• The Dionex IonPac ready-to-use ion standards are designed for routine anion or cation
determinations
• All standards are traceable to NIST Standard Reference Materials
• Shipped with a Certificate of Analysis verifying the concentration
Description
Combined Five Anion Standard
Combined Seven Anion Standard I
Combined Seven Anion Standard II
Fluoride Standard (1000mg/L)
Chloride Standard (1000mg/L)
Sulfate Standard (1000mg/L)
Combined Six Cation Standard-I
Combined Six Cation Standard-II
Volume (mL)
100
50
100
100
100
100
50
50
Cat. No.
037157
056933
057590
037158
037159
037160
040187
046070
• MS standards for validation and calibration of the MSQ System
Description
Kit of 2 standards for performance validation in ESI and APCI modes
Standard for Mass Calibration (All MSQ Models)
Cat. No.
061496
062917
LC Reagents
MS Standard Concentrates
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Dionex Ion Standard Concentrates
Perchlorate Internal Standard
• For the quantification of perchlorate at low parts-per-trillion levels using mass spectrometric
detection. Contains stable-labeled perchlorate (1mg/L).
Description
Perchlorate-ISTD. 18O Internal Standard for Perchlorate
Cat. No.
062923
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-207
LC Columns and Accessories
Haloacetic Acid Internal Standards
• Ready-to-use internal standards for haloacetic acid analysis using electrospray-mass
spectrometric detection
• Stable-labeled internal standards prepared in MTBE (methyl-t-butyl ether), 1mL ampule plus
empty vial
Description
Monochloroacetic Acid -2-13C Internal Standard, 1000mg/L in MtBE
Monobromoacetic Acid -1-13C Internal Standard, 1000mg/L in MtBE
Dichloroacetic Acid -2-13C Internal Standard, 1000mg/L in MtBE
Trichloroacetic Acid -2-13C Internal Standard, 1000mg/L in MtBE
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Cat. No.
069406
069407
069408
069409
Ion Pairing Reagents
• Highly purified ion-pairing reagents are used in mobile phase ion chromatography (MPIC),
combining reversed-phase ion-pair chromatography with chemical suppression
Description
Tetrabutylammonium hydroxide (TBAOH)
Tetrapropylammonium hydroxide (TPAOH)
Hexanesulfonic acid (HSA)
Octanesulfonic acid (OSA)
4-208
Volume (mL)
1
1
1
1
Volume (mL)
500
500
500
500
Cat. No.
035360
035363
035361
035362
Our liquid chromatographs and mass spectrometers advance scientific knowledge, enable drug
discovery, improve manufacturing processes, and protect people and the environment. When
your instrument is maintained with Thermo Scientific parts, you can expect the best results
and highest productivity, keeping your research or processes moving smoothly.
LC Columns and Accessories >>
LC and LC-MS Instrument Accessories,
Consumables and Spare Parts
LC and LC-MS Instrument Parts
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-209
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific Dionex UltiMate 3000 Systems Portfolio
Basic Automated System
The Thermo Scientific™ Dionex™ UltiMate™ 3000 Basic Automated System is optimized for reliability
and ease-of-use with routine LC applications, and also offers full UHPLC compatibility. The ACC-3000
Autosampler Column Compartment is at the heart of the system. Its unique instrument design combines
a rugged sample injection principle with a powerful column oven.
Standard (SD) LC Systems
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
UltiMate 3000 Standard (SD) Systems are designed to meet current and future challenges. System
components provide low extra-column and gradient delay volume for high separation efficiency and low
gradient response times, as well as superior mixing performance. They offer full support of all HPLC
applications and provide UHPLC compatibility – allowing you to move to UHPLC whenever you are ready.
4-210
Rapid Separation (RS) LC Systems
UltiMate 3000 Rapid Separation (RS) Systems provides unrivaled performance and flexibility in UHPLC.
Precision-engineered instrumentation, advanced data processing, and highly optimized chemistries meet
all chromatographic performance challenges. With an outstanding product portfolio, UltiMate 3000 RS
Systems offers industry leading versatility covering the maximum range of UHPLC applications, while
keeping fully compatible to conventional LC.
UltiMate 3000 Biocompatible Rapid Separation (BioRS) Systems are powered by UltiMate 3000 Rapid
Separation technology to support the high pressures required for the separation of bioanalytes on high
resolution bio UHPLC columns. This state-of-the-art technology combined with a biocompatible,
low-dispersion flow path, provides the highest peak capacity and sensitivity for complex samples,
whether proteins, peptides, or biotherapeutics. Bio UHPLC enables faster gradients and shorter
run times compared to conventional Bio LC analysis. This results in increased sample throughput
in typical modes of biochromatography.
x2 Dual Rapid Separation LC Systems
Advanced chromatographic techniques such as parallel, tandem, and two-dimensional LC become
a realistic and practical option, even at ultrahigh speed. Operate conventional or ultrahigh speed
applications, increase sample throughput, achieve higher chromatographic resolutions, or automate
tedious sample preparation steps such as analyte enrichment or matrix elimination.
LC and LC-MS Instrument Parts
UltiMate 3000 x2 Dual LC Systems are the ideal choice to maximize sample throughput of conventional
HPLC and UHPLC separations by combining the flexibility of ternary solvent selection with the productivity
and performance of x2 Dual technology.
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Biocompatible Rapid Separation (BioRS) LC Systems
XRS LC Systems
UltiMate 3000 XRS Systems are highly LC/MS optimized quaternary UHPLC systems and the best choice
for ultrahigh resolution and high speed UHPLC MS-frontend solutions. This system is the ideal solution
for high sample throughput and ultra high resolution chromatography.
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-211
LC Columns and Accessories
Accessories, Consumables and Spare Parts for
UltiMate 3000 Instruments
Accessories for the Use with UltiMate 3000 Instruments
Description
Drainage kit for UltiMate 3000 systems
Menu pen
Installation tool for Viper capillaries with torque toothing
HPLC Troubleshooting Guide poster
Quantity
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
6040.0005
6300.0100
6040.2314
6040.0050
UltiMate 3000 Solvent Racks
Consumables and Spare Parts for UltiMate 3000 Solvent Racks
Description
Solvent supply line (analytical)
Solvent supply line from analytical degasser to pump head
Bottle cap for solvent reservoirs
Caps and retaining guides for solvent bottles
(5 caps and 10 retaining guides)
Degasser Channel Upgrade Kit for SRD
External power supply unit
Quantity
1
1
4
Cat. No.
6030.2548
6030.2546
6270.0013
1
6030.9101
1
1
6035.0089
6510.0004
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Also use our HPLC Troubleshooting Guide as a Mobile App
for iPhone, Android and Windows phones.
4-212
Accessories for the Use with UltiMate 3000 Pumps
Description
Quantity
Cat. No.
Filter holder for solvent filter
Filter holder for solvent filter
Filter frit (SST, porosity: 10µm)
Filter frit (Ti, biocompatible, porosity: 10µm)
Filter frit (PEEK, porosity: 10µm)
Solvent lines kit with filter frits (SST, porosity: 20µm)
6
2
10
10
10
1
6268.0115
6268.0116
6268.0110
6828.0111
6828.0117
6043.8109
SD
pumps
X
RS
pumps
X
X
X
X
For use with
BM
pumps
X
XRS
pumps
BX
pumps
X
X
X
X
X
Spare Parts for UltiMate 3000 Pumps
Description
RS
pumps
For use with
BM
pumps
X
X
XRS
pumps
BX
pumps
Quantity
Cat. No.
1
1
6041.2301
6043.0145
X
2
2
2
6040.0042
6040.0842
6043.0169
X
2
1
6040.0306
6040.9010
X
2
2
1
6040.0304
6266.0305
6025.2012
X
1
6040.9010
X
1
6040.9011
X
1
6043.0295
2
1
6040.0012
6025.2012
1
6040.9010
X
1
6040.9011
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
LC and LC-MS Instrument Parts
Check Valves
Check valve, cartridge (ceramics) for the inlet and outlet valve
Check valve cartridge for the inlet and outlet valve
Pistons
Pistons (sapphire)
Pistons (ceramics)
Pistons (sapphire)
Piston Seals
Piston seal (in plate of seal wash system) Normal Phase
Piston seal kit (in plate of seal wash system) Reversed
Phase (2 seals and 1 support ring)
Piston seal (main piston seal) Reversed Phase
Piston seal (main piston seal) Reversed Phase
Piston seal kit (main piston seal) Reversed Phase
(2 seals and 1 support ring)
Piston seal kit (main piston seal) Reversed Phase
(2 seals and 1 support ring)
Piston seal kit (main piston seal) Normal Phase
(2 seals and 1 support ring)
Piston seal kit Reversed phase (2 primary piston seals
and 2 secondary piston seals)
Support Rings
Support ring for pistons seals
Support ring/pistons seal kit Reversed Phase
(2 piston seals and 1 support ring)
Support ring/pistons seal kit Reversed Phase
(2 seals and 1 support ring)
Support ring/pistons seal kit Normal phase
(2 seals and 1 support ring)
SD
pumps
LC Columns and Accessories >>
UltiMate 3000 Pumps
X
X
X
X
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-213
LC Columns and Accessories
Manual Sample Injection Valves for the Use with UltiMate 3000 Pumps
Description
Manual injection valve kit, pressures > 50 MPa
Manual injection valve kit, biocompatible, pressures > 34 MPa
Motorized manual injection valve kit
Mounting kit for manual injection valve
Syringe for use with the manual injection valve
100µL syringe
5mL syringe
1mL syringe
Quantity
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
6040.0610
6042.0600
6040.0110
6040.0611
1
1
1
6035.0665
6035.0670
6040.0620
Mixing Systems for the Use with UltiMate 3000 Pumps
Description
Mixer for 35µL mixing volume
Mixer for 100µL mixing volume
Mixer for 200µL mixing volume
Mixer for 400µL mixing volume
Mixer for 800µL mixing volume
Mixer for 1550µL mixing volume
1
except ISO-3100
Quantity
1
1
1
1
1
1
SD pumps1
6040.5000
6040.5100
Cat. No.
RS pumps
6042.5000
6042.5100
6040.5110
6040.5310
6040.5750
6040.5450
Normal Phase Upgrade Kits for UltiMate 3000 Pumps
Description
Normal Phase Kit for HPG-3200BX
Normal Phase Kit for SD pumps
Quantity
1
1
Cat. No.
6040.1975
6040.1972
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Maintenance Kits for UltiMate 3000 Pumps
4-214
Description
Maintenance kit for ISO-3100
Quantity
1
SD pumps
6040.1950
RS pumps
–
BM pumps
6042.1950
XRS pumps
–
BX pumps
–
Maintenance kit for HPG-3x00
Maintenance kit for LPG-3400
1
1
6040.1953
6040.1951
6040.1956A
6040.1954A
–
6042.1951
–
6043.1954
Maintenance kit for DGP-3600
1
6040.1952
6040.1955A
6042.1952
–
–
6042.1954(NP)
6042.1953(RP)
–
Sample Racks for the Use with UltiMate 3000 WPS Autosamplers
and UltiMate 3000 ACC Autosampler Column Compartments
For use with
WPS
ACC
Quantity
Cat. No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6820.4086
6820.4084
6820.4070
6820.4087
6820.4096
6820.4094
6820.4090
6820.4091
6820.4097
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
1
1
1
6820.4079
6820.4083
6820.4089
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Find the Thermo Fisher Scientific Vials and Closures portfolio on page 2-001.
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
LC and LC-MS Instrument Parts
Description
Sample Racks
Sample Rack (10 position and/or normal well plates) for 10mL vials, 22.5mm×46mm
Sample Rack (22 position) for 4mL vials, 15mm×45mm, cylindrical
Sample Rack (40 position) for 2mL vials, 12mm×32mm, cylindrical
Sample Rack (40 position and/or normal well plates) for 1.1mL vials, 12mm×32mm, conical
Sample Rack (40 position) for 0.5mL Eppendorf tubes
Sample Rack (40 position) for 1.5mL Eppendorf tubes
Sample Rack (72 position and/or normal well plates) for 1.2mL vials, 8mm×40mm, cylindrical
Sample Rack (72 position and/or normal well plates) for 0.3mL vials, 8mm OD, cylindrical
Sample Rack (72 position) for 0.3mL micro dialysis vials
Support Racks for Well Plates
Support rack for deep well plates (34 – 46mm high)
Support rack for deep well plates (30 – 36mm high, 96 or 384 wells)
Support rack for deep well plates (20 – 32mm high, 96 or 384 wells)
LC Columns and Accessories >>
UltiMate 3000 Autosamplers
4-215
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
4-216
Optional Accessories for the Use with UltiMate 3000 WPS-3000 Split Loop Autosamplers
For use with
Description
Needles
Needle (SST) Viper compatible
Needle (ceramic) Viper compatible
Needle (SST)
Needle (SST)
Needle Seat Capillaries
Needle seat capillary, 3.1µL, Viper (SST)
Needle seat capillary, 3.1µL, Viper (PEEK)
Needle seat capillary, 3.1µL, Viper
(MP35N ™)
Needle seat capillary, 1µL, Viper (MP35N)
Needle seat capillary, 1µL, Viper (SST)
Needle seat capillary, 24µL, Viper (SST)
Sample Loops - SST
25µL Sample loop, Viper
100µL Sample loop, Viper
250µL Sample loop, Viper
500µL Sample loop, Viper
1000µL Sample loop
Sample Loops – MP35N
25µL Sample loop, Viper
100µL Sample loop, Viper
250µL Sample loop, Viper
500µL Sample loop, Viper
Sample Loops – PEEK
100µL Sample loop
Buffer Loops
Buffer loop, 100µL, Viper (SST)
Buffer loop, 100µL, Viper (MP35N)
Buffer loop, > 250µL, Viper (SST)
Buffer loop, > 250µL, Viper (MP35N)
Syringes
25µL Syringe
100µL Syringe
250µL Syringe
500µL Syringe
1000µL Syringe
2500µL Syringe
WPS3000TXRS/
WPS-3000(T)
RS
Quantity
Cat. No.
1
1
1
1
6820.2432
6841.2420
6820.2403
6820.2419
X/X
1
1
1
6820.2464
6827.2408
6841.2464
X/X
1
1
1
6841.2472
6820.2472
6820.2409
1
1
1
1
1
6820.2452
6820.2451
6820.2453
6820.2454
6820.2429
1
1
1
1
6841.2452
6841.2451
6841.2453
6841.2454
1
6820.2431
1
1
1
1
6820.2466
6841.2466
6820.2468
6841.2468
X/X
1
1
1
1
1
1
6822.0001
6822.0002
6822.0003
6822.0004
6822.0005
6822.0006
X/X
X/X
X/X
X/X
X/X
X/X
WPS3000TBRS
WPS-3000(T)
SL Analytical
WPS3000TBSL
WPS-3000(T)
SL Semiprep
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X/–
X
X/X
X/X
–/X
–/X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Injection Volume Kits for the Use with UltiMate 3000 WPS-3000 Split Loop Autosamplers
Description
Quantity
Cat. No.
Injection volume kit (250µL), Viper
Injection volume kit (250µL), Viper
Injection volume kit (500µL), Viper
Injection volume kit (500µL), Viper
Injection volume kit (1000µL)
1
1
1
1
1
6822.2442
6841.2442
6822.2443
6841.2443
6822.2436
WPS-3000(T)RS
X
X
For use with
WPS-3000(T)SL
WPS-3000TBRS
Analytical
X
X
X
X
WPS-3000(T)SL
Semiprep
X
Description
Quantity
Cat. No.
1
1
1
1
6824.0030
6825.0030
6821.0045
6820.1427
X
X
1
1
1
1
6820.3010
6820.3023
6820.3025
6820.3115
X
X
X2
X2
1
1
1
1
1
1
6826.2401
6826.2405
6826.2410
6826.2420
6826.2450
6826.2412
X
X
X
X
X
X
1
1
6824.0019
6824.0020
1
1
1
1
1
1
6823.0016
6823.0017
6823.0018
6823.0019
6821.0032
6823.0020
X
X
X
X2
X2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6820.0019
6821.0019
6820.0020
6821.0020
6820.0056
6821.0022
6820.0021
6821.0021
X
X3
X
X3
X
X3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6822.0001
6822.0002
6822.0003
6822.0004
6822.0005
6820.0031
6821.0031
X
X
X4
X4
X4
X
X3
1
1
1
1
6824.0015
6825.0015
6824.0016
6825.0016
WPS-3000TBFC
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X1
X1
X
X
X1
X1
X
X
X
X
X1
X1
X1
X1
X
X
X1
X1
X1
X1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
LC and LC-MS Instrument Parts
Modification Kits
Nano/Cap modification kit
Nano/Cap modification kit
Upgrade kit PAEK
Front cover, transparent
Needles
2.4µL Needle, nanoViper
3.6µL Needle, Viper
15µL Needle, Viper
15µL Needle, nanoViper
Sample Loops – nanoViper
1µL Sample loop, nanoViper
5µL Sample loop, nanoViper
10µL Sample loop, nanoViper
20µL Sample loop, nanoViper
50µL Sample loop, nanoViper 2
125µL Sample loop, nanoViper 2
Sample Loops – SST
50µL Sample loop
250µL Sample loop
Sample Loops – PEEK
5µL Sample loop
10µL Sample loop
20µL Sample loop
50µL Sample loop
125µL Sample loop
250µL Sample loop
Buffer Tubings
50 µL Buffer tubing (SST)
50 µL Buffer tubing (PEEK/PTFE)
500 µL Buffer tubing (SST)
500 µL Buffer tubing (PEEK/PTFE)
1000 µL Buffer tubing (SST)
1000 µL Buffer tubing (PEEK/PTFE)
2000 µL Buffer tubing (SST)
2000 µL Buffer tubing (PEEK/PTFE)
Syringes
25µl Syringe
100µl Syringe
250µl Syringe
500µl Syringe
1000µl Syringe
Syringe upgrade kit (250µL) 4
Syringe upgrade kit (250µL,
biocompatible version) 4
Bridges
1µL Bridge (PEEKsil)
1µL Bridge (PEEKsil)
6.2µL Bridge (PEEK)
6.2µL Bridge (PEEK)
For use with
WPS-3000TBPL
WPS-3000TFC
Analytical
WPS-3000(T)PL
RS Nano/Cap
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Optional Accessories for the Use with UltiMate 3000 WPS-3000 Pulled Loop Autosamplers
X1
X1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X1
X
X
X1
X
X
X1
X1
X
X
Find recommended combinations for syringes, buffer tubings and sample loops on page 4-218.
1. Can be used for Nano/Cap/Mic applications only if Nano/Cap modification kit is previously installed
2. For analytical applications only, please use the smaller sample loops for Nano/Cap
3. Can be mounted only when PAEK Upgrade Kit is previously installed
4. For analytical applications only, please use the smaller syringes for Nano/Cap
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-217
LC Columns and Accessories
Recommended Syringes, Buffer Tubings and Sample Loops Combinations for
the Use with UltiMate 3000 WPS-3000(T)PL RS Nano/Cap, WPS-3000(T)BPL
Analytical, WPS-3000TFC and WPS-3000TBFC Autosamplers
Recommended Combinations
Syringe
Buffer Tubing
Sample Loop
WPS-3000(T)PL RS Nano/Cap
25µL
50µL
1µL, 5µL
100µL
500µL
10µL, 20µL
250µL
500µL
50µL, 125µL
WPS-3000TBPL Analytical
100µL
500μL
5µL, 10µL, 20µL, 50µL
250µL
1000µL
125µL, 250µL
WPS-3000TFC and WPS-3000TBFC Analytical (with Nano/Cap Modification Kit)
25µL
50µL
1µL, 5µL
100μL
500μL
5µL, 10µL, 20µL, 50µL
250µL
500µL
50µL, 125µL
250µL
1000µL
250µL
Accessories and Spare Parts for the Use with
UltiMate 3000 OAS-3x00 Open Autosamplers
Description
Holding loop (FEP) with needle adapter mounted
Holding loop kit (FEP)
Holding loop (SST)
2µL Sample loop for Cheminert injection valve
20µL Sample loop for Cheminert injection valve
100µL Sample loop for Cheminert injection valve
100µL Syringe
Sample tray (VT54) for 2mL vials (54 positions per tray)
Quantity
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
Cat. No.
6845.0034
6845.0035
6845.0029
755.CSL2
755.CSL20
755.CSL100
6845.0062
6845.0055
Quantity
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
6820.4092
6820.2402
6820.2403
6820.2468
6830.2414
6830.2416
6830.2418
6822.0003
6822.0005
6820.1427
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Accessories and Spare Parts for the Use with
ACC-3000(T) Autosampler Column Compartments
4-218
Description
Adapter for 5-position holder to be used for 2mL vials
Adapter for vial pusher for uncapped 10mL vials
Needle
Buffer tubing, >250µL, Viper
20µL Sample loop, Viper
50µL Sample loop, Viper
200µL Sample loop, Viper
250µL Syringe
1000µL Syringe
Front cover, transparent
Accessories for the Use with UltiMate 3000 TCC-3000(RS)
Thermostatted Column Compartments
Description
1µL Pre-column heater, Viper (SST)
2µL Pre-column heater, Viper (SST)
7µL Pre-column heater, Viper (SST)
11µL Pre-column heater, Viper (SST)
Post-column cooler insert, Viper (SST)
Column clip for columns with an outer diameter < 8mm
Column clip for columns with an outer diameter of 8-12mm
Quantity
1
1
1
1
1
6
6
Cat. No.
6722.0510
6722.0530
6722.0540
6722.0550
6730.0008
6722.0290
6722.0280
Optional Column Switching Valves for the Use with UltiMate 3000
TCC-3000RS/SD Thermostatted Column Compartments
Valve Drives
Valve Drive (Actuator)
for right side installation
Valve Drive (Actuator)
for left side installation
Pods
Pod, 2-position, 6-port
Quantity
TitanHT ™
< 103 MPa
(15000 psi)
TitanHP ™
< 41 MPa
(6000 psi)
Non biocompatible
TitanHT ™
< 103 MPa
<125 MPa
(15000 psi)
(18130 psi)
1
6730.0003
6730.0001
6730.0003
6730.0001
1
6730.0004
6730.0002
6730.0004
6730.0002
6730.0031
(Ti)
6730.0032
(Ti)
6730.0030
(Ti)
6722.9013
(SST)
6722.9023
(SST)
–
1
Pod, 2-position, 10-port
1
Pod, 6-position, 7-port
1
6723.9013
(PEEK)
6723.9023
(PEEK)
–
–
–
6722.9035
(Ti)
6730.0006
(SST)
6730.0026
(SST)
6730.0016
(SST)
–
–
LC and LC-MS Instrument Parts
Description
Biocompatible
TitanHP ™
< 34 MPa
< 41 MPa
(5000 psi)
(6000 psi)
LC Columns and Accessories >>
UltiMate 3000 Thermostatted Column
Compartments
6730.0050
(SST)
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-219
LC Columns and Accessories
UltiMate 3000 Detectors
Flow Cells for UltiMate 3000 DAD-3000(RS), MWD-3000(RS),
VWD-3x00(RS) and FLD-3x00(RS) Detectors
Description
Quantity
Cat. No.
Analytical flow cell (13µL, SST, 12 MPa)
Semi-analytical flow cell (5µL, SST, 12 MPa)
Semi-micro flow cell (2.5µL, SST, 12 MPa)
Analytical flow cell (13µL, PEEK, 5 MPa)
Semi-micro flow cell (2.5µL, PEEK, 5 MPa)
Semipreparative flow cell (0.7µL, PEEK, 10 MPa)
Flow cell, analytical (11µL, SST, 12 MPa)
Flow cell, semi-micro (2.5µL, SST, 12 MPa)
Flow cell, analytical (11µL, PEEK, 5 MPa)
Flow cell, semi-micro (2.5µL, PEEK, 5 MPa)
Flow cell, semi-preparative (0.7µL, PEEK, 10 MPa)
Flow cell, Mic (180nL, fused silica, 20 MPa)
Flow cell, capillary (45nL, fused silica, 20 MPa)
Flow cell, nano (3nL, fused silica, 20 MPa)
UV monitor, ultra-low dispersion (45nL, fused silica, 30 MPa)
Flow cell, dummy
Flow cell, analytical (8µL, SST, 2 MPa)
Flow cell, micro (2µL, SST, 4 MPa)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6082.0100
6082.0200
6082.0300
6082.0400
6082.0500
6082.0600
6074.0250
6074.0360
6074.0200
6074.0300
6074.0320
6074.0290
6074.0280
6074.0270
6074.0285
6074.0190
6078.4230
6078.4330
DAD-3000(RS)
MWD-3000(RS)
X
X
X
X
X
X
VWD-3x00(RS)
FLD-3x00(RS)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Accessories and Spare Parts for UltiMate 3000 Optical Detectors
4-220
Description
Quantity
Cat. No.
Deuterium lamp
Tungsten lamp
DAC board
DAC cable (analog out)
1
1
1
1
6074.1110
6074.2000
6082.0305
6074.0002
DAD-3000(RS)
MWD-3000(RS)
X
X
X
X
VWD-3x00(RS)
X
X
X
X
FLD-3x00(RS)
X
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Accessories and Spare Parts for the Use with
the UltiMate 3000 PCM-3000 pH and Conductivity Monitor
Quantity
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
6082.2030
6082.2020
6082.2042
6082.2060
Description
In-Line Filter Kit with Graphite Filter Elements
In-Line Filter Kit with PEEK Filter Elements
Filter Element (Graphite)
Filter Element (PEEK)
Amperometric Cell 6041RS ultra (25nL or 50nL,
glassy carbon or boron-doped diamond, 1.4 MPa)
Quantity
1
1
5
5
1
Cat. No.
70-0893
70-4093
70-0898
70-3824
6070.3000
Gasket for Amperometric Cell 6041RS (25nL, boPET)
Gasket for Amperometric Cell 6041RS (50nL, boPET)
Working Electrode for Amperometric Cell 6041RS
(boron-doped diamond, BDD)
Working Electrode for Amperometric Cell 6041RS
(glassy carbon, GC)
Coulometric Cell 6011RS ultra
(7.06µL, micro-porous graphite carbon, 4 MPa)
5
5
1
6070.2528
6070.2529
6070.3100
1
6070.3200
1
6070.2400
Potentiostat Module, dual channel DC
Cell Simulator – SimulatorRS
Cell Simulator – QualifierRS
1
1
1
6070.1400
6070.4100
6070.4200
Description
pH flow cell, 28µL (PEEK)
pH electrode for PCM-3000
Dummy electrode for PCM-3000
Conductivity flow cell, 21µL (Ti)
Accessories and Spare Parts for the Use with
the UltiMate 3000 ECD-3000RS Detectors
LC and LC-MS Instrument Parts
Accessories and Spare Parts for the Use with Charged Aerosol Detectors
Description
Gas Filter Assembly (HEPA/Carbon)
Corona Waste Bottle Cap Assembly
Bottle, 5.0 L Waste (Compatible with 70-7754 only)
Filter-HPLC Inline
Drain/Vent Tubing Assembly
Gas Inlet Tubing (¼")
Gas Exhaust Hose Assembly
Maintenance Kit for Nitrogen Generator
Corona ultra RS Waste Level Detector Assembly
Quantity
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
70-6224
70-7754
70-7751
70-4538
70-7115
70-6260
70-6261
70-6230
70-9363R
Corona CAD
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Corona ultra RS
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-221
LC Columns and Accessories
UltiMate 3000 Automated Fraction Collector
Sample Racks and Accessories for the Use with the UltiMate 3000 AFC-3000
Description
Sample Racks
Sample Rack (10 position) for 10mL vials, 22mm × 45mm
Sample Rack (22 position) for 4mL vials, 15mm × 45mm
Sample Rack (40 position) vfr 2mL vials, 12mm × 32mm
Sample Rack (21 position) for 50mL tubes, 30mm × 100mm
Sample Rack (24 position) for 30mL tubes, 24mm × 100mm
Sample Rack (40 position) for 20mL tubes, 20mm × 100mm
Sample Rack (60 position) for 14mL tubes, 16mm × 100mm
Sample Rack (90 position) for 8mL tubes, 13mm × 100mm
Sample Rack (36 position) for Foxy vials, scintillation vials, 28mm OD
Sample Rack (60 position) for Foxy vials, 1.5mL
Sample Rack (72 position) for Foxy mini tubes, 18mm OD
Positioning pins for Foxy racks
Funnel rack
Adapter for 4 WPS racks
Adapter for 4 well plates
Adapter for 2 well plates (Foxy Jr./R1)
Accessories
Diverter valve, 0.4mm ID drop former, and tubing
(“Kit for low flow rates”)
Drop former, 1mm ID SST, including grounding cable
(“Kit for normal-phase LC”)
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Find the Vials and Closures portfolio on page 2-001.
4-222
Quantity
Cat. No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
6820.4086
6820.4084
6820.4070
6702.0021
6702.0024
6702.0040
6702.0060
6702.0090
5701.2025
5701.2023
5701.2024
6702.9006
6702.1021
6702.0100
6702.0200
5701.2021
1
6702.0300
1
6702.0400
The UltiMate 3000 RSLCnano System was developed with throughput in mind. The robust, continuous
direct-flow delivery is designed for interruption-free analysis. The wide flowpressure footprint enables
the application of UHPLC to the nano scale, allowing analysts to tune for the highest resolution or the
fastest analysis time, even for tryptic peptide samples of utmost complexity. Configurable for speed,
separation power, or sensitivity, the UltiMate 3000 RSLCnano is the only system to deliver all.
Consumables and Spare Parts for UltiMate 3000 RSLC Nano Systems
Quantity
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
6042.1951
6041.2301
6041.0004
6041.0001
6041.7901A
6041.7902A
6041.7903A
6041.0002
6041.0003
6041.0014
6041.7130
6040.0042
6040.0306
6266.0305
6040.0012
6041.1901A
6041.1902
6040.2208
6041.0011
2
6040.3023
LC and LC-MS Instrument Parts
Description
Maintenance kit for NCS-3500RS loading pump
Check valve cartridge, ceramics (for both the inlet and outlet valve) for the NC pump and loading pump
Column switching valve; 2-position, 6-port valve
Column switching valve; 2-position, 10-port valve
Flow meter, biocompatible with flow selector for nano LC (50 – 1000nL/min)
Flow meter, biocompatible with flow selector for capillary LC (0.5 – 10µL/min)
Flow meter, biocompatible with flow selector for micro LC (5 – 50µL/min)
Flow selector for nano LC (50 – 1000nL/min)
Flow selector for capillary LC (0.5 – 10µL/min)
Flow selector for micro LC (5 – 50µL/min)
Mixer kit (8µL) for capillary LC
Piston (sapphire)
Piston seal (in plate of seal wash system), NP, for NC pump and loading pump
Piston seal (main piston seal), RP, for NC pump and loading pump
Support ring for main piston seal for NC pump and loading pump
Pump head, entire assembly, for NC pump
Pump head, entire assembly, for loading pump
Rear seal wash system, seals
Column installation/capillary clips kit (6 column clips, 2 clips to attach capillaries routed
from top to bottom through the column chamber)
Tubing from proportioning valve to pump head, loading pump (with fittings)
LC Columns and Accessories >>
UltiMate 3000 RSLC Nano System
EASY-nLC 1000 Liquid Chromatograph
Thermo Scientific™ EASY-nLC 1000 Liquid Chromatograph provides effortless split-free,
nano-flow UHPLC performance up to 1000 bar with minimal investment. Dual in-line flow
sensors before mixing gives uncompromising gradient precision.
Identify more peptides and increase productivity with higher pressure without compromising
reliability and robustness.
Common replacement parts for EASY-nLC 1000 Systems
Description
Pump Piston Seal Replacement Kit (contains four spring-energized piston
seals and a piston seal tool)
Valve rotor seal (contains one rotor seal)
Autosampler needle, ASC model
Column Out solvent line
Waste In solvent line
Flow sensor filters (contains four flow sensor filters)
Cat. No.
LC510
LC228
LC302
LC560
LC562
LC542
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-223
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
4-224
Accessories, Consumables and Spare Parts for
Thermo Scientific Accela High Speed LC
Accela Accessory Kits
Description
Accela Pump accessory kit
LC/MS system solvent interconnect kit
Kit, maintenance, Accela Pump
Kit, Seal, Accela Pump
Accela Autosampler Accessory Kit
Accela PDA Detector accessory kit
Quantity
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
60157-62001
F5050-010
60157-62002
60157-62003
60357-62001
60257-62001
Quantity
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
60357-60017
60053-60102
60053-60041
A3692-010
60053-60014
60053-20002
A4258-010
00301-01910
60357-62002
60053-62043
60053-62009
00101-08-00001
00101-08-00002
1611-0030
00101-07-00001
60053-20031
F1100-010
F1100-020
F1100-030
F1123-010
F1123-020
F1123-030
00301-07527
60053-10035
60053-62002
60053-60006
00109-99-00007
00109-99-00008
00109-99-00009
00109-99-00010
00109-99-00011
00109-99-00012
00109-99-00013
00109-99-00014
F1034-010
00110-03-00013
00109-99-00021
00110-03-00019
60053-60005
Accela Autosampler Consumables
Description
Assembly, needle, inert
Assembly, needle tubing
Assembly, wash bottle kit
Assembly, syringe valve
Assembly, transfer tube, 0.012in ID
Cooling Adapter, 96 well
Filter, flush solvent
Grease, Silicon/Teflon (for lead screw)
Kit, maintenance Accela Autosampler
Kit, needle tubing
Kit, wash bottle
Ferrule Front, Swagelok
Ferrule Back, Swagelok
Lubricant, Triflow
Nut, compression, long, 10-32, 1/16in OD tube
Port, needle
Syringe, concentric, 100µL
Syringe, concentric, 250µL
Syringe, concentric, 500µL
Plunger, replacement, concentric, 100µL
Plunger, replacement, concentric, 250µL
Plunger, replacement, concentric, 500µL
Reservoir vials, 16mL
Retainer, needle port (injection port)
Syringe, standard, 2500µL (with needle tubing ext)
Syringe, 2.5mL
Sample Loop, 5µL
Sample Loop, 10µL
Sample Loop, 20µL
Sample Loop, 25µL
Sample Loop, 50µL
Sample Loop, 100µL
Sample Loop, 500µL
Sample Loop, 1000µL
Stripper
Valve, injector
Seal, Rotor
Rotor, Valco injection valve
Tubing assembly, 2.5mL syringe
Cat. No.
00950-01-00311
00950-01-00317
00950-01-00322
00950-01-00323
00950-01-00324
00950-01-00325
00950-01-00326
00950-01-00327
00950-01-00328
00950-01-00330
00950-01-00334
00950-01-00335
00950-01-00336
00110-03-00019
00950-01-00337
Kit Description
Kit, asp tube, Accela Open A/S, RoHS PAL DilAspKit
Loop, hldg, dlw, Accela Open A/S, RoHS PAL DLWLoop
Screw, syringe, Accela Open A/S, RoHS PAL DLW Screw
Tool, needle, Accela Open A/S, RoHS PAL DLW NdTool
Holder, needle, dlw, Accela Open A/S, RoHS PAL DLWNHA
Syringe, dlw, Accela Open A/S, RoHS SyrC DLW 100-R
Plunger, syringe, dlw, Accela Open A/S, RoHS PLG DLW 100
Holder, needle, dlw, Accela Open A/S, RoHS PAL DLWPlg
Needle kit, dlw, 3PK, Accela Open A/S, RoHS PAL DLWNdl
Kit, dlw replament, Accela Open A/S, RoHS PAL DLW Option
Kit, insert, dlw, Accela Open A/S, RoHS PAL DLW Insert
Tube, waste, dlw, Accela Open A/S, RoHS PAL TubeWaste
Valve, inject, 18K, Accela Open A/S, RoH N/A
Rotor, Inj Valve, VALCO 18KPSI, RoHS C72-16R6
Stator Inj Valve, VALCO 18KPSI, RoHS C72V-6C96
Accela PDA Accessories
Quantity
1
Cat. No.
803264
1
1
1
1
1
1
803265-01
803237-01
802259
2522-0285
803260
703950
Quantity
4
2
1
1
1
2
2
Cat.No.
00950-01-00122
00950-01-00129
00950-01-00131
00950-01-00130
00950-01-00120
00950-01-00126
00950-01-00128
Accela Pump Liquid Displacement Assembly Parts
Description
Seal, film, PEEK, Accela pump
Seal, high pressure, GFP, Accela pump
Valve, check, outlet, Accela pump
Valve, check, inlet, Accela pump
Cartridge, blind, inlet, Accela pump
Piston, sapphire
Secondary piston seal (wash seal)
Material
PEEK
PTFE/GFP/Ti
Ti/ruby/sapphire
Ti/ruby/sapphire
PEEK
Sapphire
PE/SS
LC and LC-MS Instrument Parts
Description
Filter Wheel for linearity calibration, (5 position; 1 cuvette with
perchloric acid blank and 4 cuvettes with different concentrations
of potassium dichromate in perchloric acid solution, NIST traceable)
10mm flowcell assembly, with inlet/outlet tubing and fittings (1cm LightPipe)
Flowcell Assembly, with inlet/outlet tubing and fittings (5cm Lightpipe)
Backpressure regulator
FingerTight PEEK Ferrule Nuts
Inlet tubing, with insulation, PEEK 1/16 x 0.005in ID (red)
Outlet tubing, PEEK 1/16 x 0.01in ID (blue)
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Accela Open Autosampler Consumables
Accela 1250 Pump Liquid Displacement Assembly
Description
UHP PEEK sealing ring
Check valve, Titanium and ruby
Piston unit, sapphire
Secondary piston seal (GFP)
Primary piston seal (GFP)
Quantity
5
2
2
2
2
Cat. No.
00950-01-00284
00110-05110
00950-01-00126
00950-01-00129
00950-01-00129
Quantity
1
1
1
2
2
2
5
2
Cat. No.
00950-01-00286
60157-62008
00950-01-00292
00107-18110
00201-11324
00110-05110
00950-01-10013
00107-18114
Accela 600 Pump Spare Parts
Description
O-ring, 2.69mm x 1.14mm, perfluor
Kit, inlet tubing, Accela 600 pump
Mixer, static, 65µL, Accela 600 pump, RoHS
Seal, H/P
Piston, 1/8", TZP
Valve, check
Seal, face, PEEK, check valve
Seal, piston, secondary
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-225
LC Columns and Accessories
Accessories, Consumables and Spare Parts for
Thermo Scientific LC-MS Systems
Ion Traps and Orbitrap Series
Thermo Scientific™ Orbitrap™ LC-MS systems are the recognized standards
for high-resolution, accurate-mass measurements.
Orbitrap LC-MS technology routinely delivers the superior mass resolution and mass accuracy necessary
to reduce analysis times and increase confidence in results. This makes it the platform of choice for the
most confident protein and metabolite identification, characterization and quantitation. Combined with
superior dynamic range and unsurpassed sensitivity, Orbitrap systems are the only mass spectrometers
capable of providing all four benefits at the same time, without compromise.
With market and technology leadership for over 25 years, we offer ion trap LC-MS systems for every
application and budget. Ion trap LC-MS systems offer unique capabilities such as MSn and datadependent analysis along with excellent full-scan sensitivity to provide routine detection and rapid
identification of low-level analytes. Ion trap systems support a variety of applications from compound
identification and routine HPLC detection through the most demanding analyses of low-level components
in complex biological matrices.
TSQ Series Triple Quadrupole LC-MS
Robust triple-stage quadrupole LC-MS systems enable ultra-sensitive
quantitation of target compounds in complex matrices.
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
TSQ Series triple-stage quadrupole LC-MS systems offer a wide range of capabilities. From the
value-conscious Thermo Scientific™ TSQ Endura™ LC-MS to the precise Thermo Scientific™ TSQ Quantiva™
LC-MS, our mass spectrometers couple perfectly with our HPLC, UHPLC, and nano-LCs to easily
accommodate complex matrices encountered in a variety of applications.
4-226
MSQ Plus Single Quadrupole LC-MS
Our single quadrupole LC-MS system offers superior ease-of-use and modest
price and space requirements.
The system can be used with both HPLC and IC systems in a wide range of applications
and methodologies.
API Source Components
Description
USI ESI probe
USI APCI probe
Capillary heater cage assembly, for LTQ & LTQ XL
Capillary heater cage assembly, for the LXQ & LCQ Fleet
Fittings, Ferrules, Sample Loops and Tubing
Cat. No.
OPTON-20011
OPTON-20012
97055-60040
97055-60181
Accessory Kits
Description
TSQ Quantum forepump kit (used with LTQ series)
Hose and accessories kit, LTQ & LTQ XL
Hose, single mechanical pump accessory, LXQ & LCQ Fleet
LTQ series ship kit
Accessory Kit, LTQ/LTQ XL
Accessory Kit, LXQ & LCQ Fleet
Cat. No.
70111-62014
97055-62007
97055-60135
70111-62033
97055-62044
97055-62045
Description
LCQ chemicals kit, for LTQ & LCQ series
Met-Arg-Phe-Ala, 20mg
Ultramark 1621
Caffeine, 1mg/mL
Reserpine, 1g
Cat. No.
97000-62042
00301-07709
00301-12200
00301-12310
00301-12901
Pressure Gauges
Description
Ion gauge
Ion gauge o-ring, 0.737id 3/32 THK Viton
Cat. No.
00105-01525
00107-10056
Metal Needle Kits
Description
32-Gauge metal needle kit for high flow LC flow rates
between 5µL/min to 400µL/min Uses 32-gauge
needle, (P/N 00950-00954)
34-Gauge metal needle kit for low flow LC flow rates
between 500nL/min to 10µL/min Uses 34-gauge
needle, (P/N 97144-20040)
Cat. No.
OPTON-53003
OPTON-30004
Cat. No.
00101-18080
00101-18081
00101-18195
00101-18198
00101-18200
00101-18075
2522-0066
2522-3830
00101-18114
00101-18116
00101-18120
00101-18196
00101-18199
00101-18182
00101-18202
00101-18204
00110-22026
00110-22012
00110-22028
207180
00110-22018
00110-22020
00110-22022
00106-10498
00106-10499
00106-10502
LC and LC-MS Instrument Parts
Chemicals
Description
Fitting, HPLC, adaptor 10-32 x 1/4 PEEK
Fitting, nut, fingertight, HPLC, 10-32, PEEK
Fitting, fingertight, 2, Upchurch
Fitting, flangeless, 1/8in, Delrin, green
Fitting, flangeless, 1/8in, Delrin, blue
Fitting, plug, 1/4-28, Tefzel
Nut, LC, 1/16in, ss, Rheodyne
Ferrule, LC, 1/16in, ss, Rheodyne
Ferrule, 0.008in ID, Kel-F HPLC
Ferrule, 0.012in ID, Kel-F HPLC
Ferrule, 0.016in ID, PEEK, HPLC
Ferrule, Fingertight 2, Upchurch
Ferrule, 1/8in, Tefzel
Fitting, grounding union, 1/16, ss
Fitting, LC union, 0.010in orifice, PEEK
Fitting, LC TEE union, 0.020in orifice, PEEK
5µL sample loop, ss
10µL sample loop, ss
20µL sample loop, ss
50µL sample loop, ss
100µL sample loop, ss
500µL sample loop, ss
1mL sample loop, ss
Tubing, 0.15mm ID x 0.39mm OD fused-silica capillary
for APCI sample tube
Tubing, 0.10mm ID x 0.19mm OD fused-silica capillary
for ESI sample tube
Tubing, 0.05mm ID x 0.19mm OD fused-silica capillary
for ESI sample tube for low flow up to 200µL/min
Tubing, 0.1mm ID x 0.363mm OD fused-silica capillary
for infusion line
Tubing, 0.075mm ID x 0.3193mm OD fused-silica capillary
for low flow applications instead of metal needle
Teflon tube, .03in ID x 1/16in OD for syringe adapter
assembly
Tubing, 1in ID x 3/16in, Tygon
Hose, 1.5in ID, PVC reinforced
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Ion Traps and Orbitrap Series
00106-10504
00106-10511
00301-22915
00301-22922
00301-24163
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-227
LC Columns and Accessories
TSQ Series Triple Quadrupole LC-MS
Chemicals
Description
Cesium iodide
TSQ Quantum AM calibration kit
Reserpine
Polytyrosine-1,3,6 calibration solution (liquid)
Polytyrosine-1,3,6 calibration standard (solid)
FC43 calibration liquid
Syringe Adapter Kit for infusion of calibrant
Quantity
1 x 1g vial
1
1 x 1g vial
1 x 20mL
1
1 vial
1
Cat. No.
HAZMAT-01-00004
70111-62029S
00301-12901
00301-22924
00301-22925
50010-30059
70005-62011
Quantity
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
80100-20641
70005-20606
70111-20972
97055-20199
70111-20396
70111-20100
70005-20423
70005-20922
97055-20442
Ion Transfer Tubes, Seals and O-rings
Description
TSQ Quantiva
TSQ Endura
TSQ Quantum Access
TSQ Quantum Ultra, Ultra AM & Ultra EMR
TSQ Quantum Discovery Max
TSQ Quantum, Quantum AM & Quantum Discovery
TSQ Vantage, Vantage AM & Vantage EMR
Seal for ion transfer tube (TSQ Quantiva)
Graphite vespel o-ring (not TSQ Quantiva)
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Metal Needle Kits
4-228
Description
Metal Needle Insert Standard Flow (TSQ Quantiva and TSQ
Endura)
Metal Needle Insert Low Flow (TSQ Quantiva and TSQ Endura)
32-Gauge Metal Needle Insert
LC Flow rates between 5μL/min to 2000μL/min
Contains Metal Needle PN 70005-20434
34-Gauge Metal Needle Insert
LC Flow rates between 1μL/min to 10μL/min
Contains Metal Needle PN 70005-20483
High flow metal needle kit
Low flow metal needle kit
High flow metal needle kit
Low flow metal needle kit
High flow metal needle kit
Low flow metal needle kit
H-ESI metal needle kit
Quantity
1
Cat. No.
80000-60317
1
1
80000-60152
OPTON-53010
1
OPTON-53011
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
OPTON-20004
OPTON-20005
OPTON-20016
OPTON-20017
OPTON-53003
OPTON-30004
OPTON-20034
Description
MS maintenance kit
Ferrule, 0.008 ID, Kel-F (for fused silica sample tube)
Tubing, fused-silica, 0.10 ID x 0.19 OD (fused silica sample tube)
O-ring, Viton, 0.125 ID x 1/16 (for source mount assembly gas connections)
Fitting, HPLC, 10-32, short one-piece, 10/pk, RoHS
Oil, vacuum pump, 1 liter
Syringe, 500µL, Gastight
Tubing, PEEK, 0.005in ID x 1/16in OD, red
Tube, Teflon, 0.03in ID x 1/16in OD (for syringe adapter)
Polytyrosine-1,3,6 calibration standard (liquid)
Screw, 6-32 x 3/8 (used to secure front panels to chassis)
Screw, 6-32 x 5/16 (used to secure side panels and EMI shield to chassis)
Screw, 4 x 6mm (used to secure PS2 and PS3 to chassis)
Screw, 8-32 x 3/8 (used to secure top cover to chassis)
O-ring, graphite Vespel (for ion transfer tube)
Quantity
1
2
6ft
2
3
3
1
3ft
0.1ft
1
2
2
2
2
1
Cat. No.
70111-62032
00101-18114
00106-10499
00107-02550
00109-99-00016
00301-15101
00301-19016
00301-22912
00301-22915
00301-22924
00405-63266
00407-63205
00407-90000
00415-83206
97055-20442
Description
ESI needle
ESI needle seal
H-ESI needle
H-ESI needle seal
Quantity
1
1
1
1
LC and LC-MS Instrument Parts
ESI Needles and Needle Seal
Cat. No.
00950-00990
00950-00952
97055-20273
97055-20271
Viper Fittings (for grounded union to sprayer/probe)
Description
Viper Capillary, 65 µm x 150 mm PEEK
Viper Capillary, 130 µm x 150 mm PEEK
Viper Kit, 65 µm x 150mm PEEK (5 capillaries)
Viper Kit, 130 µm x 150mm PEEK (5 capillaries)
LC Columns and Accessories >>
MS Maintenance Kit
Cat. No.
6041.5615
6041.5616
6041.5601
6041.5602
Pump Oil
Description
Pump oil for Sogevac sv65 mechanical pump
Cat. No.
HAZMAT-01-00063
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-229
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
4-230
MSQ Plus Single Quadrupole LC-MS
MSQ Plus Kits
Description
Annual Maintenance Kit*
Probe Heater Repair Kit – insulating teflon parts
Surveyor MSQ Test Kit
Quantity
1
1
1
Cat. No.
60111-62014
60111-62010
FM104284
* The Consumables Kit contains the non-liquid parts required for the upkeep of your MSQ Plus MS Detector including
source O-rings, entrance cones, esi/apci capillaries, cone wash assembly, esi probe repair supplies, turbo oil wick
Consumables and General Spares
Description
Probe repair supplies: APCI probe capillary
ESI probe capillary
PEEK tube insert For API probe
Graphite 1/16in Vespel ferrule
ESI ceramic sleeve
Calibration solution MSQ version 1.4 and higher
Calibration solution MSQ classic version 1.0
Titanium entrance cone complete with O-ring
Cone wash nozzle assembly
Cone wash nozzle O-ring
Entrance cone spare O-ring
Exit (Extraction) cone
Swage connector for 6mm nitrogen tubing
6mm x 1/4in NPT nitrogen fitting
6mm Teflon tubing for nitrogen supply
Pfeiffer turbo replacement oil wick
Edwards vacuum pump oil
ESI probe complete
APCI probe complete
Probe heater assembly
Vacuum exhaust hose, blue, 1in ID
Hexapole screws – 3 required
USB cable 2m
APCI corona pin needle
Quantity
1
1
1 pk (12)
1 pk (10)
1
1
1
1
1
1pk (10)
1pk (10)
1
1
1
Per foot
1
1 liter
1
1
1
Per foot
1
1
1
Cat. No.
FM102594
FM102598
FM102591
6070119
FM103394
60111-01001
FM104285
60111-60049
FM102521
FM101464
5711000
FM102263
00101-02-00006
00103-02-00001
00109-99-00004
00950-01116
00301-15102
FM102595
FM102587
60111-60023
00301-08301
60111-20055
00302-99-00008
70005-98033
Software
Description
Upgrade to MSQ 2.0 with Xcalibur 2.0 includes LC Devices 2.02
Validation MSQ Plus on Xcalibur 2.0 – MS only
Cat. No.
OPTON-20432
OPTON-09015
Method Transfer to Accucore 2.6 μm Columns
Containing solid core particles, which are
engineered to a diameter of 2.6μm and a very
narrow particle size distribution; Accucore
HPLC columns allows high speed, high
resolution separation, with back pressures
significantly lower than those associated with
sub-2μm fully porous particles.
An understanding of some practical calculations
can help to achieve the correct scaling and maintain
a consistent assay profile between the original
and transferred method. An identical approach
can be used when transferring a conventional
HPLC analysis to a UHPLC method using
columns packed with sub-2μm fully porous
particles such as Hypersil GOLD 1.9μm and
Syncronis 1.7μm.
There are three main considerations when
transferring a method to a shorter column
using different particles: Scaling the flow rate,
adjusting the injection volume and adjusting
the gradient profile. These are discussed in
more detail below.*
3. Adjust the Gradient Profile
To maintain an equivalent separation when
transferring a method it is important to keep
the linear velocity constant between the original
and new method. The linear velocity is related
to the flow rate, internal diameter of the column
and particle size. A simple equation can be
derived to calculate the flow rate (F2) required
for the new method. This is shown below,
normalized for particle size.
Geometrical transfer of the gradient requires
calculation of the number of column volumes
of mobile phase in each segment (time interval)
of the gradient in the original method to ensure
that the new calculated gradient takes place over
the same number of column volumes, for the
new column.
F2 = F1 x (dc22 / dc12) x (dp1 / dp2)
F1 – original flow rate (mL/min)
dc1 – original column internal diameter (mm)
dp1 – original column particle size (µm)
dc2 – new column internal diameter (mm)
dp2 – new column particle size (µm)
2. Adjust the Injection Volume
Because sub-3μm solid core based methods
are most often transferred to smaller volume
columns, the same injection volume will take
up a larger proportion of the new column,
possibly leading to band broadening or
potentially overloading the column. It is
therefore important to scale down the injection
volume to match the change in column volume.
Once again, a simple equation can be used to
calculate the injection volume (Vi2) required for
the new method.
Vi2 = Vi1 x (dc22 x L2 / dc12 x L1)
Vi1 – original injection volume (µL)
dc1 – original column internal diameter (mm)
L1 – original column length (mm)
Vi2 – new injection volume (µL)
dc2 – new column internal diameter (mm)
L2 – new column length (mm)
The following calculation should be performed
for each time segment of the gradient, including
column re-equilibration. It takes into consideration
the void volume of each column (Vc, calculation
described below), the flow rate in the original
method and the flow rate in the new method
(calculated in step 1 above) and the time segment
in the original method.
tg2 = tg1 x (Vc2 /Vc1) x (F1/F2)
tg1 – Time segment in original gradient (min)
tg2 – Time segment in new gradient (min)
Vc1 – Original column void volume (mL)
Vc2 – New column void volume (mL)
F1 – Original flow rate (mL/min)
F2 – New flow rate (mL/min)
Technical Information
When transferring methods from conventional
HPLC to a solid core column several approaches
can be taken, depending on the analytical needs.
If column dimensions are maintained and the
particle characteristics, design and diameter, are
changed then an improvement in efficiency and,
therefore, sensitivity, resolution and peak capacity
is obtained. A second approach is to change not
only particle characteristics but also column
dimensions, which has the benefit of further
reducing analysis time and increasing sensitivity.
1. Scale the Flow Rate
LC Columns and Accessories >>
LC Technical Information
The void volume of the column is the volume
that is not taken up by the stationary phase
(approximately 68% of the column volume):
Vc = 0.68 x π x r2 x L
Vc – column volume (mL)
L – column length (cm)
r – column radius (cm)
An example of a method transferred following
steps 1 to 3 above is illustrated in the
following table:
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-231
LC Columns and Accessories
Column: Fully porous 5 µm, 150 x 4.6mm
Flow rate (mL/min)
Inj. volume (µL)
Gradient Time (min)
0.0
10.0
11.0
17.0
Backpressure
Resolution
Run Time (minutes)
Solvent Used (mL)
1.00
1
%B
35.0
60.0
35.0
35.0
59
2.6
17.0
17
To obtain the best data using fast chromatography
it is critical that the LC instrument system is
optimized to operate under these conditions.
All system components for the assay should
be considered. System volume (connecting
tubing ID and length, injection volume, flow
cell volume in UV) must be minimized, detector
time constant and sampling rate need to be
carefully selected, and when running fast
gradients pump dwell volume needs to be
minimal.
Minimizing System Volume
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
0.4
1.4
%B
35.0
60.0
35.0
35.0
218
2.5
6.0
2.4
Method transfer conditions from HPLC (150 x 4.6mm, 5μm columns) to
Accucore (100 x 2.1mm, 2.6μm and 50 x 2.1mm, 2.6μm columns).
*We offer a convenient method transfer calculator at the Chromatography
Resource Center (www.thermoscientific.com/crc)
System Considerations
4-232
Column: Accucore RP-MS 2.6 µm,
100 x 2.1mm
Flow rate (mL/min)
Inj. volume (µL)
Gradient Time (min)
0.0
3.5
3.8
6.0
Backpressure
Resolution
Run Time (minutes)
Solvent Used (mL)
Excess system volume gives rise to band
broadening, which has a detrimental effect on
the chromatographic performance. This can
arise from the column, the autosampler, the
tubing connecting the column to injector and
detector and in the detector flow cell. The
extra column effects become more significant
for scaled down separations because of the
smaller column volumes and for less retained
peaks which have a lower peak volume
making it even more critical to minimize extra
column dispersion.
Detector Sampling Rate
With 1.9µm particles, operating parameters
can be optimized to give fast analysis. This
results in narrow chromatographic peaks
which may be of the order of 1-2 seconds
or less in width. It is important to scan the
detector (whether it is UV or MS) fast enough
to achieve optimum peak definition, otherwise
resolution, efficiency and analytical accuracy
will be compromised.
Dwell Volume
The HPLC pump dwell volume is particularly
important when running high speed
applications using fast gradients, typical of
high throughput separations on small particle
packed columns. This is because the pump
dwell volume affects the time it takes for the
gradient to reach the head of the column. If
we consider a method using a flow rate of
0.4mL/min and a fast gradient of 1 minute, the
theoretical gradient reaches the column
immediately. A pump with a 65µL dwell volume
will get the gradient onto the column in 9.75
seconds. A traditional quaternary pump with a
dwell volume of 800µL will take 2 minutes to
get the gradient to the column. When running
rapid gradients this is too slow and it may
become necessary to introduce an isocratic
hold at the end of the gradient to allow elution
of the analytes.
Column: Accucore RP-MS 2.6µm,
50 x 2.1mm
Flow rate (mL/min)
Inj. volume (µL)
Gradient Time (min)
0.0
1.7
1.9
3.0
Backpressure
Resolution
Run Time (minutes)
Solvent Used (mL)
0.4
0.7
%B
35.0
60.0
35.0
35.0
120
1.5
3.0
1.2
Reasons to Scale Down a HPLC
or LC/MS Method
Typical Flow Rates for Analytical, Narrowbore, Capillary and Nanobore
Columns (5µm Particles)
There are applications where it is desirable to
scale down a method without transferring the
method to U-HPLC. These reasons may be to:
Column ID
(mm)
4.6
3.0
2.1
1.0
0.5
0.32
0.18
0.1
0.075
•
Maximize sensitivity when small amounts of
sample are available
•
Make flow rate compatible with ionization
technique in MS detection
•
Reduce costs by reducing solvent consumption
Transfer Method to a Narrower Column
If all other method parameters (column length
and particle size, column chemistry, mobile
phase composition, gradient range and time,
separation temperature) are kept unchanged,
the change to a narrower column only requires
adjustment of the flow rate.
F2 = F1 x (dc2/dc1)2
F1 – original flow rate (to be reduced)
F2 – new flow rate
dc1 – original column internal diameter
dc2 – new column internal diameter
This is applicable to both isocratic and
gradient methods. The new method should
produce a chromatogram with identical
resolution and identical run time. If small
changes in retention times and resolution are
observed this is generally caused by system
dwell volume (discussed below).
Optimum Flow
Rate1 (µL/min)
1250
500
250
50
12
5
2
0.5
0.3
Recommended
Injection Volume2 (µL)
30
10
5
1
0.35
0.15
0.05
0.015
0.01
API Source
APCI or High flow ESI
APCI or High flow ESI
APCI or Micro-ESI
Micro-ESI
Micro-ESI
Micro-ESI
Micro-ESI
Nanospray
Nanospray
1. Recommended for good efficiency and moderate pressure. Higher flow rates may lead to column voids. Lower
flow rates are recommended for washing column bed or changing solvents.
2. Estimates based on negligible loss of efficiency and isocratic elution with sample solvent identical to mobile
phase. Larger volumes can be introduced under gradient conditions or using weaker sample solvent.
Transfer Method to a Shorter Column
Dwell Volume
In gradient elution, the simplest way to reduce
the method cycle time is to reduce the column
length. If all other method parameters (column
ID and particle size, column chemistry, mobile
phase composition, gradient range, flow rate,
separation temperature) are kept unchanged
the only requirement is to change the gradient
time using the equation below, where gradient
time is reduced by the same factor as the
reduction in column volume.
Dwell volume is just as important when scaling
down a method as for method transfer to
U-HPLC. The effect of dwell volume on the
separation is more significant when narrow
columns are used at low flow rates. For
instance, if the system has a dwell volume of
2.0mL and a 4.6mm ID column is run at 1mL/
min, it takes 2 minutes for the gradient to
reach the head of the column; however, if a
2.1mm ID column is used with a 0.4mL/min
flow rate it will take 5 minutes for the
gradient to reach the column. In high
throughput gradient separations using small
volume columns, dwell volume causes an
increase in run times and longer reequilibration time between runs.
tg1/Vc1= tg2/Vc2
tg1 – gradient time in original method (min)
tg2 – gradient time in new method (min)
Vc1 – original column volume (mL)
Vc2 – new column volume (mL)
Column volume Vc (mL) can be estimated using:
Vc = 0.68 x π x r2 x L
Vc – column volume (mL)
L – column length (cm)
r – column radius (cm)
Technical Information
Reducing the scale of a separation by reducing
the column internal diameter may be
necessary when transferring a method from
UV to MS detection, or when only very small
amounts of sample are available, such as in
drug discovery or proteomics. In the first case
ionization technique or source design
determines the best flow rate range (see table
above) and in the latter case, method
sensitivity is maximized because solutes elute
in more concentrated chromatographic bands.
Flow Rate Range
(µL/min)
1000 – 1500
400 – 600
200 – 300
40 – 60
10 – 25
4 – 10
1–3
0.4 – 1
0.2 – 0.5
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Scaling Down a Method
Several approaches can be taken to minimize
these effects:
•
Select a pump with a small gradient delay volume
(e.g., Thermo Scientific Accela high speed
LC system has a delay volume of only 65µL);
•
Delay sample injection until gradient has
reached the head of the column;
•
Set the pump at a higher flow rate and split
the flow before the column.
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-233
LC Columns and Accessories
Scaling Up a Method
Reasons to Scale Up an HPLC Method
Column Backpressure
• Increase method capacity
Column operating backpressure is affected by
column length, internal diameter, media
particle size, temperature, solvent properties
and solvent flow rate. It can also be affected
by the use of gradients, where the pressure
may vary with solvent composition. Typical
operating backpressure for columns or
cartridges can be calculated using the
following equation:
Pressure (atm) = 2.1 x Φ x L x η
d p2 x d 2
• Isolation and purification of target
compounds
• Increase sample throughput
Analytical methods may require scale up to
preparative sizes to isolate and purify
compounds from mixtures. In choosing the
best column and packing material for your
preparative application, consider the selectivity
and loadability of the media as well as column
dimensions, to give the results you need most
quickly or economically. We have established
a strong reputation for the manufacture and
supply of high quality preparative silicas and
bonded phases, designed to give the same
levels of performance and reproducibility as
our popular analytical silica ranges such as
the Thermo Scientific Hypersil phases.
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Scale up is easiest when starting from an
analytical column packed with smaller particle
size media offering the same selectivity as the
larger particle size preparative media. The leading
families of Thermo Scientific phases are offered
in various sizes to complement lab scale operations
and facilitate the scale up to preparative
chromatography. Scout columns, typically
250 x 4.6mm packed with the media of interest
can also be used to develop the separation.
Once the method is finalized on the smaller
column, a scaling factor can be applied.
4-234
Mobile phase viscosity changes with composition
Scaling Up to a Preparative Column
Flow rate and column load scaling are only
required when changing the internal diameter
of the column. The scaling of flow rates allows
peak retention times to remain relatively
constant between columns with different
internal diameters. The typical solvent flow
rate through a column is dependent on its
internal diameter and the particle size of the
column packing material. This scaling factor
can also be used to estimate the loading
capacity of a given column. Assuming column
length is a constant, the scale factor can be
calculated using the following formula:
Φ = column impedance
(1000 for 4.6mm ID columns)
L = column length (mm)
dp = particle diameter (µm)
d = column diameter (mm)
η = mobile phase viscosity (centipoises)
The mobile phase viscosity varies with
composition. As an example, the figure above
shows how water viscosity varies with the
addition of methanol or acetonitrile. This
variability is a critical component in
maximizing throughput with respect to the
chromatography instrumentation being used.
Scale Factor = dc22/dc12
dc1 – original column internal diameter (mm)
dc2 – new column internal diameter (mm)
The column loading capacity and flow rate
required for the new larger ID columns can be
calculated using this factor.
Discover eVol XR for precise
and accurate dispensing
PAGE 1-062
Peak Shape – Hypersil GOLD Media
Media selection for your preparative
separation is important. Choose media that
has a narrow particle size distribution which
will provide high efficiency columns with a
low back pressure, since there are no ‘fines’
to block frits or impede flow. The uniformly
spherical particles, with narrow pore size
distribution, apparent in Thermo Scientific
preparative columns, provide reproducible
performance and a longer column life. Media
that is available in a range of particle sizes
offers choice for scale up applications with
controlled selectivity. We offers a range of
choices for preparative media in several
particle sizes to tailor the media to your
application.
In analytical HPLC, the use of packings based
on highly pure silica has been shown to
improve peak shape. Our highly developed and
reproducible manufacturing processes ensure
that our leading analytical brand of Hypersil
GOLD media is also available in a range of
particle sizes suitable for preparative LC
without compromise on performance.
High Load and High Retention –
HyperPrep HS
Often when dealing with very polar compounds,
achieving sufficient retention can be a
challenge. We are able to offer a variety of
choices to overcome this common problem:
The polar endcapping on Hypersil GOLD aQ
provides a controlled interaction mechanism
by which moderately polar compounds can be
retained. Hypersil GOLD AX can be used in
HILIC mode to provide retention of polar
compounds. Hypercarb columns offer truly
orthogonal selectivity to C18 in reversed
phase LC and can be used to retain highly
polar compounds. Hypercarb columns can also
be used to differentiate between very closely
related compounds including geometric and
positional isomers.
When it comes to the analysis of peptides, the
correct selection of packing material becomes
ever more important. When deciding on which
pore size of packing material to use in the
analysis of a polypeptide mix, molecular
weight and hydrophobicity of the peptides
must be taken into account. Our breadth of
silica offerings allow the chromatographer to
obtain the best resolution using materials with
pore diameters in the 100 to 300Å range. A
general rule is that hydrophilic peptides with
a molecular weight of less than 2000 daltons
can be analyzed using a lower pore volume
media, such as Hypersil GOLD media. Above
this molecular weight, access to small pores
is restricted, and separations tend to be
inefficient. For hydrophobic peptides with a
molecular weight greater than 2000, a 300Å
media such as Thermo Scientific BioBasic is
recommended. For the separation of small or
hydrophilic peptides, a 100Å material such as
HyperPrep HS may give better resolution.
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
Technical Information
Materials with higher surface area can offer
increased loadability. This drive to maximize
surface area must be undertaken in a
considered manner particularly with regard to
particle pore diameter and pore volume. Too
high a pore volume will compromise stability
and robustness of the bed and too small a
pore diameter will influence mass transfer at
the expense of efficiency. The high surface
area provides enhanced retention of polar
compounds. A high carbon loading gives a
robust, stable phase. Please contact Technical
Support for more information on Thermo
Scientific HyperPrep columns and media.
Polar Compounds and Isomers –
Hypercarb Columns, Hypersil GOLD aQ
Peptides and Proteins –
BioBasic and Hypersil GOLD Media
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Selecting the Media
4-235
LC Columns and Accessories
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
4-236
HPLC Troubleshooting
Before you start any troubleshooting, it is essential to observe safe laboratory practices. Know the
chemical and physical properties of any solvents used and have the appropriate Material Safety Data
Sheets (MSDSs) readily available. All electrically powered instruments should be shut down and
unplugged before starting. Eye protection should also be worn.
The following table lists common HPLC problems encountered, the possible causes and solutions
for your quick reference.
Symptom
Cause
Pressure Related Problems
Low
Low viscosity mobile phase.
Pressure
Piston seals leaking.
Leak in system.
Air in solvent lines or pump.
High
High viscosity mobile phase.
Pressure
Pump flow-rate malfunction.
Tubing blocked.
Guard blocked.
Sample precipitation.
Detector blockage.
Baseline Related Problems
Fluctuating System not equilibrated.
Baseline
Bubbles in flow cell.
Contaminated guard.
Contaminated column.
Detector contamination.
Contaminated solvents.
Old detector lamp.
Sloping
Contaminated solvents.
Baseline
Gradient mobile phase.
System not equilibrated.
Leak in system.
Temperature fluctuations.
Contaminated column.
Pump not mixing solvents
properly.
Blocked solvent reservoir frits.
Old detector lamp.
Peak Shape Problems
Broad
System not equilibrated.
Peaks
Injection solvent too strong.
Injection volume too high.
Injected mass too high.
Extra column volume too high.
Temperature fluctuations.
Old guard cartridge.
Old column.
Double
Peaks
Negative
Peaks
Contaminated column.
Voided column.
Old guard cartridge.
Contaminated column.
Voided column.
Contaminated solvents.
Wrongly wired detector.
Unbalanced RI detector optics.
Ion pair method.
Action
Confirm expected pressure using the Kozeny-Carmen or similar equation.
Check for evidence of leaking or wear and replace where necessary.
Check for and replace any leaking tubing or fittings.
Ensure that the reservoirs and solvent lines are fully primed and the purge valve is fully closed.
Confirm expected pressure using the Kozeny-Carmen or similar equation.
Contact manufacturer.
Working backwards from detector outlet, check source of blockage and replace item as necessary.
Replace guard cartridge.
Consider sample clarification steps such as filtration or SPE.
Clean the flow cell according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
Equilibrate the column with 10 volumes of mobile phase.
Degas the mobile phase and pass degassed solvent through the flow-cell. Do not exceed the cell’s pressure limit.
Replace the guard cartridge.
Wash the column using an appropriate solvent. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the column.
Clean the flow cell according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
Use freshly prepared solvents of HPLC grade.
Replace the lamp, particularly when this has been in use for > 2000 hours.
Use freshly prepared solvents of HPLC grade.
Consider purer solvents or higher wavelengths. Otherwise, this is normal.
Equilibrate the column with 10 volumes of mobile phase.
Check for and replace any leaking tubing or fittings.
Use a thermostatically controlled column oven.
Wash the column using an appropriate solvent. Ensure that a gradient method has a wash period at the end.
Where being used, ensure that the proportioning valve is mixing the solvents correctly. If the method is
isocratic, blend the solvents manually.
Ultrasonicate the reservoir frits in water and then methanol.
Replace the lamp, particularly when this has been in use for > 2000 hours.
Equilibrate the column with 10 volumes of mobile phase.
Ensure that the injection solvent is the same or weaker strength than the mobile phase.
Reduce the injection volume to avoid overload. Typically injection volumes of < 40% of the expected
peak width should be used.
Reduce the sample concentration to avoid mass overload.
Reduce diameter and length of connecting tubing. Reduce the volume of the flow cell where possible.
Use a thermostatically controlled column oven. Higher temperatures will produce sharper peaks.
Replace the guard cartridge.
Do not use columns that have been used with ion-pair reagents for reverse-phase methods. Old
columns give much lower efficiencies than new columns. Replace the column if necessary.
Wash the column using an appropriate solvent. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the column.
Replace the column. Do not use outside the recommended pH range.
Replace the guard cartridge.
Wash the column using an appropriate solvent. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the column.
Replace the column. Do not use outside the recommended pH range.
Use freshly prepared solvents of HPLC grade.
Check the signal polarity from the detector to the recording device.
Refer to manufacturer’s instructions.
Inject the sample in the mobile phase.
Injected mass too high.
Old column.
Contaminated column.
Voided column.
Old or damaged column.
Fronting
Peaks
Peak Size and Retention Problems
Small
Degraded sample.
Peaks
Low analyte concentration.
Detector set-up.
No wash solvent.
Missing
Peaks
Extra Peaks
Old detector lamp.
Degraded sample.
Immiscible mobile phase.
Fluctuations in pH.
Degraded sample.
Contaminated solvents.
Immiscible mobile phase.
Fluctuations in pH.
Contaminated guard cartridge.
Contaminated column.
Varying
Retention
System not equilibrated.
Leak in system.
Temperature fluctuations.
Contaminated column.
Blocked solvent reservoir frits.
Pump not mixing solvents
properly.
Contaminated solvents.
Different dwell volume.
Piston seals leaking.
Air in solvent lines or pump.
Reduce the sample concentration.
Check the detector attenuation and re-zero.
Replace the guard cartridge.
Ensure that the injection solvent is the same or weaker strength than the mobile phase.
Reduce the injection volume to avoid overload. Typically injection volumes of < 40% of the expected
peak width should be used.
Reduce the sample concentration to avoid mass overload.
Do not use columns that have been used with ion-pair reagents for reversed phase methods. Old
columns give much lower efficiencies than new columns. Replace the column if necessary.
Wash the column using an appropriate solvent. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the column.
Replace the column. Do not use outside the recommended pH range.
Replace the column.
Inject a fresh sample.
Increase the analyte concentration.
Check the detector attenuation and re-zero.
Check that the solvent wash reservoir is filled with a miscible solvent and that the injector is set to
wash between injections.
Replace the syringe.
Check injector loop size and that no more than 50% of this volume is used for partial loop injections.
Reduce syringe draw-time.
Replace the lamp, particularly when this has been in use for > 2000 hours.
Fill sample vial.
Check for and replace any leaking tubing or fittings.
Where being used, ensure that the proportioning valve is mixing the solvents correctly. If the method is
isocratic, blend the solvents manually.
Replace the syringe.
For gradient methods, check that the dwell volume of any new system is not very different from any
previous system. Apply a final hold time if necessary.
Replace the lamp, particularly when this has been in use for > 2000 hours.
Inject a fresh sample.
Check that any solvent already in the column is miscible with the mobile phase. Flush with propan-2-ol
or ethanol where necessary.
Buffer the mobile phase so that retention of ionizable compounds is controlled.
Inject a fresh sample.
Use freshly prepared solvents of HPLC grade. Gradient methods often show ‘ghost-peaks’.
Check that any solvent already in the column is miscible with the mobile phase. Flush with propan-2-ol
or ethanol where necessary.
Buffer the mobile phase so that retention of ionizable compounds is controlled.
Replace the guard cartridge.
Wash the column using an appropriate solvent. If this does not resolve the problem , replace the
column.
Equilibrate the column with 10 volumes of mobile phase.
Check for and replace any leaking tubing or fittings.
Use a thermostatically controlled column oven.
Wash the column using an appropriate solvent. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the
column.
Ultrasonicate the reservoir frits in water and then methanol.
Where being used, ensure that the proportioning valve is mixing the solvents correctly. If the method is
isocratic, blend the solvents manually.
Use freshly prepared solvents of HPLC grade.
For gradient methods, check that the dwell volume of any new system is not very different from any
previous system. Apply a final hold time if necessary.
Check for evidence of leaking or wear and replace where necessary.
Ensure that the reservoirs and solvent lines are fully primed and that the purge valve is fully closed.
Technical Information
No Peaks
Damaged or blocked syringe.
Incorrect amount injected.
Viscous injection solvent.
Old detector lamp.
Sample vial empty.
Leak in system.
Pump not mixing solvents
properly.
Damaged or blocked syringe.
Different dwell volume.
Action
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Symptom
Cause
Peak Shape Problems
Flat topped Detector overload.
Peaks
Detector set-up.
Tailing
Old guard cartridge.
Peaks
Injection solvent too strong.
Injection volume too high.
For more information, please request Successful HPLC Operation – A Troubleshooting Guide, TG20094.
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-237
LC Columns and Accessories
HPLC Definitions and Equations
Backpressure
The pressure required to pump the mobile
phase through the column. It is related to
mobile phase viscosity (η), flow rate (F), column
length (L) and diameter (dc), and particle size
(dp) by the following equation:
Pressure Drop (psi) =
L
η
F
dp
dc
=
=
=
=
=
250 L ηF
dp2 dc2
column length (cm)
viscosity
flow rate (mL/min)
particle diameter (µm)
column internal diameter (cm)
Capacity Factor (k)
Expression that measures the degree of
retention of an analyte relative to an unretained
peak, where tR is the retention time for the
sample peak and t0 is the retention time for an
unretained peak. A measurement of capacity
will help determine whether retention shifts are
due to the column (capacity factor is changing
with retention time changes) or the system
(capacity factor remains constant with retention
time changes).
k=
t R-t 0
t0
Efficiency (N)
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
Also number of theoretical plates. A measure
of peak band spreading determined by various
methods, some of which are sensitive to peak
asymmetry. The most common are shown here,
with the ones most sensitive to peak shape
shown first:
4-238
5-Sigma
N = 25(tR /W)2
W = peak width at 4.4%
peak height
4-Sigma
or
Tangential
N = 16(tR /W)2
W = tangential peak width or
13.4% peak height
Half-Height
N = 5.54(tR /W)2
W = peak width at 50%
peak height
Elution Volume (VR )
Refers to the volume of mobile phase required
to elute a solute from the column at maximum
concentration (apex).
V R = F • tR
where F is flow rate in volume/time and tR is
the retention time for the peak of interest.
HETP
Height equivalent to a theoretical plate. A
carryover from distillation theory: a measure
of a column’s efficiency. For a typical wellpacked HPLC column with 5µm particles, HETP
(or H ) values are usually between 0.01 and
0.03mm.
HETP = L/N
where L is column length in millimeters and
N is the number of theoretical plates.
Linear Velocity
The flow rate normalized by the column cross
section. This effects column performance and
is directly related to column pressure. Linear
velocity is given by the following equation
where L is column length and t 0 is the
breakthrough time of an unretained peak:
µ= L
t0
Resolution (Rs )
The ability of a column to separate
chromatographic peaks. Resolution can be
improved by increasing column length,
decreasing particle size, changing temperature,
changing the eluent or stationary phase.
Rs =
It can also be expressed in terms of the
separation of the apex of two peaks divided by
the tangential width average of the peaks:
Rs =
(t2 – t1)
0.5(W1 + W2)
Selectivity (α)
A thermodynamic factor that is a measure of
relative retention of two substances, fixed by
a certain stationary phase and mobile phase
composition. Where k1 and k2 are the
respective capacity factors.
α=
k2
k1
Tailing Factor (T)
A measure of the symmetry of a peak, given
by the following equation where W0.05 is the
peak width at 5% height and f is the distance
from peak front to apex point at 5% height.
Ideally, peaks should be Gaussian in shape
or totally symmetrical.
T = W0.05 /2f
van Deemter Equation
An equation used to explain band broadening
in chromatography. The equation represents
the height equivalent of a theoretical plate (H)
and has three terms. The A term is used to
describe eddy diffusion, which allows for the
different paths a solute may follow when
passing over particles of different sizes.
The B term is for the contribution caused by
molecular diffusion or longitudinal diffusion of
the solute while passing through the column.
The C term is the contribution of mass transfer
and allows for the finite rate of transfer of the
solute between the stationary phase and
mobile phase. u is the linear velocity of the
mobile phase as it passes through the column.
B
H = A + u + Cu
A partial list of common buffers and their
corresponding pH values is shown in the Common
Buffer Systems table. Perhaps the most common
HPLC buffer is some form of phosphoric acid.
Remember that a true buffer should have the
ability to resist pH change when a sample is
introduced at a different pH, and that buffer capacity
is only 100% at the pK value of the acid or base.
At pH 4, phosphate is a poor buffer and would
change rapidly toward one of its pKa values if
a more acidic or basic sample were introduced.
Common Buffer Systems
Buffer
TFA
Phosphate
Citrate
Formate
Acetate
Tris Base (Trizma, THAM)
Ammonia
Borate
Diethylamine
Carbonate
pK1
pK 2
Triethanolamine
When control at a lower pH (2-3) is desired,
phosphate, or stronger organic acids such as
TFA or acetic acid, are commonly used. If control
at pH 4-5 is desired, an organic acid buffer
such as acetate or citrate should be considered
in place of phosphate.
2 3
Useful pH Range
MS-Compatible
0.30
2.1
7.2
12.3
3.1
4.7
5.4
3.8
4.8
8.3
9.2
9.2
10.5
6.4
10.3
7.80
1.1 – 3.1
6.2 – 8.2
11.3 – 13.3
2.1 – 4.1
3.7 – 5.7
4.4 – 6.4
2.8 – 4.8
3.8 – 5.8
7.3 – 9.3
8.2 – 10.2
8.2 – 10.2
9.5 – 11.5
5.4 – 7.4
9.3 – 11.3
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
A: pH 2.1
1
B: pH 2.5
2 3
7
Part Number:
Eluent:
7
1
BETASIL C18, 5µm, 50 x 4.6mm
Flow Rate:
Detector:
Sample:
The figure to the right shows the importance of
choosing the correct pH for a separation. Even
slight changes in pH, either from measuring errors,
mixing complications with the pump, or atmospheric
water adsorption into the mobile phase, can
alter any method if not properly buffered.
4
4 5
5
6
6
701-085
0
70105-054630
50% ACN / 50%
25mM KH 3PO 4
at pH indicated
0.8mL/min
UV @ 220nm
1. Uracil
2. Tolmetin
3. Naproxin
4. Fenoprofen
5. Diflunisal
6. Indometacin
7. Ibruprofen
Technical Information
As a rule, one should work within ±1pH unit of
the buffer pKa value for good pH control of the
mobile phase. Adequate buffer concentrations
for HPLC tend to be in the 10-100 millimolar
level depending on the size and nature of the
sample, as well as the column packing material.
Phases based on highly pure silica with robust
bondings such as the Hypersil GOLD range, are
often more compatible with dilute buffers than
traditional packings.
Care should be taken when choosing a buffer and
organic modifier mixture to ensure that a solution
of the two does not produce a solid salt which
could cause blockages and system contamination.
pK1
pK 2
pK 3
pK1
pK 2
pK 3
pKa
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Selecting the Right Buffer
6 MIN
701-086
0
6 MIN
Effect of small changes in pH on the separation of mildly ionizable compounds
Buffers should always be flushed from the analytical
column and instrument after use to avoid salts
being deposited on delicate frits etc.
Buffer Selection for LC/MS
Buffer choice will be very dependent on the
analyte and the instrumentation used. Ideally,
LC/MS applications should use a volatile
buffer as this will not form a contaminating
deposit on the source. Inorganic acids, involatile
buffers and ion-pair reagents should all be
avoided. Typical LC/MS buffers include:
•
Ammonium acetate/formate/hydrogen
carbonate (< 50mM)
•
Formic/acetic acid (0.01 – 1% v/v)
•
Trifluoroacetic acid (< 0.1% v/v)
•
Trialkylamine (< 0.1% v/v) and aqueous
ammonia type bases
•
TRIS
•
BIS-TRIS propane
Note: There are LC/MS instruments available, for
example the Thermo Scientific Surveyor MSQ LC/MS,
which incorporate a self-cleaning mechanism to
reduce the build up of inorganic buffers on the source
during routine use. Care should still be taken not to
purposefully over-contaminate the instrument source
as this will lead to operating difficulties.
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-239
LC Columns and Accessories
Preparation of Mobile Phases
Correct solvent preparation is very important. It can save vast amounts of time spent
troubleshooting spurious peaks, baseline noise etc.
Quality
Buffers
All reagents and solvents should be of the
highest quality. HPLC grade reagents may cost
slightly more than lower grade reagents, but
the difference in purity is marked. HPLC grade
reagents contain no impurities to produce
spurious peaks in a chromatogram baseline
whereas lower grade reagents do contain
trace levels of impurities, which may produce
spurious baseline peaks.
All buffers should be prepared freshly on the
day required. This practice ensures that the
buffer pH is unaffected by prolonged storage
and that there is no microbial growth present.
Changes in pH and microbial growth will
affect chromatography.
Ensure that any water used in buffer preparation
is of the highest purity. Deionized water often
contains trace levels of organic compounds
and therefore is not recommended for HPLC
use. Ultra pure HPLC water (18mΩ resistivity)
is generated by passing deionized water
through an ion exchange bed. Modern water
purification instruments use this mechanism
to produce water of suitable quality in high
volumes. Preferably, HPLC grade water can be
purchased from solvent suppliers.
Important: Do not store HPLC grade water in
plastic containers. Additives in the plastic may
leach into the water and contaminate it. Always
store HPLC grade water in glass containers.
4-240
Degassing
Before the freshly prepared mobile phase is
pumped around the HPLC system, it should be
thoroughly degassed to remove all dissolved
gasses. Dissolved gas can be removed from
solution by:
If buffer solutions are stored, be aware that
they have a finite lifetime. Refer to pharmacopoeia
monographs or similar for further guidance on
buffer shelf life.
Buffer reagents can contain a stabilizing agent,
for example, sodium metabisulphite. These
stabilizing agents often affect the optical and
chromatographic behavior of buffer solutions,
so it is often worth buying reagents that contain
no stabilizer. Containers of solid reagent are
easily contaminated by repeated use. For this
reason, we recommend that reagents be
purchased in low container weights.
• Bubbling with helium
• Sonication
• Vacuum filtration
If the mobile phase is not degassed, air bubbles
can form in the low pressure of the detector
cell resulting in problems with system instability,
spurious baseline peaks etc.
The most efficient form of degassing is bubbling
with helium or another low solubility gas. If this
method is available, we recommend that the mobile
phase is continually degassed at very low levels
throughout the analysis. This will inhibit the
re-adsorption of gases over the analysis time.
Filtration
Ideally, all HPLC solvents should be filtered
through a 0.45µm filter before use This
removes any particulate matter that may
cause blockages. After filtration, the solvents
should be stored in a covered reservoir to
prevent re-contamination with dust etc.
Mobile Phase – Not Degassed
20
0
-20
Note: Ensure that the solvent reservoir has a
vent to the atmosphere to prevent the build up
of pressure inside the reservoir.
Mobile Phase – Degassed
40
Response (Millivolts)
Response (Millivolts)
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
40
Filtering HPLC solvents will benefit both your
chromatography and the wear and tear of the
HPLC system. Pump plungers, seals and check
valves will perform better and lifetimes will be
maximized.
20
0
-20
0
2
4
6
Minutes
Baseline noise from gas in mobile phase
8
0
2
4
6
Minutes
8
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Solvent Properties (vs Silica Gel) and Miscibility
Technical Information
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-241
LC Columns and Accessories
Chromophore Detection Wavelengths
Chromophores are light absorbing groups. Their behavior is used to allow the detection of analytes. They
have one or more detection wavelengths, each of which has a molar adsorbtivity associated with it. The
information contained in the following table is intended as a guide to common chromophores. It is not an
exhaustive list.
Chromophore
175 – 180
210
280 – 300
195
190
285 – 400
184
202
255
6,000
Strong
11 – 18
2,800
5,000
3 – 25
46,700
6,900
170
-C==C-CHO
Amine
Azidin
Azo
Benzene
-NH2
> C=N-N=N-
Carboxyl
Ester
Ether
Ethylene
Ketone
-COOH
-COOR
-O-C=C> C=O
200 – 210
205
185
190
195
270 – 285
220
275
312
50 – 70
50
1,000
8,000
1,000
18 – 30
112,000
175
5,600
-ONO2
-(C=C)-2 acyclic
-(C=C) 3
C=C-C=C
C=C-C=N
C=C-C=O
C=C-NO2
-C==N
-ONO
270
210 – 230
260
219
220
210 – 250
300 – 350
160
220 – 230
300 – 400
210
302
190
174
195
251
12
21,000
35,000
6,500
23,000
10,000 – 20,000
Weak
–
1,000 – 2,000
10
Strong
100
5,000
80,000
6,000
1,700
180
210
194
1,600
195
Very strong
1,500
4,600
Nitrate
Nitrile
Thermo Scientific Chromatography Columns and Consumables 2014-2015
εmax (L/m/cm)
Acetylide
Aldehyde
Napthalene
4-242
λmax (nm)
Nitro
Nitroso
Oxime
Pyridine
-NO2
-N=O
-NOH
N
Sulfone
Sulfoxide
Thioether
Thiol
-SO2> S-O
-S215
-SH
1,400
Testing of column performance can be undertaken
using the experimental conditions in the test
certificate provided with the column. The column
efficiency, capacity factor, etc. should be measured
at the start and end of the clean-up procedure
to ensure that it has been performed successfully
and has improved the column performance.
In all instances, the volume of solvent used is
40 – 60 column volumes unless otherwise stated.
Ensure that no buffers or samples are present
on the column and that the solvent used prior
to the clean up is miscible with the first wash
solvent. After the clean up, ensure that the test
mobile phase is miscible with the last solvent
in the column.
Normal Phase Media
Protein Size Exclusion Media
There are two wash/regeneration procedures
associated with the removal of contaminants
from protein size exclusion media.
2. Flush with 50mL methanol
Strongly Retained Proteins
1. Flush for 60 minutes using a 100% water
to 100% acetonitrile gradient
4. Flush with 50mL 0.1M hydrochloric acid
Porous Graphitic Carbon
7. Flush with 50mL dichloromethane
There are four wash or regeneration procedures
associated with porous graphitic carbon. The
one(s) used will depend on the analytes and
solvents that have been used with the column
3. Flush with tetrahydrofuran
1. Invert the column
4. Flush with methylene chloride
2. Flush with 50mL tetrahydrofuran:water (1:1)
containing 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid
Reversed Phase Media
1. Flush with HPLC grade water; inject 4
aliquots of 200µL DMSO during this flush
2. Flush with methanol
3. Flush with chloroform
4. Flush with methanol
3. Flush with 50mL tetrahydrofuran:water (1:1)
containing 0.1% triethylamine or sodium
hydroxide
4. Flush with 50mL tetrahydrofuran:water (1:1)
containing 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid
5. Flush column with 70 column volumes of THF
Anion Exchange Media
6. Flush with methanol/water (95:5)
to re-equilibrate
1. Flush with HPLC grade water
7. Re-invert the column
2. Flush with gradient of 50mM to 1M
appropriate buffer solution
Author: R. Plumb – Glaxo, UK
4. Flush with methanol
Strong Organic Regeneration
Suitable for applications involving polar and/ or
ionized species analyzed in aqueous mobile phases.
5. Flush with chloroform
1. Flush with 50mL acetone
3. Flush with HPLC grade water
Cation Exchange Media
1. Flush with HPLC grade water; inject 4
aliquots of 200µL DMSO during this flush
2. Flush with tetrahydrofuran
3. Flush with 50mL water
5. Flush with 50mL water
6. Flush with 50mL methanol
8. Flush with mobile phase until equilibrated
Author: A. Karlsson – Uppsala, Sweden
Removal of TFA and DEA
TFA and DEA have the potential to adsorb to
the surface of porous graphitic carbon; after
using these additives in the mobile phase,
regeneration of the column should be undertaken
to ensure the original Hypercarb selectivity
and optimum performance will always be
achieved. The regeneration is as follows:
1. Removal of TFA: Flush column with 70 column
volumes of THF.
2. Removal of DEA: Set column oven to 75°C
and flush column with 120 column volumes
of ACN.
Technical Information
2. Flush with methanol
5. Flush with benzene-free n-hexane
1. Flush with 50mL dichloromethane
Weakly Retained Proteins
1. Flush with 30mL 0.1M pH 3.0 phosphate buffer
Acid/Base Regeneration
Suitable for ionized species analyzed in strongly
aqueous mobile phases.
1. Flush with tetrahydrofuran
Normal Phase Regeneration
Suitable for applications running predominantly
in normal phase mobile phases.
LC Columns and Accessories >>
Column Cleaning and Regeneration
Polymeric Media with Metallic
Counter Ions
There are three types of regeneration available
for polymeric columns with metal counter ion.
Details of each procedure are listed in the
following table.
2. Flush with 120mL dibutylether
3. Flush with 50mL acetone
4. Flush with aqueous mobile phase until
equilibrated
Column Type
Metal Contamination
Organic Contamination
Column Cleaning
Hydrogen Counter Ion Pump in reverse flow mode at 0.1mL/min Pump in reverse flow mode at 0.1mL/min Pump in reverse flow mode at 0.1mL/min
with 20:80 ACN: H 2 O @ 25°C for 4 hr
with 20:80 ACN: 0.01M H 2SO 4 @ 65°C
with 0.1M H2SO 4 @ 25°C for 4 to 16 hr
for 4 hr
Calcium Counter Ion
Pump in reverse flow mode at 0.1mL/min Pump in reverse flow mode at 0.1mL/min Pump in reverse flow mode at 0.1mL/min
with 20:80 ACN:H2 O @ 25°C for 4 hr
with 20:80 ACN:H2 O @ 25°C for 4 hr
with 0.1M Ca(NO 3) 2 @ pH 6.3 and 85°C
for 4 to 16 hr
Sodium Counter Ion
Pump in reverse flow mode at 0.1mL/min Pump in reverse flow mode at 0.1mL/min Pump in reverse flow mode at 0.1mL/min
with 20:80 ACN:H2 O @ 25°C for 4 hr
with 0.1M NaNO 3 @ 85°C for 4 to 16 hr with 20:80 ACN:H2 O @ 25°C for 4 hr
Lead Counter Ion
Pump in reverse flow mode at 0.1mL/min Pump in reverse flow mode at 0.1mL/min Pump in reverse flow mode at 0.1mL/min
with 20:80 ACN: H 2 O @ 25°C for 4 hr
with 20:80 ACN: H2 O @ 25°C for 4 hr
with 0.1M Pb(NO 3) 2 @ pH 5.3 and 85°C
for 4 to 16 hr
www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
4-243
Resources
for Chromatographers
Chromatography Resource Center
Our web-based resource center provides technical support, applications,
technical tips and literature to help move your separations forward.
Visit www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
How to order
USA and Canada
800 332 3331
865 354 4616 fax
France
+33 (0)1 60 92 48 34
+33 (0)1 60 92 49 00 fax
[email protected]
Germany
+49 (0) 2423 9431 -20 or -21
+49 (0) 6103 408 1111 fax
[email protected]
United Kingdom
+44 1928 534110
+44 1928 534001 fax
[email protected]
China
+86 800 810 5118
or +86 400 650 5118
Shanghai: +86 21 68654588
Bejing: +86 10 84193588
Guangzhou: +86 20 83145188
[email protected]
India
+91 22 6742 9494
+91 22 6742 9495 fax
[email protected]
Japan
0120 753 670 (free call domestic)
0120 753 671 fax
[email protected]
Thermo Fisher Scientific Australia Pty Ltd
1300 735 292 (free call domestic)
1800 067 639 fax
[email protected]
Thermo Fisher Scientific New Zealand Ltd
0800 933 966 (free call domestic)
0800 329 246 fax
[email protected]
All Other Enquiries
+44 (0) 1928 534 050
+44 (0) 1928 534 049 fax
[email protected]
Technical Support
For advice and support, please visit our website:
www.thermoscientific.com/chromexpert
For more information visit: www.thermoscientific.com/chromatography
© 2014 Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. All rights reserved.
Specifications, terms and pricing are subject to change. Not all products are available in all countries.
Please consult your local sales representative for details.
BR20834_E 01/14S

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project